linux_dsm_epyc7002/include/linux/fs.h

3381 lines
108 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2017-11-01 21:07:57 +07:00
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
#ifndef _LINUX_FS_H
#define _LINUX_FS_H
#include <linux/linkage.h>
#include <linux/wait_bit.h>
#include <linux/kdev_t.h>
#include <linux/dcache.h>
#include <linux/path.h>
#include <linux/stat.h>
#include <linux/cache.h>
#include <linux/list.h>
#include <linux/list_lru.h>
#include <linux/llist.h>
#include <linux/radix-tree.h>
#include <linux/rbtree.h>
#include <linux/init.h>
#include <linux/pid.h>
#include <linux/bug.h>
#include <linux/mutex.h>
#include <linux/rwsem.h>
#include <linux/mm_types.h>
#include <linux/capability.h>
#include <linux/semaphore.h>
fs: add fcntl() interface for setting/getting write life time hints Define a set of write life time hints: RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET No hint information set RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NONE No hints about write life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_SHORT Data written has a short life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM Data written has a medium life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_LONG Data written has a long life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME Data written has an extremely long life time The intent is for these values to be relative to each other, no absolute meaning should be attached to these flag names. Add an fcntl interface for querying these flags, and also for setting them as well: F_GET_RW_HINT Returns the read/write hint set on the underlying inode. F_SET_RW_HINT Set one of the above write hints on the underlying inode. F_GET_FILE_RW_HINT Returns the read/write hint set on the file descriptor. F_SET_FILE_RW_HINT Set one of the above write hints on the file descriptor. The user passes in a 64-bit pointer to get/set these values, and the interface returns 0/-1 on success/error. Sample program testing/implementing basic setting/getting of write hints is below. Add support for storing the write life time hint in the inode flags and in struct file as well, and pass them to the kiocb flags. If both a file and its corresponding inode has a write hint, then we use the one in the file, if available. The file hint can be used for sync/direct IO, for buffered writeback only the inode hint is available. This is in preparation for utilizing these hints in the block layer, to guide on-media data placement. /* * writehint.c: get or set an inode write hint */ #include <stdio.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <stdbool.h> #include <inttypes.h> #ifndef F_GET_RW_HINT #define F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE 1024 #define F_GET_RW_HINT (F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 11) #define F_SET_RW_HINT (F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 12) #endif static char *str[] = { "RWF_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NONE", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_SHORT", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_LONG", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME" }; int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { uint64_t hint; int fd, ret; if (argc < 2) { fprintf(stderr, "%s: file <hint>\n", argv[0]); return 1; } fd = open(argv[1], O_RDONLY); if (fd < 0) { perror("open"); return 2; } if (argc > 2) { hint = atoi(argv[2]); ret = fcntl(fd, F_SET_RW_HINT, &hint); if (ret < 0) { perror("fcntl: F_SET_RW_HINT"); return 4; } } ret = fcntl(fd, F_GET_RW_HINT, &hint); if (ret < 0) { perror("fcntl: F_GET_RW_HINT"); return 3; } printf("%s: hint %s\n", argv[1], str[hint]); close(fd); return 0; } Reviewed-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-28 00:47:04 +07:00
#include <linux/fcntl.h>
#include <linux/fiemap.h>
#include <linux/rculist_bl.h>
#include <linux/atomic.h>
#include <linux/shrinker.h>
#include <linux/migrate_mode.h>
#include <linux/uidgid.h>
fs: Improve filesystem freezing handling vfs_check_frozen() tests are racy since the filesystem can be frozen just after the test is performed. Thus in write paths we can end up marking some pages or inodes dirty even though the file system is already frozen. This creates problems with flusher thread hanging on frozen filesystem. Another problem is that exclusion between ->page_mkwrite() and filesystem freezing has been handled by setting page dirty and then verifying s_frozen. This guaranteed that either the freezing code sees the faulted page, writes it, and writeprotects it again or we see s_frozen set and bail out of page fault. This works to protect from page being marked writeable while filesystem freezing is running but has an unpleasant artefact of leaving dirty (although unmodified and writeprotected) pages on frozen filesystem resulting in similar problems with flusher thread as the first problem. This patch aims at providing exclusion between write paths and filesystem freezing. We implement a writer-freeze read-write semaphore in the superblock. Actually, there are three such semaphores because of lock ranking reasons - one for page fault handlers (->page_mkwrite), one for all other writers, and one of internal filesystem purposes (used e.g. to track running transactions). Write paths which should block freezing (e.g. directory operations, ->aio_write(), ->page_mkwrite) hold reader side of the semaphore. Code freezing the filesystem takes the writer side. Only that we don't really want to bounce cachelines of the semaphores between CPUs for each write happening. So we implement the reader side of the semaphore as a per-cpu counter and the writer side is implemented using s_writers.frozen superblock field. [AV: microoptimize sb_start_write(); we want it fast in normal case] BugLink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/897421 Tested-by: Kamal Mostafa <kamal@canonical.com> Tested-by: Peter M. Petrakis <peter.petrakis@canonical.com> Tested-by: Dann Frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com> Tested-by: Massimo Morana <massimo.morana@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-06-12 21:20:34 +07:00
#include <linux/lockdep.h>
#include <linux/percpu-rwsem.h>
#include <linux/workqueue.h>
#include <linux/delayed_call.h>
#include <linux/uuid.h>
fs: new infrastructure for writeback error handling and reporting Most filesystems currently use mapping_set_error and filemap_check_errors for setting and reporting/clearing writeback errors at the mapping level. filemap_check_errors is indirectly called from most of the filemap_fdatawait_* functions and from filemap_write_and_wait*. These functions are called from all sorts of contexts to wait on writeback to finish -- e.g. mostly in fsync, but also in truncate calls, getattr, etc. The non-fsync callers are problematic. We should be reporting writeback errors during fsync, but many places spread over the tree clear out errors before they can be properly reported, or report errors at nonsensical times. If I get -EIO on a stat() call, there is no reason for me to assume that it is because some previous writeback failed. The fact that it also clears out the error such that a subsequent fsync returns 0 is a bug, and a nasty one since that's potentially silent data corruption. This patch adds a small bit of new infrastructure for setting and reporting errors during address_space writeback. While the above was my original impetus for adding this, I think it's also the case that current fsync semantics are just problematic for userland. Most applications that call fsync do so to ensure that the data they wrote has hit the backing store. In the case where there are multiple writers to the file at the same time, this is really hard to determine. The first one to call fsync will see any stored error, and the rest get back 0. The processes with open fds may not be associated with one another in any way. They could even be in different containers, so ensuring coordination between all fsync callers is not really an option. One way to remedy this would be to track what file descriptor was used to dirty the file, but that's rather cumbersome and would likely be slow. However, there is a simpler way to improve the semantics here without incurring too much overhead. This set adds an errseq_t to struct address_space, and a corresponding one is added to struct file. Writeback errors are recorded in the mapping's errseq_t, and the one in struct file is used as the "since" value. This changes the semantics of the Linux fsync implementation such that applications can now use it to determine whether there were any writeback errors since fsync(fd) was last called (or since the file was opened in the case of fsync having never been called). Note that those writeback errors may have occurred when writing data that was dirtied via an entirely different fd, but that's the case now with the current mapping_set_error/filemap_check_error infrastructure. This will at least prevent you from getting a false report of success. The new behavior is still consistent with the POSIX spec, and is more reliable for application developers. This patch just adds some basic infrastructure for doing this, and ensures that the f_wb_err "cursor" is properly set when a file is opened. Later patches will change the existing code to use this new infrastructure for reporting errors at fsync time. Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
2017-07-06 18:02:25 +07:00
#include <linux/errseq.h>
#include <asm/byteorder.h>
#include <uapi/linux/fs.h>
struct backing_dev_info;
writeback: make backing_dev_info host cgroup-specific bdi_writebacks For the planned cgroup writeback support, on each bdi (backing_dev_info), each memcg will be served by a separate wb (bdi_writeback). This patch updates bdi so that a bdi can host multiple wbs (bdi_writebacks). On the default hierarchy, blkcg implicitly enables memcg. This allows using memcg's page ownership for attributing writeback IOs, and every memcg - blkcg combination can be served by its own wb by assigning a dedicated wb to each memcg. This means that there may be multiple wb's of a bdi mapped to the same blkcg. As congested state is per blkcg - bdi combination, those wb's should share the same congested state. This is achieved by tracking congested state via bdi_writeback_congested structs which are keyed by blkcg. bdi->wb remains unchanged and will keep serving the root cgroup. cgwb's (cgroup wb's) for non-root cgroups are created on-demand or looked up while dirtying an inode according to the memcg of the page being dirtied or current task. Each cgwb is indexed on bdi->cgwb_tree by its memcg id. Once an inode is associated with its wb, it can be retrieved using inode_to_wb(). Currently, none of the filesystems has FS_CGROUP_WRITEBACK and all pages will keep being associated with bdi->wb. v3: inode_attach_wb() in account_page_dirtied() moved inside mapping_cap_account_dirty() block where it's known to be !NULL. Also, an unnecessary NULL check before kfree() removed. Both detected by the kbuild bot. v2: Updated so that wb association is per inode and wb is per memcg rather than blkcg. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Cc: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2015-05-23 04:13:37 +07:00
struct bdi_writeback;
struct bio;
struct export_operations;
struct hd_geometry;
struct iovec;
struct kiocb;
struct kobject;
struct pipe_inode_info;
struct poll_table_struct;
struct kstatfs;
struct vm_area_struct;
struct vfsmount;
struct cred;
struct swap_info_struct;
struct seq_file;
struct workqueue_struct;
struct iov_iter;
struct fscrypt_info;
struct fscrypt_operations;
extern void __init inode_init(void);
extern void __init inode_init_early(void);
extern void __init files_init(void);
extern void __init files_maxfiles_init(void);
extern struct files_stat_struct files_stat;
fs: allow for more than 2^31 files Robin Holt tried to boot a 16TB system and found af_unix was overflowing a 32bit value : <quote> We were seeing a failure which prevented boot. The kernel was incapable of creating either a named pipe or unix domain socket. This comes down to a common kernel function called unix_create1() which does: atomic_inc(&unix_nr_socks); if (atomic_read(&unix_nr_socks) > 2 * get_max_files()) goto out; The function get_max_files() is a simple return of files_stat.max_files. files_stat.max_files is a signed integer and is computed in fs/file_table.c's files_init(). n = (mempages * (PAGE_SIZE / 1024)) / 10; files_stat.max_files = n; In our case, mempages (total_ram_pages) is approx 3,758,096,384 (0xe0000000). That leaves max_files at approximately 1,503,238,553. This causes 2 * get_max_files() to integer overflow. </quote> Fix is to let /proc/sys/fs/file-nr & /proc/sys/fs/file-max use long integers, and change af_unix to use an atomic_long_t instead of atomic_t. get_max_files() is changed to return an unsigned long. get_nr_files() is changed to return a long. unix_nr_socks is changed from atomic_t to atomic_long_t, while not strictly needed to address Robin problem. Before patch (on a 64bit kernel) : # echo 2147483648 >/proc/sys/fs/file-max # cat /proc/sys/fs/file-max -18446744071562067968 After patch: # echo 2147483648 >/proc/sys/fs/file-max # cat /proc/sys/fs/file-max 2147483648 # cat /proc/sys/fs/file-nr 704 0 2147483648 Reported-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Acked-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Reviewed-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com> Tested-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-10-27 04:22:44 +07:00
extern unsigned long get_max_files(void);
extern unsigned int sysctl_nr_open;
extern struct inodes_stat_t inodes_stat;
extern int leases_enable, lease_break_time;
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-26 07:29:07 +07:00
extern int sysctl_protected_symlinks;
extern int sysctl_protected_hardlinks;
typedef __kernel_rwf_t rwf_t;
struct buffer_head;
typedef int (get_block_t)(struct inode *inode, sector_t iblock,
struct buffer_head *bh_result, int create);
typedef int (dio_iodone_t)(struct kiocb *iocb, loff_t offset,
ssize_t bytes, void *private);
#define MAY_EXEC 0x00000001
#define MAY_WRITE 0x00000002
#define MAY_READ 0x00000004
#define MAY_APPEND 0x00000008
#define MAY_ACCESS 0x00000010
#define MAY_OPEN 0x00000020
#define MAY_CHDIR 0x00000040
/* called from RCU mode, don't block */
#define MAY_NOT_BLOCK 0x00000080
/*
* flags in file.f_mode. Note that FMODE_READ and FMODE_WRITE must correspond
* to O_WRONLY and O_RDWR via the strange trick in __dentry_open()
*/
/* file is open for reading */
#define FMODE_READ ((__force fmode_t)0x1)
/* file is open for writing */
#define FMODE_WRITE ((__force fmode_t)0x2)
/* file is seekable */
#define FMODE_LSEEK ((__force fmode_t)0x4)
/* file can be accessed using pread */
#define FMODE_PREAD ((__force fmode_t)0x8)
/* file can be accessed using pwrite */
#define FMODE_PWRITE ((__force fmode_t)0x10)
/* File is opened for execution with sys_execve / sys_uselib */
#define FMODE_EXEC ((__force fmode_t)0x20)
/* File is opened with O_NDELAY (only set for block devices) */
#define FMODE_NDELAY ((__force fmode_t)0x40)
/* File is opened with O_EXCL (only set for block devices) */
#define FMODE_EXCL ((__force fmode_t)0x80)
/* File is opened using open(.., 3, ..) and is writeable only for ioctls
(specialy hack for floppy.c) */
#define FMODE_WRITE_IOCTL ((__force fmode_t)0x100)
/* 32bit hashes as llseek() offset (for directories) */
#define FMODE_32BITHASH ((__force fmode_t)0x200)
/* 64bit hashes as llseek() offset (for directories) */
#define FMODE_64BITHASH ((__force fmode_t)0x400)
/*
* Don't update ctime and mtime.
*
* Currently a special hack for the XFS open_by_handle ioctl, but we'll
* hopefully graduate it to a proper O_CMTIME flag supported by open(2) soon.
*/
#define FMODE_NOCMTIME ((__force fmode_t)0x800)
/* Expect random access pattern */
#define FMODE_RANDOM ((__force fmode_t)0x1000)
/* File is huge (eg. /dev/kmem): treat loff_t as unsigned */
#define FMODE_UNSIGNED_OFFSET ((__force fmode_t)0x2000)
/* File is opened with O_PATH; almost nothing can be done with it */
#define FMODE_PATH ((__force fmode_t)0x4000)
/* File needs atomic accesses to f_pos */
#define FMODE_ATOMIC_POS ((__force fmode_t)0x8000)
/* Write access to underlying fs */
#define FMODE_WRITER ((__force fmode_t)0x10000)
/* Has read method(s) */
#define FMODE_CAN_READ ((__force fmode_t)0x20000)
/* Has write method(s) */
#define FMODE_CAN_WRITE ((__force fmode_t)0x40000)
/* File was opened by fanotify and shouldn't generate fanotify events */
#define FMODE_NONOTIFY ((__force fmode_t)0x4000000)
/* File is capable of returning -EAGAIN if I/O will block */
#define FMODE_NOWAIT ((__force fmode_t)0x8000000)
/*
* Flag for rw_copy_check_uvector and compat_rw_copy_check_uvector
* that indicates that they should check the contents of the iovec are
* valid, but not check the memory that the iovec elements
* points too.
*/
#define CHECK_IOVEC_ONLY -1
/*
* Attribute flags. These should be or-ed together to figure out what
* has been changed!
*/
#define ATTR_MODE (1 << 0)
#define ATTR_UID (1 << 1)
#define ATTR_GID (1 << 2)
#define ATTR_SIZE (1 << 3)
#define ATTR_ATIME (1 << 4)
#define ATTR_MTIME (1 << 5)
#define ATTR_CTIME (1 << 6)
#define ATTR_ATIME_SET (1 << 7)
#define ATTR_MTIME_SET (1 << 8)
#define ATTR_FORCE (1 << 9) /* Not a change, but a change it */
#define ATTR_ATTR_FLAG (1 << 10)
#define ATTR_KILL_SUID (1 << 11)
#define ATTR_KILL_SGID (1 << 12)
#define ATTR_FILE (1 << 13)
#define ATTR_KILL_PRIV (1 << 14)
#define ATTR_OPEN (1 << 15) /* Truncating from open(O_TRUNC) */
#define ATTR_TIMES_SET (1 << 16)
#define ATTR_TOUCH (1 << 17)
/*
* Whiteout is represented by a char device. The following constants define the
* mode and device number to use.
*/
#define WHITEOUT_MODE 0
#define WHITEOUT_DEV 0
/*
* This is the Inode Attributes structure, used for notify_change(). It
* uses the above definitions as flags, to know which values have changed.
* Also, in this manner, a Filesystem can look at only the values it cares
* about. Basically, these are the attributes that the VFS layer can
* request to change from the FS layer.
*
* Derek Atkins <warlord@MIT.EDU> 94-10-20
*/
struct iattr {
unsigned int ia_valid;
umode_t ia_mode;
kuid_t ia_uid;
kgid_t ia_gid;
loff_t ia_size;
struct timespec ia_atime;
struct timespec ia_mtime;
struct timespec ia_ctime;
/*
* Not an attribute, but an auxiliary info for filesystems wanting to
* implement an ftruncate() like method. NOTE: filesystem should
* check for (ia_valid & ATTR_FILE), and not for (ia_file != NULL).
*/
struct file *ia_file;
};
/*
* Includes for diskquotas.
*/
#include <linux/quota.h>
/*
* Maximum number of layers of fs stack. Needs to be limited to
* prevent kernel stack overflow
*/
#define FILESYSTEM_MAX_STACK_DEPTH 2
/**
* enum positive_aop_returns - aop return codes with specific semantics
*
* @AOP_WRITEPAGE_ACTIVATE: Informs the caller that page writeback has
* completed, that the page is still locked, and
* should be considered active. The VM uses this hint
* to return the page to the active list -- it won't
* be a candidate for writeback again in the near
* future. Other callers must be careful to unlock
* the page if they get this return. Returned by
* writepage();
*
* @AOP_TRUNCATED_PAGE: The AOP method that was handed a locked page has
* unlocked it and the page might have been truncated.
* The caller should back up to acquiring a new page and
* trying again. The aop will be taking reasonable
* precautions not to livelock. If the caller held a page
* reference, it should drop it before retrying. Returned
* by readpage().
*
* address_space_operation functions return these large constants to indicate
* special semantics to the caller. These are much larger than the bytes in a
* page to allow for functions that return the number of bytes operated on in a
* given page.
*/
enum positive_aop_returns {
AOP_WRITEPAGE_ACTIVATE = 0x80000,
AOP_TRUNCATED_PAGE = 0x80001,
};
#define AOP_FLAG_CONT_EXPAND 0x0001 /* called from cont_expand */
#define AOP_FLAG_NOFS 0x0002 /* used by filesystem to direct
fs: symlink write_begin allocation context fix With the write_begin/write_end aops, page_symlink was broken because it could no longer pass a GFP_NOFS type mask into the point where the allocations happened. They are done in write_begin, which would always assume that the filesystem can be entered from reclaim. This bug could cause filesystem deadlocks. The funny thing with having a gfp_t mask there is that it doesn't really allow the caller to arbitrarily tinker with the context in which it can be called. It couldn't ever be GFP_ATOMIC, for example, because it needs to take the page lock. The only thing any callers care about is __GFP_FS anyway, so turn that into a single flag. Add a new flag for write_begin, AOP_FLAG_NOFS. Filesystems can now act on this flag in their write_begin function. Change __grab_cache_page to accept a nofs argument as well, to honour that flag (while we're there, change the name to grab_cache_page_write_begin which is more instructive and does away with random leading underscores). This is really a more flexible way to go in the end anyway -- if a filesystem happens to want any extra allocations aside from the pagecache ones in ints write_begin function, it may now use GFP_KERNEL (rather than GFP_NOFS) for common case allocations (eg. ocfs2_alloc_write_ctxt, for a random example). [kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com: fix ubifs] [kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com: fix fuse] Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de> Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com> Cc: <stable@kernel.org> [2.6.28.x] Signed-off-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> [ Cleaned up the calling convention: just pass in the AOP flags untouched to the grab_cache_page_write_begin() function. That just simplifies everybody, and may even allow future expansion of the logic. - Linus ] Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2009-01-05 03:00:53 +07:00
* helper code (eg buffer layer)
* to clear GFP_FS from alloc */
/*
* oh the beauties of C type declarations.
*/
struct page;
struct address_space;
struct writeback_control;
fs: add fcntl() interface for setting/getting write life time hints Define a set of write life time hints: RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET No hint information set RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NONE No hints about write life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_SHORT Data written has a short life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM Data written has a medium life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_LONG Data written has a long life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME Data written has an extremely long life time The intent is for these values to be relative to each other, no absolute meaning should be attached to these flag names. Add an fcntl interface for querying these flags, and also for setting them as well: F_GET_RW_HINT Returns the read/write hint set on the underlying inode. F_SET_RW_HINT Set one of the above write hints on the underlying inode. F_GET_FILE_RW_HINT Returns the read/write hint set on the file descriptor. F_SET_FILE_RW_HINT Set one of the above write hints on the file descriptor. The user passes in a 64-bit pointer to get/set these values, and the interface returns 0/-1 on success/error. Sample program testing/implementing basic setting/getting of write hints is below. Add support for storing the write life time hint in the inode flags and in struct file as well, and pass them to the kiocb flags. If both a file and its corresponding inode has a write hint, then we use the one in the file, if available. The file hint can be used for sync/direct IO, for buffered writeback only the inode hint is available. This is in preparation for utilizing these hints in the block layer, to guide on-media data placement. /* * writehint.c: get or set an inode write hint */ #include <stdio.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <stdbool.h> #include <inttypes.h> #ifndef F_GET_RW_HINT #define F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE 1024 #define F_GET_RW_HINT (F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 11) #define F_SET_RW_HINT (F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 12) #endif static char *str[] = { "RWF_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NONE", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_SHORT", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_LONG", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME" }; int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { uint64_t hint; int fd, ret; if (argc < 2) { fprintf(stderr, "%s: file <hint>\n", argv[0]); return 1; } fd = open(argv[1], O_RDONLY); if (fd < 0) { perror("open"); return 2; } if (argc > 2) { hint = atoi(argv[2]); ret = fcntl(fd, F_SET_RW_HINT, &hint); if (ret < 0) { perror("fcntl: F_SET_RW_HINT"); return 4; } } ret = fcntl(fd, F_GET_RW_HINT, &hint); if (ret < 0) { perror("fcntl: F_GET_RW_HINT"); return 3; } printf("%s: hint %s\n", argv[1], str[hint]); close(fd); return 0; } Reviewed-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-28 00:47:04 +07:00
/*
* Write life time hint values.
*/
enum rw_hint {
WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET = 0,
WRITE_LIFE_NONE = RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NONE,
WRITE_LIFE_SHORT = RWH_WRITE_LIFE_SHORT,
WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM = RWH_WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM,
WRITE_LIFE_LONG = RWH_WRITE_LIFE_LONG,
WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME = RWH_WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME,
};
#define IOCB_EVENTFD (1 << 0)
#define IOCB_APPEND (1 << 1)
#define IOCB_DIRECT (1 << 2)
#define IOCB_HIPRI (1 << 3)
#define IOCB_DSYNC (1 << 4)
#define IOCB_SYNC (1 << 5)
#define IOCB_WRITE (1 << 6)
#define IOCB_NOWAIT (1 << 7)
struct kiocb {
struct file *ki_filp;
loff_t ki_pos;
void (*ki_complete)(struct kiocb *iocb, long ret, long ret2);
void *private;
int ki_flags;
fs: add fcntl() interface for setting/getting write life time hints Define a set of write life time hints: RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET No hint information set RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NONE No hints about write life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_SHORT Data written has a short life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM Data written has a medium life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_LONG Data written has a long life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME Data written has an extremely long life time The intent is for these values to be relative to each other, no absolute meaning should be attached to these flag names. Add an fcntl interface for querying these flags, and also for setting them as well: F_GET_RW_HINT Returns the read/write hint set on the underlying inode. F_SET_RW_HINT Set one of the above write hints on the underlying inode. F_GET_FILE_RW_HINT Returns the read/write hint set on the file descriptor. F_SET_FILE_RW_HINT Set one of the above write hints on the file descriptor. The user passes in a 64-bit pointer to get/set these values, and the interface returns 0/-1 on success/error. Sample program testing/implementing basic setting/getting of write hints is below. Add support for storing the write life time hint in the inode flags and in struct file as well, and pass them to the kiocb flags. If both a file and its corresponding inode has a write hint, then we use the one in the file, if available. The file hint can be used for sync/direct IO, for buffered writeback only the inode hint is available. This is in preparation for utilizing these hints in the block layer, to guide on-media data placement. /* * writehint.c: get or set an inode write hint */ #include <stdio.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <stdbool.h> #include <inttypes.h> #ifndef F_GET_RW_HINT #define F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE 1024 #define F_GET_RW_HINT (F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 11) #define F_SET_RW_HINT (F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 12) #endif static char *str[] = { "RWF_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NONE", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_SHORT", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_LONG", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME" }; int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { uint64_t hint; int fd, ret; if (argc < 2) { fprintf(stderr, "%s: file <hint>\n", argv[0]); return 1; } fd = open(argv[1], O_RDONLY); if (fd < 0) { perror("open"); return 2; } if (argc > 2) { hint = atoi(argv[2]); ret = fcntl(fd, F_SET_RW_HINT, &hint); if (ret < 0) { perror("fcntl: F_SET_RW_HINT"); return 4; } } ret = fcntl(fd, F_GET_RW_HINT, &hint); if (ret < 0) { perror("fcntl: F_GET_RW_HINT"); return 3; } printf("%s: hint %s\n", argv[1], str[hint]); close(fd); return 0; } Reviewed-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-28 00:47:04 +07:00
enum rw_hint ki_hint;
} __randomize_layout;
static inline bool is_sync_kiocb(struct kiocb *kiocb)
{
return kiocb->ki_complete == NULL;
}
vfs: pagecache usage optimization for pagesize!=blocksize When we read some part of a file through pagecache, if there is a pagecache of corresponding index but this page is not uptodate, read IO is issued and this page will be uptodate. I think this is good for pagesize == blocksize environment but there is room for improvement on pagesize != blocksize environment. Because in this case a page can have multiple buffers and even if a page is not uptodate, some buffers can be uptodate. So I suggest that when all buffers which correspond to a part of a file that we want to read are uptodate, use this pagecache and copy data from this pagecache to user buffer even if a page is not uptodate. This can reduce read IO and improve system throughput. I wrote a benchmark program and got result number with this program. This benchmark do: 1: mount and open a test file. 2: create a 512MB file. 3: close a file and umount. 4: mount and again open a test file. 5: pwrite randomly 300000 times on a test file. offset is aligned by IO size(1024bytes). 6: measure time of preading randomly 100000 times on a test file. The result was: 2.6.26 330 sec 2.6.26-patched 226 sec Arch:i386 Filesystem:ext3 Blocksize:1024 bytes Memory: 1GB On ext3/4, a file is written through buffer/block. So random read/write mixed workloads or random read after random write workloads are optimized with this patch under pagesize != blocksize environment. This test result showed this. The benchmark program is as follows: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <time.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h> #include <sys/mount.h> #define LEN 1024 #define LOOP 1024*512 /* 512MB */ main(void) { unsigned long i, offset, filesize; int fd; char buf[LEN]; time_t t1, t2; if (mount("/dev/sda1", "/root/test1/", "ext3", 0, 0) < 0) { perror("cannot mount\n"); exit(1); } memset(buf, 0, LEN); fd = open("/root/test1/testfile", O_CREAT|O_RDWR|O_TRUNC); if (fd < 0) { perror("cannot open file\n"); exit(1); } for (i = 0; i < LOOP; i++) write(fd, buf, LEN); close(fd); if (umount("/root/test1/") < 0) { perror("cannot umount\n"); exit(1); } if (mount("/dev/sda1", "/root/test1/", "ext3", 0, 0) < 0) { perror("cannot mount\n"); exit(1); } fd = open("/root/test1/testfile", O_RDWR); if (fd < 0) { perror("cannot open file\n"); exit(1); } filesize = LEN * LOOP; for (i = 0; i < 300000; i++){ offset = (random() % filesize) & (~(LEN - 1)); pwrite(fd, buf, LEN, offset); } printf("start test\n"); time(&t1); for (i = 0; i < 100000; i++){ offset = (random() % filesize) & (~(LEN - 1)); pread(fd, buf, LEN, offset); } time(&t2); printf("%ld sec\n", t2-t1); close(fd); if (umount("/root/test1/") < 0) { perror("cannot umount\n"); exit(1); } } Signed-off-by: Hisashi Hifumi <hifumi.hisashi@oss.ntt.co.jp> Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Cc: Jan Kara <jack@ucw.cz> Cc: <linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-07-29 05:46:36 +07:00
/*
* "descriptor" for what we're up to with a read.
* This allows us to use the same read code yet
* have multiple different users of the data that
* we read from a file.
*
* The simplest case just copies the data to user
* mode.
*/
typedef struct {
size_t written;
size_t count;
union {
char __user *buf;
void *data;
} arg;
int error;
} read_descriptor_t;
typedef int (*read_actor_t)(read_descriptor_t *, struct page *,
unsigned long, unsigned long);
struct address_space_operations {
int (*writepage)(struct page *page, struct writeback_control *wbc);
int (*readpage)(struct file *, struct page *);
/* Write back some dirty pages from this mapping. */
int (*writepages)(struct address_space *, struct writeback_control *);
/* Set a page dirty. Return true if this dirtied it */
int (*set_page_dirty)(struct page *page);
int (*readpages)(struct file *filp, struct address_space *mapping,
struct list_head *pages, unsigned nr_pages);
int (*write_begin)(struct file *, struct address_space *mapping,
loff_t pos, unsigned len, unsigned flags,
struct page **pagep, void **fsdata);
int (*write_end)(struct file *, struct address_space *mapping,
loff_t pos, unsigned len, unsigned copied,
struct page *page, void *fsdata);
/* Unfortunately this kludge is needed for FIBMAP. Don't use it */
sector_t (*bmap)(struct address_space *, sector_t);
void (*invalidatepage) (struct page *, unsigned int, unsigned int);
int (*releasepage) (struct page *, gfp_t);
void (*freepage)(struct page *);
ssize_t (*direct_IO)(struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *iter);
/*
* migrate the contents of a page to the specified target. If
* migrate_mode is MIGRATE_ASYNC, it must not block.
*/
int (*migratepage) (struct address_space *,
struct page *, struct page *, enum migrate_mode);
mm: migrate: support non-lru movable page migration We have allowed migration for only LRU pages until now and it was enough to make high-order pages. But recently, embedded system(e.g., webOS, android) uses lots of non-movable pages(e.g., zram, GPU memory) so we have seen several reports about troubles of small high-order allocation. For fixing the problem, there were several efforts (e,g,. enhance compaction algorithm, SLUB fallback to 0-order page, reserved memory, vmalloc and so on) but if there are lots of non-movable pages in system, their solutions are void in the long run. So, this patch is to support facility to change non-movable pages with movable. For the feature, this patch introduces functions related to migration to address_space_operations as well as some page flags. If a driver want to make own pages movable, it should define three functions which are function pointers of struct address_space_operations. 1. bool (*isolate_page) (struct page *page, isolate_mode_t mode); What VM expects on isolate_page function of driver is to return *true* if driver isolates page successfully. On returing true, VM marks the page as PG_isolated so concurrent isolation in several CPUs skip the page for isolation. If a driver cannot isolate the page, it should return *false*. Once page is successfully isolated, VM uses page.lru fields so driver shouldn't expect to preserve values in that fields. 2. int (*migratepage) (struct address_space *mapping, struct page *newpage, struct page *oldpage, enum migrate_mode); After isolation, VM calls migratepage of driver with isolated page. The function of migratepage is to move content of the old page to new page and set up fields of struct page newpage. Keep in mind that you should indicate to the VM the oldpage is no longer movable via __ClearPageMovable() under page_lock if you migrated the oldpage successfully and returns 0. If driver cannot migrate the page at the moment, driver can return -EAGAIN. On -EAGAIN, VM will retry page migration in a short time because VM interprets -EAGAIN as "temporal migration failure". On returning any error except -EAGAIN, VM will give up the page migration without retrying in this time. Driver shouldn't touch page.lru field VM using in the functions. 3. void (*putback_page)(struct page *); If migration fails on isolated page, VM should return the isolated page to the driver so VM calls driver's putback_page with migration failed page. In this function, driver should put the isolated page back to the own data structure. 4. non-lru movable page flags There are two page flags for supporting non-lru movable page. * PG_movable Driver should use the below function to make page movable under page_lock. void __SetPageMovable(struct page *page, struct address_space *mapping) It needs argument of address_space for registering migration family functions which will be called by VM. Exactly speaking, PG_movable is not a real flag of struct page. Rather than, VM reuses page->mapping's lower bits to represent it. #define PAGE_MAPPING_MOVABLE 0x2 page->mapping = page->mapping | PAGE_MAPPING_MOVABLE; so driver shouldn't access page->mapping directly. Instead, driver should use page_mapping which mask off the low two bits of page->mapping so it can get right struct address_space. For testing of non-lru movable page, VM supports __PageMovable function. However, it doesn't guarantee to identify non-lru movable page because page->mapping field is unified with other variables in struct page. As well, if driver releases the page after isolation by VM, page->mapping doesn't have stable value although it has PAGE_MAPPING_MOVABLE (Look at __ClearPageMovable). But __PageMovable is cheap to catch whether page is LRU or non-lru movable once the page has been isolated. Because LRU pages never can have PAGE_MAPPING_MOVABLE in page->mapping. It is also good for just peeking to test non-lru movable pages before more expensive checking with lock_page in pfn scanning to select victim. For guaranteeing non-lru movable page, VM provides PageMovable function. Unlike __PageMovable, PageMovable functions validates page->mapping and mapping->a_ops->isolate_page under lock_page. The lock_page prevents sudden destroying of page->mapping. Driver using __SetPageMovable should clear the flag via __ClearMovablePage under page_lock before the releasing the page. * PG_isolated To prevent concurrent isolation among several CPUs, VM marks isolated page as PG_isolated under lock_page. So if a CPU encounters PG_isolated non-lru movable page, it can skip it. Driver doesn't need to manipulate the flag because VM will set/clear it automatically. Keep in mind that if driver sees PG_isolated page, it means the page have been isolated by VM so it shouldn't touch page.lru field. PG_isolated is alias with PG_reclaim flag so driver shouldn't use the flag for own purpose. [opensource.ganesh@gmail.com: mm/compaction: remove local variable is_lru] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20160618014841.GA7422@leo-test Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1464736881-24886-3-git-send-email-minchan@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Gioh Kim <gi-oh.kim@profitbricks.com> Signed-off-by: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Ganesh Mahendran <opensource.ganesh@gmail.com> Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz> Cc: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com> Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com> Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de> Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com> Cc: Rafael Aquini <aquini@redhat.com> Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Cc: John Einar Reitan <john.reitan@foss.arm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-07-27 05:23:05 +07:00
bool (*isolate_page)(struct page *, isolate_mode_t);
void (*putback_page)(struct page *);
int (*launder_page) (struct page *);
int (*is_partially_uptodate) (struct page *, unsigned long,
vfs: pagecache usage optimization for pagesize!=blocksize When we read some part of a file through pagecache, if there is a pagecache of corresponding index but this page is not uptodate, read IO is issued and this page will be uptodate. I think this is good for pagesize == blocksize environment but there is room for improvement on pagesize != blocksize environment. Because in this case a page can have multiple buffers and even if a page is not uptodate, some buffers can be uptodate. So I suggest that when all buffers which correspond to a part of a file that we want to read are uptodate, use this pagecache and copy data from this pagecache to user buffer even if a page is not uptodate. This can reduce read IO and improve system throughput. I wrote a benchmark program and got result number with this program. This benchmark do: 1: mount and open a test file. 2: create a 512MB file. 3: close a file and umount. 4: mount and again open a test file. 5: pwrite randomly 300000 times on a test file. offset is aligned by IO size(1024bytes). 6: measure time of preading randomly 100000 times on a test file. The result was: 2.6.26 330 sec 2.6.26-patched 226 sec Arch:i386 Filesystem:ext3 Blocksize:1024 bytes Memory: 1GB On ext3/4, a file is written through buffer/block. So random read/write mixed workloads or random read after random write workloads are optimized with this patch under pagesize != blocksize environment. This test result showed this. The benchmark program is as follows: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <time.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h> #include <sys/mount.h> #define LEN 1024 #define LOOP 1024*512 /* 512MB */ main(void) { unsigned long i, offset, filesize; int fd; char buf[LEN]; time_t t1, t2; if (mount("/dev/sda1", "/root/test1/", "ext3", 0, 0) < 0) { perror("cannot mount\n"); exit(1); } memset(buf, 0, LEN); fd = open("/root/test1/testfile", O_CREAT|O_RDWR|O_TRUNC); if (fd < 0) { perror("cannot open file\n"); exit(1); } for (i = 0; i < LOOP; i++) write(fd, buf, LEN); close(fd); if (umount("/root/test1/") < 0) { perror("cannot umount\n"); exit(1); } if (mount("/dev/sda1", "/root/test1/", "ext3", 0, 0) < 0) { perror("cannot mount\n"); exit(1); } fd = open("/root/test1/testfile", O_RDWR); if (fd < 0) { perror("cannot open file\n"); exit(1); } filesize = LEN * LOOP; for (i = 0; i < 300000; i++){ offset = (random() % filesize) & (~(LEN - 1)); pwrite(fd, buf, LEN, offset); } printf("start test\n"); time(&t1); for (i = 0; i < 100000; i++){ offset = (random() % filesize) & (~(LEN - 1)); pread(fd, buf, LEN, offset); } time(&t2); printf("%ld sec\n", t2-t1); close(fd); if (umount("/root/test1/") < 0) { perror("cannot umount\n"); exit(1); } } Signed-off-by: Hisashi Hifumi <hifumi.hisashi@oss.ntt.co.jp> Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Cc: Jan Kara <jack@ucw.cz> Cc: <linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-07-29 05:46:36 +07:00
unsigned long);
mm: vmscan: take page buffers dirty and locked state into account Page reclaim keeps track of dirty and under writeback pages and uses it to determine if wait_iff_congested() should stall or if kswapd should begin writing back pages. This fails to account for buffer pages that can be under writeback but not PageWriteback which is the case for filesystems like ext3 ordered mode. Furthermore, PageDirty buffer pages can have all the buffers clean and writepage does no IO so it should not be accounted as congested. This patch adds an address_space operation that filesystems may optionally use to check if a page is really dirty or really under writeback. An implementation is provided for for buffer_heads is added and used for block operations and ext3 in ordered mode. By default the page flags are obeyed. Credit goes to Jan Kara for identifying that the page flags alone are not sufficient for ext3 and sanity checking a number of ideas on how the problem could be addressed. Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de> Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org> Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz> Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com> Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com> Cc: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz> Cc: Valdis Kletnieks <Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu> Cc: Zlatko Calusic <zcalusic@bitsync.net> Cc: dormando <dormando@rydia.net> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-07-04 05:02:05 +07:00
void (*is_dirty_writeback) (struct page *, bool *, bool *);
int (*error_remove_page)(struct address_space *, struct page *);
mm: add support for a filesystem to activate swap files and use direct_IO for writing swap pages Currently swapfiles are managed entirely by the core VM by using ->bmap to allocate space and write to the blocks directly. This effectively ensures that the underlying blocks are allocated and avoids the need for the swap subsystem to locate what physical blocks store offsets within a file. If the swap subsystem is to use the filesystem information to locate the blocks, it is critical that information such as block groups, block bitmaps and the block descriptor table that map the swap file were resident in memory. This patch adds address_space_operations that the VM can call when activating or deactivating swap backed by a file. int swap_activate(struct file *); int swap_deactivate(struct file *); The ->swap_activate() method is used to communicate to the file that the VM relies on it, and the address_space should take adequate measures such as reserving space in the underlying device, reserving memory for mempools and pinning information such as the block descriptor table in memory. The ->swap_deactivate() method is called on sys_swapoff() if ->swap_activate() returned success. After a successful swapfile ->swap_activate, the swapfile is marked SWP_FILE and swapper_space.a_ops will proxy to sis->swap_file->f_mappings->a_ops using ->direct_io to write swapcache pages and ->readpage to read. It is perfectly possible that direct_IO be used to read the swap pages but it is an unnecessary complication. Similarly, it is possible that ->writepage be used instead of direct_io to write the pages but filesystem developers have stated that calling writepage from the VM is undesirable for a variety of reasons and using direct_IO opens up the possibility of writing back batches of swap pages in the future. [a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl: Original patch] Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de> Acked-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric B Munson <emunson@mgebm.net> Cc: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com> Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org> Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de> Cc: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu> Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl> Cc: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc> Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com> Cc: Xiaotian Feng <dfeng@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-08-01 06:44:55 +07:00
/* swapfile support */
int (*swap_activate)(struct swap_info_struct *sis, struct file *file,
sector_t *span);
void (*swap_deactivate)(struct file *file);
};
extern const struct address_space_operations empty_aops;
/*
* pagecache_write_begin/pagecache_write_end must be used by general code
* to write into the pagecache.
*/
int pagecache_write_begin(struct file *, struct address_space *mapping,
loff_t pos, unsigned len, unsigned flags,
struct page **pagep, void **fsdata);
int pagecache_write_end(struct file *, struct address_space *mapping,
loff_t pos, unsigned len, unsigned copied,
struct page *page, void *fsdata);
struct address_space {
struct inode *host; /* owner: inode, block_device */
struct radix_tree_root page_tree; /* radix tree of all pages */
spinlock_t tree_lock; /* and lock protecting it */
atomic_t i_mmap_writable;/* count VM_SHARED mappings */
struct rb_root_cached i_mmap; /* tree of private and shared mappings */
struct rw_semaphore i_mmap_rwsem; /* protect tree, count, list */
/* Protected by tree_lock together with the radix tree */
unsigned long nrpages; /* number of total pages */
dax: support dirty DAX entries in radix tree Add support for tracking dirty DAX entries in the struct address_space radix tree. This tree is already used for dirty page writeback, and it already supports the use of exceptional (non struct page*) entries. In order to properly track dirty DAX pages we will insert new exceptional entries into the radix tree that represent dirty DAX PTE or PMD pages. These exceptional entries will also contain the writeback addresses for the PTE or PMD faults that we can use at fsync/msync time. There are currently two types of exceptional entries (shmem and shadow) that can be placed into the radix tree, and this adds a third. We rely on the fact that only one type of exceptional entry can be found in a given radix tree based on its usage. This happens for free with DAX vs shmem but we explicitly prevent shadow entries from being added to radix trees for DAX mappings. The only shadow entries that would be generated for DAX radix trees would be to track zero page mappings that were created for holes. These pages would receive minimal benefit from having shadow entries, and the choice to have only one type of exceptional entry in a given radix tree makes the logic simpler both in clear_exceptional_entry() and in the rest of DAX. Signed-off-by: Ross Zwisler <ross.zwisler@linux.intel.com> Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: "J. Bruce Fields" <bfields@fieldses.org> Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Andreas Dilger <adilger.kernel@dilger.ca> Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.com> Cc: Jeff Layton <jlayton@poochiereds.net> Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@linux.intel.com> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Cc: Matthew Wilcox <matthew.r.wilcox@intel.com> Cc: Dave Hansen <dave.hansen@linux.intel.com> Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-01-23 06:10:40 +07:00
/* number of shadow or DAX exceptional entries */
unsigned long nrexceptional;
pgoff_t writeback_index;/* writeback starts here */
const struct address_space_operations *a_ops; /* methods */
mm: split gfp_mask and mapping flags into separate fields mapping->flags currently encodes two different things into a single flag. It contains sticky gfp_mask for page cache allocations and AS_ codes used to report errors/enospace and other states which are mapping specific. Condensing the two semantically unrelated things saves few bytes but it also complicates other things. For one thing the gfp flags space is reduced and in fact we are already running out of available bits. It can be assumed that more gfp flags will be necessary later on. To not introduce the address_space grow (at least on x86_64) we can stick it right after private_lock because we have a hole there. struct address_space { struct inode * host; /* 0 8 */ struct radix_tree_root page_tree; /* 8 16 */ spinlock_t tree_lock; /* 24 4 */ atomic_t i_mmap_writable; /* 28 4 */ struct rb_root i_mmap; /* 32 8 */ struct rw_semaphore i_mmap_rwsem; /* 40 40 */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) was 16 bytes ago --- */ long unsigned int nrpages; /* 80 8 */ long unsigned int nrexceptional; /* 88 8 */ long unsigned int writeback_index; /* 96 8 */ const struct address_space_operations * a_ops; /* 104 8 */ long unsigned int flags; /* 112 8 */ spinlock_t private_lock; /* 120 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ /* --- cacheline 2 boundary (128 bytes) --- */ struct list_head private_list; /* 128 16 */ void * private_data; /* 144 8 */ /* size: 152, cachelines: 3, members: 14 */ /* sum members: 148, holes: 1, sum holes: 4 */ /* last cacheline: 24 bytes */ }; Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20160912114852.GI14524@dhcp22.suse.cz Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-10-12 03:56:04 +07:00
unsigned long flags; /* error bits */
spinlock_t private_lock; /* for use by the address_space */
mm: split gfp_mask and mapping flags into separate fields mapping->flags currently encodes two different things into a single flag. It contains sticky gfp_mask for page cache allocations and AS_ codes used to report errors/enospace and other states which are mapping specific. Condensing the two semantically unrelated things saves few bytes but it also complicates other things. For one thing the gfp flags space is reduced and in fact we are already running out of available bits. It can be assumed that more gfp flags will be necessary later on. To not introduce the address_space grow (at least on x86_64) we can stick it right after private_lock because we have a hole there. struct address_space { struct inode * host; /* 0 8 */ struct radix_tree_root page_tree; /* 8 16 */ spinlock_t tree_lock; /* 24 4 */ atomic_t i_mmap_writable; /* 28 4 */ struct rb_root i_mmap; /* 32 8 */ struct rw_semaphore i_mmap_rwsem; /* 40 40 */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) was 16 bytes ago --- */ long unsigned int nrpages; /* 80 8 */ long unsigned int nrexceptional; /* 88 8 */ long unsigned int writeback_index; /* 96 8 */ const struct address_space_operations * a_ops; /* 104 8 */ long unsigned int flags; /* 112 8 */ spinlock_t private_lock; /* 120 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ /* --- cacheline 2 boundary (128 bytes) --- */ struct list_head private_list; /* 128 16 */ void * private_data; /* 144 8 */ /* size: 152, cachelines: 3, members: 14 */ /* sum members: 148, holes: 1, sum holes: 4 */ /* last cacheline: 24 bytes */ }; Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20160912114852.GI14524@dhcp22.suse.cz Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-10-12 03:56:04 +07:00
gfp_t gfp_mask; /* implicit gfp mask for allocations */
struct list_head private_list; /* for use by the address_space */
void *private_data; /* ditto */
fs: new infrastructure for writeback error handling and reporting Most filesystems currently use mapping_set_error and filemap_check_errors for setting and reporting/clearing writeback errors at the mapping level. filemap_check_errors is indirectly called from most of the filemap_fdatawait_* functions and from filemap_write_and_wait*. These functions are called from all sorts of contexts to wait on writeback to finish -- e.g. mostly in fsync, but also in truncate calls, getattr, etc. The non-fsync callers are problematic. We should be reporting writeback errors during fsync, but many places spread over the tree clear out errors before they can be properly reported, or report errors at nonsensical times. If I get -EIO on a stat() call, there is no reason for me to assume that it is because some previous writeback failed. The fact that it also clears out the error such that a subsequent fsync returns 0 is a bug, and a nasty one since that's potentially silent data corruption. This patch adds a small bit of new infrastructure for setting and reporting errors during address_space writeback. While the above was my original impetus for adding this, I think it's also the case that current fsync semantics are just problematic for userland. Most applications that call fsync do so to ensure that the data they wrote has hit the backing store. In the case where there are multiple writers to the file at the same time, this is really hard to determine. The first one to call fsync will see any stored error, and the rest get back 0. The processes with open fds may not be associated with one another in any way. They could even be in different containers, so ensuring coordination between all fsync callers is not really an option. One way to remedy this would be to track what file descriptor was used to dirty the file, but that's rather cumbersome and would likely be slow. However, there is a simpler way to improve the semantics here without incurring too much overhead. This set adds an errseq_t to struct address_space, and a corresponding one is added to struct file. Writeback errors are recorded in the mapping's errseq_t, and the one in struct file is used as the "since" value. This changes the semantics of the Linux fsync implementation such that applications can now use it to determine whether there were any writeback errors since fsync(fd) was last called (or since the file was opened in the case of fsync having never been called). Note that those writeback errors may have occurred when writing data that was dirtied via an entirely different fd, but that's the case now with the current mapping_set_error/filemap_check_error infrastructure. This will at least prevent you from getting a false report of success. The new behavior is still consistent with the POSIX spec, and is more reliable for application developers. This patch just adds some basic infrastructure for doing this, and ensures that the f_wb_err "cursor" is properly set when a file is opened. Later patches will change the existing code to use this new infrastructure for reporting errors at fsync time. Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
2017-07-06 18:02:25 +07:00
errseq_t wb_err;
} __attribute__((aligned(sizeof(long)))) __randomize_layout;
/*
* On most architectures that alignment is already the case; but
* must be enforced here for CRIS, to let the least significant bit
* of struct page's "mapping" pointer be used for PAGE_MAPPING_ANON.
*/
struct request_queue;
struct block_device {
dev_t bd_dev; /* not a kdev_t - it's a search key */
int bd_openers;
struct inode * bd_inode; /* will die */
struct super_block * bd_super;
struct mutex bd_mutex; /* open/close mutex */
block: implement bd_claiming and claiming block Currently, device claiming for exclusive open is done after low level open - disk->fops->open() - has completed successfully. This means that exclusive open attempts while a device is already exclusively open will fail only after disk->fops->open() is called. cdrom driver issues commands during open() which means that O_EXCL open attempt can unintentionally inject commands to in-progress command stream for burning thus disturbing burning process. In most cases, this doesn't cause problems because the first command to be issued is TUR which most devices can process in the middle of burning. However, depending on how a device replies to TUR during burning, cdrom driver may end up issuing further commands. This can't be resolved trivially by moving bd_claim() before doing actual open() because that means an open attempt which will end up failing could interfere other legit O_EXCL open attempts. ie. unconfirmed open attempts can fail others. This patch resolves the problem by introducing claiming block which is started by bd_start_claiming() and terminated either by bd_claim() or bd_abort_claiming(). bd_claim() from inside a claiming block is guaranteed to succeed and once a claiming block is started, other bd_start_claiming() or bd_claim() attempts block till the current claiming block is terminated. bd_claim() can still be used standalone although now it always synchronizes against claiming blocks, so the existing users will keep working without any change. blkdev_open() and open_bdev_exclusive() are converted to use claiming blocks so that exclusive open attempts from these functions don't interfere with the existing exclusive open. This problem was discovered while investigating bko#15403. https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15403 The burning problem itself can be resolved by updating userspace probing tools to always open w/ O_EXCL. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Reported-by: Matthias-Christian Ott <ott@mirix.org> Cc: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
2010-04-07 16:53:59 +07:00
void * bd_claiming;
void * bd_holder;
int bd_holders;
implement in-kernel gendisk events handling Currently, media presence polling for removeable block devices is done from userland. There are several issues with this. * Polling is done by periodically opening the device. For SCSI devices, the command sequence generated by such action involves a few different commands including TEST_UNIT_READY. This behavior, while perfectly legal, is different from Windows which only issues single command, GET_EVENT_STATUS_NOTIFICATION. Unfortunately, some ATAPI devices lock up after being periodically queried such command sequences. * There is no reliable and unintrusive way for a userland program to tell whether the target device is safe for media presence polling. For example, polling for media presence during an on-going burning session can make it fail. The polling program can avoid this by opening the device with O_EXCL but then it risks making a valid exclusive user of the device fail w/ -EBUSY. * Userland polling is unnecessarily heavy and in-kernel implementation is lighter and better coordinated (workqueue, timer slack). This patch implements framework for in-kernel disk event handling, which includes media presence polling. * bdops->check_events() is added, which supercedes ->media_changed(). It should check whether there's any pending event and return if so. Currently, two events are defined - DISK_EVENT_MEDIA_CHANGE and DISK_EVENT_EJECT_REQUEST. ->check_events() is guaranteed not to be called parallelly. * gendisk->events and ->async_events are added. These should be initialized by block driver before passing the device to add_disk(). The former contains the mask of all supported events and the latter the mask of all events which the device can report without polling. /sys/block/*/events[_async] export these to userland. * Kernel parameter block.events_dfl_poll_msecs controls the system polling interval (default is 0 which means disable) and /sys/block/*/events_poll_msecs control polling intervals for individual devices (default is -1 meaning use system setting). Note that if a device can report all supported events asynchronously and its polling interval isn't explicitly set, the device won't be polled regardless of the system polling interval. * If a device is opened exclusively with write access, event checking is automatically disabled until all write exclusive accesses are released. * There are event 'clearing' events. For example, both of currently defined events are cleared after the device has been successfully opened. This information is passed to ->check_events() callback using @clearing argument as a hint. * Event checking is always performed from system_nrt_wq and timer slack is set to 25% for polling. * Nothing changes for drivers which implement ->media_changed() but not ->check_events(). Going forward, all drivers will be converted to ->check_events() and ->media_change() will be dropped. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Cc: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>
2010-12-09 02:57:37 +07:00
bool bd_write_holder;
#ifdef CONFIG_SYSFS
struct list_head bd_holder_disks;
#endif
struct block_device * bd_contains;
unsigned bd_block_size;
u8 bd_partno;
struct hd_struct * bd_part;
/* number of times partitions within this device have been opened. */
unsigned bd_part_count;
int bd_invalidated;
struct gendisk * bd_disk;
struct request_queue * bd_queue;
struct backing_dev_info *bd_bdi;
struct list_head bd_list;
/*
* Private data. You must have bd_claim'ed the block_device
* to use this. NOTE: bd_claim allows an owner to claim
* the same device multiple times, the owner must take special
* care to not mess up bd_private for that case.
*/
unsigned long bd_private;
/* The counter of freeze processes */
int bd_fsfreeze_count;
/* Mutex for freeze */
struct mutex bd_fsfreeze_mutex;
} __randomize_layout;
/*
* Radix-tree tags, for tagging dirty and writeback pages within the pagecache
* radix trees
*/
#define PAGECACHE_TAG_DIRTY 0
#define PAGECACHE_TAG_WRITEBACK 1
#define PAGECACHE_TAG_TOWRITE 2
int mapping_tagged(struct address_space *mapping, int tag);
mm,fs: introduce helpers around the i_mmap_mutex This series is a continuation of the conversion of the i_mmap_mutex to rwsem, following what we have for the anon memory counterpart. With Hugh's feedback from the first iteration. Ultimately, the most obvious paths that require exclusive ownership of the lock is when we modify the VMA interval tree, via vma_interval_tree_insert() and vma_interval_tree_remove() families. Cases such as unmapping, where the ptes content is changed but the tree remains untouched should make it safe to share the i_mmap_rwsem. As such, the code of course is straightforward, however the devil is very much in the details. While its been tested on a number of workloads without anything exploding, I would not be surprised if there are some less documented/known assumptions about the lock that could suffer from these changes. Or maybe I'm just missing something, but either way I believe its at the point where it could use more eyes and hopefully some time in linux-next. Because the lock type conversion is the heart of this patchset, its worth noting a few comparisons between mutex vs rwsem (xadd): (i) Same size, no extra footprint. (ii) Both have CONFIG_XXX_SPIN_ON_OWNER capabilities for exclusive lock ownership. (iii) Both can be slightly unfair wrt exclusive ownership, with writer lock stealing properties, not necessarily respecting FIFO order for granting the lock when contended. (iv) Mutexes can be slightly faster than rwsems when the lock is non-contended. (v) Both suck at performance for debug (slowpaths), which shouldn't matter anyway. Sharing the lock is obviously beneficial, and sem writer ownership is close enough to mutexes. The biggest winner of these changes is migration. As for concrete numbers, the following performance results are for a 4-socket 60-core IvyBridge-EX with 130Gb of RAM. Both alltests and disk (xfs+ramdisk) workloads of aim7 suite do quite well with this set, with a steady ~60% throughput (jpm) increase for alltests and up to ~30% for disk for high amounts of concurrency. Lower counts of workload users (< 100) does not show much difference at all, so at least no regressions. 3.18-rc1 3.18-rc1-i_mmap_rwsem alltests-100 17918.72 ( 0.00%) 28417.97 ( 58.59%) alltests-200 16529.39 ( 0.00%) 26807.92 ( 62.18%) alltests-300 16591.17 ( 0.00%) 26878.08 ( 62.00%) alltests-400 16490.37 ( 0.00%) 26664.63 ( 61.70%) alltests-500 16593.17 ( 0.00%) 26433.72 ( 59.30%) alltests-600 16508.56 ( 0.00%) 26409.20 ( 59.97%) alltests-700 16508.19 ( 0.00%) 26298.58 ( 59.31%) alltests-800 16437.58 ( 0.00%) 26433.02 ( 60.81%) alltests-900 16418.35 ( 0.00%) 26241.61 ( 59.83%) alltests-1000 16369.00 ( 0.00%) 26195.76 ( 60.03%) alltests-1100 16330.11 ( 0.00%) 26133.46 ( 60.03%) alltests-1200 16341.30 ( 0.00%) 26084.03 ( 59.62%) alltests-1300 16304.75 ( 0.00%) 26024.74 ( 59.61%) alltests-1400 16231.08 ( 0.00%) 25952.35 ( 59.89%) alltests-1500 16168.06 ( 0.00%) 25850.58 ( 59.89%) alltests-1600 16142.56 ( 0.00%) 25767.42 ( 59.62%) alltests-1700 16118.91 ( 0.00%) 25689.58 ( 59.38%) alltests-1800 16068.06 ( 0.00%) 25599.71 ( 59.32%) alltests-1900 16046.94 ( 0.00%) 25525.92 ( 59.07%) alltests-2000 16007.26 ( 0.00%) 25513.07 ( 59.38%) disk-100 7582.14 ( 0.00%) 7257.48 ( -4.28%) disk-200 6962.44 ( 0.00%) 7109.15 ( 2.11%) disk-300 6435.93 ( 0.00%) 6904.75 ( 7.28%) disk-400 6370.84 ( 0.00%) 6861.26 ( 7.70%) disk-500 6353.42 ( 0.00%) 6846.71 ( 7.76%) disk-600 6368.82 ( 0.00%) 6806.75 ( 6.88%) disk-700 6331.37 ( 0.00%) 6796.01 ( 7.34%) disk-800 6324.22 ( 0.00%) 6788.00 ( 7.33%) disk-900 6253.52 ( 0.00%) 6750.43 ( 7.95%) disk-1000 6242.53 ( 0.00%) 6855.11 ( 9.81%) disk-1100 6234.75 ( 0.00%) 6858.47 ( 10.00%) disk-1200 6312.76 ( 0.00%) 6845.13 ( 8.43%) disk-1300 6309.95 ( 0.00%) 6834.51 ( 8.31%) disk-1400 6171.76 ( 0.00%) 6787.09 ( 9.97%) disk-1500 6139.81 ( 0.00%) 6761.09 ( 10.12%) disk-1600 4807.12 ( 0.00%) 6725.33 ( 39.90%) disk-1700 4669.50 ( 0.00%) 5985.38 ( 28.18%) disk-1800 4663.51 ( 0.00%) 5972.99 ( 28.08%) disk-1900 4674.31 ( 0.00%) 5949.94 ( 27.29%) disk-2000 4668.36 ( 0.00%) 5834.93 ( 24.99%) In addition, a 67.5% increase in successfully migrated NUMA pages, thus improving node locality. The patch layout is simple but designed for bisection (in case reversion is needed if the changes break upstream) and easier review: o Patches 1-4 convert the i_mmap lock from mutex to rwsem. o Patches 5-10 share the lock in specific paths, each patch details the rationale behind why it should be safe. This patchset has been tested with: postgres 9.4 (with brand new hugetlb support), hugetlbfs test suite (all tests pass, in fact more tests pass with these changes than with an upstream kernel), ltp, aim7 benchmarks, memcached and iozone with the -B option for mmap'ing. *Untested* paths are nommu, memory-failure, uprobes and xip. This patch (of 8): Various parts of the kernel acquire and release this mutex, so add i_mmap_lock_write() and immap_unlock_write() helper functions that will encapsulate this logic. The next patch will make use of these. Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dbueso@suse.de> Reviewed-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com> Acked-by: "Kirill A. Shutemov" <kirill@shutemov.name> Acked-by: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com> Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com> Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Srikar Dronamraju <srikar@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Acked-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2014-12-13 07:54:18 +07:00
static inline void i_mmap_lock_write(struct address_space *mapping)
{
down_write(&mapping->i_mmap_rwsem);
mm,fs: introduce helpers around the i_mmap_mutex This series is a continuation of the conversion of the i_mmap_mutex to rwsem, following what we have for the anon memory counterpart. With Hugh's feedback from the first iteration. Ultimately, the most obvious paths that require exclusive ownership of the lock is when we modify the VMA interval tree, via vma_interval_tree_insert() and vma_interval_tree_remove() families. Cases such as unmapping, where the ptes content is changed but the tree remains untouched should make it safe to share the i_mmap_rwsem. As such, the code of course is straightforward, however the devil is very much in the details. While its been tested on a number of workloads without anything exploding, I would not be surprised if there are some less documented/known assumptions about the lock that could suffer from these changes. Or maybe I'm just missing something, but either way I believe its at the point where it could use more eyes and hopefully some time in linux-next. Because the lock type conversion is the heart of this patchset, its worth noting a few comparisons between mutex vs rwsem (xadd): (i) Same size, no extra footprint. (ii) Both have CONFIG_XXX_SPIN_ON_OWNER capabilities for exclusive lock ownership. (iii) Both can be slightly unfair wrt exclusive ownership, with writer lock stealing properties, not necessarily respecting FIFO order for granting the lock when contended. (iv) Mutexes can be slightly faster than rwsems when the lock is non-contended. (v) Both suck at performance for debug (slowpaths), which shouldn't matter anyway. Sharing the lock is obviously beneficial, and sem writer ownership is close enough to mutexes. The biggest winner of these changes is migration. As for concrete numbers, the following performance results are for a 4-socket 60-core IvyBridge-EX with 130Gb of RAM. Both alltests and disk (xfs+ramdisk) workloads of aim7 suite do quite well with this set, with a steady ~60% throughput (jpm) increase for alltests and up to ~30% for disk for high amounts of concurrency. Lower counts of workload users (< 100) does not show much difference at all, so at least no regressions. 3.18-rc1 3.18-rc1-i_mmap_rwsem alltests-100 17918.72 ( 0.00%) 28417.97 ( 58.59%) alltests-200 16529.39 ( 0.00%) 26807.92 ( 62.18%) alltests-300 16591.17 ( 0.00%) 26878.08 ( 62.00%) alltests-400 16490.37 ( 0.00%) 26664.63 ( 61.70%) alltests-500 16593.17 ( 0.00%) 26433.72 ( 59.30%) alltests-600 16508.56 ( 0.00%) 26409.20 ( 59.97%) alltests-700 16508.19 ( 0.00%) 26298.58 ( 59.31%) alltests-800 16437.58 ( 0.00%) 26433.02 ( 60.81%) alltests-900 16418.35 ( 0.00%) 26241.61 ( 59.83%) alltests-1000 16369.00 ( 0.00%) 26195.76 ( 60.03%) alltests-1100 16330.11 ( 0.00%) 26133.46 ( 60.03%) alltests-1200 16341.30 ( 0.00%) 26084.03 ( 59.62%) alltests-1300 16304.75 ( 0.00%) 26024.74 ( 59.61%) alltests-1400 16231.08 ( 0.00%) 25952.35 ( 59.89%) alltests-1500 16168.06 ( 0.00%) 25850.58 ( 59.89%) alltests-1600 16142.56 ( 0.00%) 25767.42 ( 59.62%) alltests-1700 16118.91 ( 0.00%) 25689.58 ( 59.38%) alltests-1800 16068.06 ( 0.00%) 25599.71 ( 59.32%) alltests-1900 16046.94 ( 0.00%) 25525.92 ( 59.07%) alltests-2000 16007.26 ( 0.00%) 25513.07 ( 59.38%) disk-100 7582.14 ( 0.00%) 7257.48 ( -4.28%) disk-200 6962.44 ( 0.00%) 7109.15 ( 2.11%) disk-300 6435.93 ( 0.00%) 6904.75 ( 7.28%) disk-400 6370.84 ( 0.00%) 6861.26 ( 7.70%) disk-500 6353.42 ( 0.00%) 6846.71 ( 7.76%) disk-600 6368.82 ( 0.00%) 6806.75 ( 6.88%) disk-700 6331.37 ( 0.00%) 6796.01 ( 7.34%) disk-800 6324.22 ( 0.00%) 6788.00 ( 7.33%) disk-900 6253.52 ( 0.00%) 6750.43 ( 7.95%) disk-1000 6242.53 ( 0.00%) 6855.11 ( 9.81%) disk-1100 6234.75 ( 0.00%) 6858.47 ( 10.00%) disk-1200 6312.76 ( 0.00%) 6845.13 ( 8.43%) disk-1300 6309.95 ( 0.00%) 6834.51 ( 8.31%) disk-1400 6171.76 ( 0.00%) 6787.09 ( 9.97%) disk-1500 6139.81 ( 0.00%) 6761.09 ( 10.12%) disk-1600 4807.12 ( 0.00%) 6725.33 ( 39.90%) disk-1700 4669.50 ( 0.00%) 5985.38 ( 28.18%) disk-1800 4663.51 ( 0.00%) 5972.99 ( 28.08%) disk-1900 4674.31 ( 0.00%) 5949.94 ( 27.29%) disk-2000 4668.36 ( 0.00%) 5834.93 ( 24.99%) In addition, a 67.5% increase in successfully migrated NUMA pages, thus improving node locality. The patch layout is simple but designed for bisection (in case reversion is needed if the changes break upstream) and easier review: o Patches 1-4 convert the i_mmap lock from mutex to rwsem. o Patches 5-10 share the lock in specific paths, each patch details the rationale behind why it should be safe. This patchset has been tested with: postgres 9.4 (with brand new hugetlb support), hugetlbfs test suite (all tests pass, in fact more tests pass with these changes than with an upstream kernel), ltp, aim7 benchmarks, memcached and iozone with the -B option for mmap'ing. *Untested* paths are nommu, memory-failure, uprobes and xip. This patch (of 8): Various parts of the kernel acquire and release this mutex, so add i_mmap_lock_write() and immap_unlock_write() helper functions that will encapsulate this logic. The next patch will make use of these. Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dbueso@suse.de> Reviewed-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com> Acked-by: "Kirill A. Shutemov" <kirill@shutemov.name> Acked-by: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com> Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com> Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Srikar Dronamraju <srikar@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Acked-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2014-12-13 07:54:18 +07:00
}
static inline void i_mmap_unlock_write(struct address_space *mapping)
{
up_write(&mapping->i_mmap_rwsem);
mm,fs: introduce helpers around the i_mmap_mutex This series is a continuation of the conversion of the i_mmap_mutex to rwsem, following what we have for the anon memory counterpart. With Hugh's feedback from the first iteration. Ultimately, the most obvious paths that require exclusive ownership of the lock is when we modify the VMA interval tree, via vma_interval_tree_insert() and vma_interval_tree_remove() families. Cases such as unmapping, where the ptes content is changed but the tree remains untouched should make it safe to share the i_mmap_rwsem. As such, the code of course is straightforward, however the devil is very much in the details. While its been tested on a number of workloads without anything exploding, I would not be surprised if there are some less documented/known assumptions about the lock that could suffer from these changes. Or maybe I'm just missing something, but either way I believe its at the point where it could use more eyes and hopefully some time in linux-next. Because the lock type conversion is the heart of this patchset, its worth noting a few comparisons between mutex vs rwsem (xadd): (i) Same size, no extra footprint. (ii) Both have CONFIG_XXX_SPIN_ON_OWNER capabilities for exclusive lock ownership. (iii) Both can be slightly unfair wrt exclusive ownership, with writer lock stealing properties, not necessarily respecting FIFO order for granting the lock when contended. (iv) Mutexes can be slightly faster than rwsems when the lock is non-contended. (v) Both suck at performance for debug (slowpaths), which shouldn't matter anyway. Sharing the lock is obviously beneficial, and sem writer ownership is close enough to mutexes. The biggest winner of these changes is migration. As for concrete numbers, the following performance results are for a 4-socket 60-core IvyBridge-EX with 130Gb of RAM. Both alltests and disk (xfs+ramdisk) workloads of aim7 suite do quite well with this set, with a steady ~60% throughput (jpm) increase for alltests and up to ~30% for disk for high amounts of concurrency. Lower counts of workload users (< 100) does not show much difference at all, so at least no regressions. 3.18-rc1 3.18-rc1-i_mmap_rwsem alltests-100 17918.72 ( 0.00%) 28417.97 ( 58.59%) alltests-200 16529.39 ( 0.00%) 26807.92 ( 62.18%) alltests-300 16591.17 ( 0.00%) 26878.08 ( 62.00%) alltests-400 16490.37 ( 0.00%) 26664.63 ( 61.70%) alltests-500 16593.17 ( 0.00%) 26433.72 ( 59.30%) alltests-600 16508.56 ( 0.00%) 26409.20 ( 59.97%) alltests-700 16508.19 ( 0.00%) 26298.58 ( 59.31%) alltests-800 16437.58 ( 0.00%) 26433.02 ( 60.81%) alltests-900 16418.35 ( 0.00%) 26241.61 ( 59.83%) alltests-1000 16369.00 ( 0.00%) 26195.76 ( 60.03%) alltests-1100 16330.11 ( 0.00%) 26133.46 ( 60.03%) alltests-1200 16341.30 ( 0.00%) 26084.03 ( 59.62%) alltests-1300 16304.75 ( 0.00%) 26024.74 ( 59.61%) alltests-1400 16231.08 ( 0.00%) 25952.35 ( 59.89%) alltests-1500 16168.06 ( 0.00%) 25850.58 ( 59.89%) alltests-1600 16142.56 ( 0.00%) 25767.42 ( 59.62%) alltests-1700 16118.91 ( 0.00%) 25689.58 ( 59.38%) alltests-1800 16068.06 ( 0.00%) 25599.71 ( 59.32%) alltests-1900 16046.94 ( 0.00%) 25525.92 ( 59.07%) alltests-2000 16007.26 ( 0.00%) 25513.07 ( 59.38%) disk-100 7582.14 ( 0.00%) 7257.48 ( -4.28%) disk-200 6962.44 ( 0.00%) 7109.15 ( 2.11%) disk-300 6435.93 ( 0.00%) 6904.75 ( 7.28%) disk-400 6370.84 ( 0.00%) 6861.26 ( 7.70%) disk-500 6353.42 ( 0.00%) 6846.71 ( 7.76%) disk-600 6368.82 ( 0.00%) 6806.75 ( 6.88%) disk-700 6331.37 ( 0.00%) 6796.01 ( 7.34%) disk-800 6324.22 ( 0.00%) 6788.00 ( 7.33%) disk-900 6253.52 ( 0.00%) 6750.43 ( 7.95%) disk-1000 6242.53 ( 0.00%) 6855.11 ( 9.81%) disk-1100 6234.75 ( 0.00%) 6858.47 ( 10.00%) disk-1200 6312.76 ( 0.00%) 6845.13 ( 8.43%) disk-1300 6309.95 ( 0.00%) 6834.51 ( 8.31%) disk-1400 6171.76 ( 0.00%) 6787.09 ( 9.97%) disk-1500 6139.81 ( 0.00%) 6761.09 ( 10.12%) disk-1600 4807.12 ( 0.00%) 6725.33 ( 39.90%) disk-1700 4669.50 ( 0.00%) 5985.38 ( 28.18%) disk-1800 4663.51 ( 0.00%) 5972.99 ( 28.08%) disk-1900 4674.31 ( 0.00%) 5949.94 ( 27.29%) disk-2000 4668.36 ( 0.00%) 5834.93 ( 24.99%) In addition, a 67.5% increase in successfully migrated NUMA pages, thus improving node locality. The patch layout is simple but designed for bisection (in case reversion is needed if the changes break upstream) and easier review: o Patches 1-4 convert the i_mmap lock from mutex to rwsem. o Patches 5-10 share the lock in specific paths, each patch details the rationale behind why it should be safe. This patchset has been tested with: postgres 9.4 (with brand new hugetlb support), hugetlbfs test suite (all tests pass, in fact more tests pass with these changes than with an upstream kernel), ltp, aim7 benchmarks, memcached and iozone with the -B option for mmap'ing. *Untested* paths are nommu, memory-failure, uprobes and xip. This patch (of 8): Various parts of the kernel acquire and release this mutex, so add i_mmap_lock_write() and immap_unlock_write() helper functions that will encapsulate this logic. The next patch will make use of these. Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dbueso@suse.de> Reviewed-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com> Acked-by: "Kirill A. Shutemov" <kirill@shutemov.name> Acked-by: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com> Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com> Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Srikar Dronamraju <srikar@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Acked-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2014-12-13 07:54:18 +07:00
}
static inline void i_mmap_lock_read(struct address_space *mapping)
{
down_read(&mapping->i_mmap_rwsem);
}
static inline void i_mmap_unlock_read(struct address_space *mapping)
{
up_read(&mapping->i_mmap_rwsem);
}
/*
* Might pages of this file be mapped into userspace?
*/
static inline int mapping_mapped(struct address_space *mapping)
{
return !RB_EMPTY_ROOT(&mapping->i_mmap.rb_root);
}
/*
* Might pages of this file have been modified in userspace?
* Note that i_mmap_writable counts all VM_SHARED vmas: do_mmap_pgoff
* marks vma as VM_SHARED if it is shared, and the file was opened for
* writing i.e. vma may be mprotected writable even if now readonly.
*
* If i_mmap_writable is negative, no new writable mappings are allowed. You
* can only deny writable mappings, if none exists right now.
*/
static inline int mapping_writably_mapped(struct address_space *mapping)
{
return atomic_read(&mapping->i_mmap_writable) > 0;
}
static inline int mapping_map_writable(struct address_space *mapping)
{
return atomic_inc_unless_negative(&mapping->i_mmap_writable) ?
0 : -EPERM;
}
static inline void mapping_unmap_writable(struct address_space *mapping)
{
atomic_dec(&mapping->i_mmap_writable);
}
static inline int mapping_deny_writable(struct address_space *mapping)
{
return atomic_dec_unless_positive(&mapping->i_mmap_writable) ?
0 : -EBUSY;
}
static inline void mapping_allow_writable(struct address_space *mapping)
{
atomic_inc(&mapping->i_mmap_writable);
}
/*
* Use sequence counter to get consistent i_size on 32-bit processors.
*/
#if BITS_PER_LONG==32 && defined(CONFIG_SMP)
#include <linux/seqlock.h>
#define __NEED_I_SIZE_ORDERED
#define i_size_ordered_init(inode) seqcount_init(&inode->i_size_seqcount)
#else
#define i_size_ordered_init(inode) do { } while (0)
#endif
struct posix_acl;
#define ACL_NOT_CACHED ((void *)(-1))
#define ACL_DONT_CACHE ((void *)(-3))
posix_acl: Inode acl caching fixes When get_acl() is called for an inode whose ACL is not cached yet, the get_acl inode operation is called to fetch the ACL from the filesystem. The inode operation is responsible for updating the cached acl with set_cached_acl(). This is done without locking at the VFS level, so another task can call set_cached_acl() or forget_cached_acl() before the get_acl inode operation gets to calling set_cached_acl(), and then get_acl's call to set_cached_acl() results in caching an outdate ACL. Prevent this from happening by setting the cached ACL pointer to a task-specific sentinel value before calling the get_acl inode operation. Move the responsibility for updating the cached ACL from the get_acl inode operations to get_acl(). There, only set the cached ACL if the sentinel value hasn't changed. The sentinel values are chosen to have odd values. Likewise, the value of ACL_NOT_CACHED is odd. In contrast, ACL object pointers always have an even value (ACLs are aligned in memory). This allows to distinguish uncached ACLs values from ACL objects. In addition, switch from guarding inode->i_acl and inode->i_default_acl upates by the inode->i_lock spinlock to using xchg() and cmpxchg(). Filesystems that do not want ACLs returned from their get_acl inode operations to be cached must call forget_cached_acl() to prevent the VFS from doing so. (Patch written by Al Viro and Andreas Gruenbacher.) Signed-off-by: Andreas Gruenbacher <agruenba@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-03-24 20:38:37 +07:00
static inline struct posix_acl *
uncached_acl_sentinel(struct task_struct *task)
{
return (void *)task + 1;
}
static inline bool
is_uncached_acl(struct posix_acl *acl)
{
return (long)acl & 1;
}
#define IOP_FASTPERM 0x0001
#define IOP_LOOKUP 0x0002
#define IOP_NOFOLLOW 0x0004
#define IOP_XATTR 0x0008
#define IOP_DEFAULT_READLINK 0x0010
fsnotify: Move mark list head from object into dedicated structure Currently notification marks are attached to object (inode or vfsmnt) by a hlist_head in the object. The list is also protected by a spinlock in the object. So while there is any mark attached to the list of marks, the object must be pinned in memory (and thus e.g. last iput() deleting inode cannot happen). Also for list iteration in fsnotify() to work, we must hold fsnotify_mark_srcu lock so that mark itself and mark->obj_list.next cannot get freed. Thus we are required to wait for response to fanotify events from userspace process with fsnotify_mark_srcu lock held. That causes issues when userspace process is buggy and does not reply to some event - basically the whole notification subsystem gets eventually stuck. So to be able to drop fsnotify_mark_srcu lock while waiting for response, we have to pin the mark in memory and make sure it stays in the object list (as removing the mark waiting for response could lead to lost notification events for groups later in the list). However we don't want inode reclaim to block on such mark as that would lead to system just locking up elsewhere. This commit is the first in the series that paves way towards solving these conflicting lifetime needs. Instead of anchoring the list of marks directly in the object, we anchor it in a dedicated structure (fsnotify_mark_connector) and just point to that structure from the object. The following commits will also add spinlock protecting the list and object pointer to the structure. Reviewed-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
2017-03-14 18:31:02 +07:00
struct fsnotify_mark_connector;
/*
* Keep mostly read-only and often accessed (especially for
* the RCU path lookup and 'stat' data) fields at the beginning
* of the 'struct inode'
*/
struct inode {
umode_t i_mode;
unsigned short i_opflags;
kuid_t i_uid;
kgid_t i_gid;
unsigned int i_flags;
#ifdef CONFIG_FS_POSIX_ACL
struct posix_acl *i_acl;
struct posix_acl *i_default_acl;
#endif
const struct inode_operations *i_op;
struct super_block *i_sb;
struct address_space *i_mapping;
#ifdef CONFIG_SECURITY
void *i_security;
#endif
/* Stat data, not accessed from path walking */
unsigned long i_ino;
/*
* Filesystems may only read i_nlink directly. They shall use the
* following functions for modification:
*
* (set|clear|inc|drop)_nlink
* inode_(inc|dec)_link_count
*/
union {
const unsigned int i_nlink;
unsigned int __i_nlink;
};
dev_t i_rdev;
loff_t i_size;
struct timespec i_atime;
struct timespec i_mtime;
struct timespec i_ctime;
spinlock_t i_lock; /* i_blocks, i_bytes, maybe i_size */
unsigned short i_bytes;
unsigned int i_blkbits;
fs: add fcntl() interface for setting/getting write life time hints Define a set of write life time hints: RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET No hint information set RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NONE No hints about write life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_SHORT Data written has a short life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM Data written has a medium life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_LONG Data written has a long life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME Data written has an extremely long life time The intent is for these values to be relative to each other, no absolute meaning should be attached to these flag names. Add an fcntl interface for querying these flags, and also for setting them as well: F_GET_RW_HINT Returns the read/write hint set on the underlying inode. F_SET_RW_HINT Set one of the above write hints on the underlying inode. F_GET_FILE_RW_HINT Returns the read/write hint set on the file descriptor. F_SET_FILE_RW_HINT Set one of the above write hints on the file descriptor. The user passes in a 64-bit pointer to get/set these values, and the interface returns 0/-1 on success/error. Sample program testing/implementing basic setting/getting of write hints is below. Add support for storing the write life time hint in the inode flags and in struct file as well, and pass them to the kiocb flags. If both a file and its corresponding inode has a write hint, then we use the one in the file, if available. The file hint can be used for sync/direct IO, for buffered writeback only the inode hint is available. This is in preparation for utilizing these hints in the block layer, to guide on-media data placement. /* * writehint.c: get or set an inode write hint */ #include <stdio.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <stdbool.h> #include <inttypes.h> #ifndef F_GET_RW_HINT #define F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE 1024 #define F_GET_RW_HINT (F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 11) #define F_SET_RW_HINT (F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 12) #endif static char *str[] = { "RWF_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NONE", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_SHORT", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_LONG", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME" }; int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { uint64_t hint; int fd, ret; if (argc < 2) { fprintf(stderr, "%s: file <hint>\n", argv[0]); return 1; } fd = open(argv[1], O_RDONLY); if (fd < 0) { perror("open"); return 2; } if (argc > 2) { hint = atoi(argv[2]); ret = fcntl(fd, F_SET_RW_HINT, &hint); if (ret < 0) { perror("fcntl: F_SET_RW_HINT"); return 4; } } ret = fcntl(fd, F_GET_RW_HINT, &hint); if (ret < 0) { perror("fcntl: F_GET_RW_HINT"); return 3; } printf("%s: hint %s\n", argv[1], str[hint]); close(fd); return 0; } Reviewed-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-28 00:47:04 +07:00
enum rw_hint i_write_hint;
blkcnt_t i_blocks;
#ifdef __NEED_I_SIZE_ORDERED
seqcount_t i_size_seqcount;
#endif
/* Misc */
unsigned long i_state;
struct rw_semaphore i_rwsem;
unsigned long dirtied_when; /* jiffies of first dirtying */
unsigned long dirtied_time_when;
struct hlist_node i_hash;
struct list_head i_io_list; /* backing dev IO list */
writeback: make backing_dev_info host cgroup-specific bdi_writebacks For the planned cgroup writeback support, on each bdi (backing_dev_info), each memcg will be served by a separate wb (bdi_writeback). This patch updates bdi so that a bdi can host multiple wbs (bdi_writebacks). On the default hierarchy, blkcg implicitly enables memcg. This allows using memcg's page ownership for attributing writeback IOs, and every memcg - blkcg combination can be served by its own wb by assigning a dedicated wb to each memcg. This means that there may be multiple wb's of a bdi mapped to the same blkcg. As congested state is per blkcg - bdi combination, those wb's should share the same congested state. This is achieved by tracking congested state via bdi_writeback_congested structs which are keyed by blkcg. bdi->wb remains unchanged and will keep serving the root cgroup. cgwb's (cgroup wb's) for non-root cgroups are created on-demand or looked up while dirtying an inode according to the memcg of the page being dirtied or current task. Each cgwb is indexed on bdi->cgwb_tree by its memcg id. Once an inode is associated with its wb, it can be retrieved using inode_to_wb(). Currently, none of the filesystems has FS_CGROUP_WRITEBACK and all pages will keep being associated with bdi->wb. v3: inode_attach_wb() in account_page_dirtied() moved inside mapping_cap_account_dirty() block where it's known to be !NULL. Also, an unnecessary NULL check before kfree() removed. Both detected by the kbuild bot. v2: Updated so that wb association is per inode and wb is per memcg rather than blkcg. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Cc: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2015-05-23 04:13:37 +07:00
#ifdef CONFIG_CGROUP_WRITEBACK
struct bdi_writeback *i_wb; /* the associated cgroup wb */
writeback: implement foreign cgroup inode detection As concurrent write sharing of an inode is expected to be very rare and memcg only tracks page ownership on first-use basis severely confining the usefulness of such sharing, cgroup writeback tracks ownership per-inode. While the support for concurrent write sharing of an inode is deemed unnecessary, an inode being written to by different cgroups at different points in time is a lot more common, and, more importantly, charging only by first-use can too readily lead to grossly incorrect behaviors (single foreign page can lead to gigabytes of writeback to be incorrectly attributed). To resolve this issue, cgroup writeback detects the majority dirtier of an inode and will transfer the ownership to it. To avoid unnnecessary oscillation, the detection mechanism keeps track of history and gives out the switch verdict only if the foreign usage pattern is stable over a certain amount of time and/or writeback attempts. The detection mechanism has fairly low space and computation overhead. It adds 8 bytes to struct inode (one int and two u16's) and minimal amount of calculation per IO. The detection mechanism converges to the correct answer usually in several seconds of IO time when there's a clear majority dirtier. Even when there isn't, it can reach an acceptable answer fairly quickly under most circumstances. Please see wb_detach_inode() for more details. This patch only implements detection. Following patches will implement actual switching. v2: wbc_account_io() now checks whether the wbc is associated with a wb before dereferencing it. This can happen when pageout() is writing pages directly without going through the usual writeback path. As pageout() path is single-threaded, we don't want it to be blocked behind a slow cgroup and ultimately want it to delegate actual writing to the usual writeback path. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Cc: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2015-05-29 01:50:51 +07:00
/* foreign inode detection, see wbc_detach_inode() */
int i_wb_frn_winner;
u16 i_wb_frn_avg_time;
u16 i_wb_frn_history;
writeback: make backing_dev_info host cgroup-specific bdi_writebacks For the planned cgroup writeback support, on each bdi (backing_dev_info), each memcg will be served by a separate wb (bdi_writeback). This patch updates bdi so that a bdi can host multiple wbs (bdi_writebacks). On the default hierarchy, blkcg implicitly enables memcg. This allows using memcg's page ownership for attributing writeback IOs, and every memcg - blkcg combination can be served by its own wb by assigning a dedicated wb to each memcg. This means that there may be multiple wb's of a bdi mapped to the same blkcg. As congested state is per blkcg - bdi combination, those wb's should share the same congested state. This is achieved by tracking congested state via bdi_writeback_congested structs which are keyed by blkcg. bdi->wb remains unchanged and will keep serving the root cgroup. cgwb's (cgroup wb's) for non-root cgroups are created on-demand or looked up while dirtying an inode according to the memcg of the page being dirtied or current task. Each cgwb is indexed on bdi->cgwb_tree by its memcg id. Once an inode is associated with its wb, it can be retrieved using inode_to_wb(). Currently, none of the filesystems has FS_CGROUP_WRITEBACK and all pages will keep being associated with bdi->wb. v3: inode_attach_wb() in account_page_dirtied() moved inside mapping_cap_account_dirty() block where it's known to be !NULL. Also, an unnecessary NULL check before kfree() removed. Both detected by the kbuild bot. v2: Updated so that wb association is per inode and wb is per memcg rather than blkcg. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Cc: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2015-05-23 04:13:37 +07:00
#endif
struct list_head i_lru; /* inode LRU list */
struct list_head i_sb_list;
fs/fs-writeback.c: add a new writeback list for sync wait_sb_inodes() currently does a walk of all inodes in the filesystem to find dirty one to wait on during sync. This is highly inefficient and wastes a lot of CPU when there are lots of clean cached inodes that we don't need to wait on. To avoid this "all inode" walk, we need to track inodes that are currently under writeback that we need to wait for. We do this by adding inodes to a writeback list on the sb when the mapping is first tagged as having pages under writeback. wait_sb_inodes() can then walk this list of "inodes under IO" and wait specifically just for the inodes that the current sync(2) needs to wait for. Define a couple helpers to add/remove an inode from the writeback list and call them when the overall mapping is tagged for or cleared from writeback. Update wait_sb_inodes() to walk only the inodes under writeback due to the sync. With this change, filesystem sync times are significantly reduced for fs' with largely populated inode caches and otherwise no other work to do. For example, on a 16xcpu 2GHz x86-64 server, 10TB XFS filesystem with a ~10m entry inode cache, sync times are reduced from ~7.3s to less than 0.1s when the filesystem is fully clean. Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1466594593-6757-2-git-send-email-bfoster@redhat.com Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Foster <bfoster@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Tested-by: Holger Hoffstätte <holger.hoffstaette@applied-asynchrony.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-07-27 05:21:50 +07:00
struct list_head i_wb_list; /* backing dev writeback list */
2011-01-07 13:49:49 +07:00
union {
struct hlist_head i_dentry;
2011-01-07 13:49:49 +07:00
struct rcu_head i_rcu;
};
u64 i_version;
atomic_t i_count;
atomic_t i_dio_count;
atomic_t i_writecount;
#ifdef CONFIG_IMA
atomic_t i_readcount; /* struct files open RO */
#endif
const struct file_operations *i_fop; /* former ->i_op->default_file_ops */
struct file_lock_context *i_flctx;
struct address_space i_data;
struct list_head i_devices;
union {
struct pipe_inode_info *i_pipe;
struct block_device *i_bdev;
struct cdev *i_cdev;
char *i_link;
parallel lookups machinery, part 2 We'll need to verify that there's neither a hashed nor in-lookup dentry with desired parent/name before adding to in-lookup set. One possible solution would be to hold the parent's ->d_lock through both checks, but while the in-lookup set is relatively small at any time, dcache is not. And holding the parent's ->d_lock through something like __d_lookup_rcu() would suck too badly. So we leave the parent's ->d_lock alone, which means that we watch out for the following scenario: * we verify that there's no hashed match * existing in-lookup match gets hashed by another process * we verify that there's no in-lookup matches and decide that everything's fine. Solution: per-directory kinda-sorta seqlock, bumped around the times we hash something that used to be in-lookup or move (and hash) something in place of in-lookup. Then the above would turn into * read the counter * do dcache lookup * if no matches found, check for in-lookup matches * if there had been none of those either, check if the counter has changed; repeat if it has. The "kinda-sorta" part is due to the fact that we don't have much spare space in inode. There is a spare word (shared with i_bdev/i_cdev/i_pipe), so the counter part is not a problem, but spinlock is a different story. We could use the parent's ->d_lock, and it would be less painful in terms of contention, for __d_add() it would be rather inconvenient to grab; we could do that (using lock_parent()), but... Fortunately, we can get serialization on the counter itself, and it might be a good idea in general; we can use cmpxchg() in a loop to get from even to odd and smp_store_release() from odd to even. This commit adds the counter and updating logics; the readers will be added in the next commit. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 11:58:55 +07:00
unsigned i_dir_seq;
};
__u32 i_generation;
#ifdef CONFIG_FSNOTIFY
__u32 i_fsnotify_mask; /* all events this inode cares about */
struct fsnotify_mark_connector __rcu *i_fsnotify_marks;
#endif
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_FS_ENCRYPTION)
struct fscrypt_info *i_crypt_info;
#endif
void *i_private; /* fs or device private pointer */
} __randomize_layout;
static inline unsigned int i_blocksize(const struct inode *node)
{
return (1 << node->i_blkbits);
}
static inline int inode_unhashed(struct inode *inode)
{
return hlist_unhashed(&inode->i_hash);
}
/*
* inode->i_mutex nesting subclasses for the lock validator:
*
* 0: the object of the current VFS operation
* 1: parent
* 2: child/target
* 3: xattr
* 4: second non-directory
* 5: second parent (when locking independent directories in rename)
*
* I_MUTEX_NONDIR2 is for certain operations (such as rename) which lock two
* non-directories at once.
*
* The locking order between these classes is
* parent[2] -> child -> grandchild -> normal -> xattr -> second non-directory
*/
enum inode_i_mutex_lock_class
{
I_MUTEX_NORMAL,
I_MUTEX_PARENT,
I_MUTEX_CHILD,
I_MUTEX_XATTR,
I_MUTEX_NONDIR2,
I_MUTEX_PARENT2,
};
static inline void inode_lock(struct inode *inode)
{
down_write(&inode->i_rwsem);
}
static inline void inode_unlock(struct inode *inode)
{
up_write(&inode->i_rwsem);
}
static inline void inode_lock_shared(struct inode *inode)
{
down_read(&inode->i_rwsem);
}
static inline void inode_unlock_shared(struct inode *inode)
{
up_read(&inode->i_rwsem);
}
static inline int inode_trylock(struct inode *inode)
{
return down_write_trylock(&inode->i_rwsem);
}
static inline int inode_trylock_shared(struct inode *inode)
{
return down_read_trylock(&inode->i_rwsem);
}
static inline int inode_is_locked(struct inode *inode)
{
return rwsem_is_locked(&inode->i_rwsem);
}
static inline void inode_lock_nested(struct inode *inode, unsigned subclass)
{
down_write_nested(&inode->i_rwsem, subclass);
}
void lock_two_nondirectories(struct inode *, struct inode*);
void unlock_two_nondirectories(struct inode *, struct inode*);
/*
* NOTE: in a 32bit arch with a preemptable kernel and
* an UP compile the i_size_read/write must be atomic
* with respect to the local cpu (unlike with preempt disabled),
* but they don't need to be atomic with respect to other cpus like in
* true SMP (so they need either to either locally disable irq around
* the read or for example on x86 they can be still implemented as a
* cmpxchg8b without the need of the lock prefix). For SMP compiles
* and 64bit archs it makes no difference if preempt is enabled or not.
*/
static inline loff_t i_size_read(const struct inode *inode)
{
#if BITS_PER_LONG==32 && defined(CONFIG_SMP)
loff_t i_size;
unsigned int seq;
do {
seq = read_seqcount_begin(&inode->i_size_seqcount);
i_size = inode->i_size;
} while (read_seqcount_retry(&inode->i_size_seqcount, seq));
return i_size;
#elif BITS_PER_LONG==32 && defined(CONFIG_PREEMPT)
loff_t i_size;
preempt_disable();
i_size = inode->i_size;
preempt_enable();
return i_size;
#else
return inode->i_size;
#endif
}
/*
* NOTE: unlike i_size_read(), i_size_write() does need locking around it
* (normally i_mutex), otherwise on 32bit/SMP an update of i_size_seqcount
* can be lost, resulting in subsequent i_size_read() calls spinning forever.
*/
static inline void i_size_write(struct inode *inode, loff_t i_size)
{
#if BITS_PER_LONG==32 && defined(CONFIG_SMP)
preempt_disable();
write_seqcount_begin(&inode->i_size_seqcount);
inode->i_size = i_size;
write_seqcount_end(&inode->i_size_seqcount);
preempt_enable();
#elif BITS_PER_LONG==32 && defined(CONFIG_PREEMPT)
preempt_disable();
inode->i_size = i_size;
preempt_enable();
#else
inode->i_size = i_size;
#endif
}
static inline unsigned iminor(const struct inode *inode)
{
return MINOR(inode->i_rdev);
}
static inline unsigned imajor(const struct inode *inode)
{
return MAJOR(inode->i_rdev);
}
extern struct block_device *I_BDEV(struct inode *inode);
struct fown_struct {
rwlock_t lock; /* protects pid, uid, euid fields */
struct pid *pid; /* pid or -pgrp where SIGIO should be sent */
enum pid_type pid_type; /* Kind of process group SIGIO should be sent to */
kuid_t uid, euid; /* uid/euid of process setting the owner */
int signum; /* posix.1b rt signal to be delivered on IO */
};
/*
* Track a single file's readahead state
*/
struct file_ra_state {
pgoff_t start; /* where readahead started */
unsigned int size; /* # of readahead pages */
unsigned int async_size; /* do asynchronous readahead when
there are only # of pages ahead */
unsigned int ra_pages; /* Maximum readahead window */
unsigned int mmap_miss; /* Cache miss stat for mmap accesses */
loff_t prev_pos; /* Cache last read() position */
};
/*
* Check if @index falls in the readahead windows.
*/
static inline int ra_has_index(struct file_ra_state *ra, pgoff_t index)
{
return (index >= ra->start &&
index < ra->start + ra->size);
}
struct file {
union {
struct llist_node fu_llist;
struct rcu_head fu_rcuhead;
} f_u;
struct path f_path;
struct inode *f_inode; /* cached value */
const struct file_operations *f_op;
vfs: do (nearly) lockless generic_file_llseek The i_mutex lock use of generic _file_llseek hurts. Independent processes accessing the same file synchronize over a single lock, even though they have no need for synchronization at all. Under high utilization this can cause llseek to scale very poorly on larger systems. This patch does some rethinking of the llseek locking model: First the 64bit f_pos is not necessarily atomic without locks on 32bit systems. This can already cause races with read() today. This was discussed on linux-kernel in the past and deemed acceptable. The patch does not change that. Let's look at the different seek variants: SEEK_SET: Doesn't really need any locking. If there's a race one writer wins, the other loses. For 32bit the non atomic update races against read() stay the same. Without a lock they can also happen against write() now. The read() race was deemed acceptable in past discussions, and I think if it's ok for read it's ok for write too. => Don't need a lock. SEEK_END: This behaves like SEEK_SET plus it reads the maximum size too. Reading the maximum size would have the 32bit atomic problem. But luckily we already have a way to read the maximum size without locking (i_size_read), so we can just use that instead. Without i_mutex there is no synchronization with write() anymore, however since the write() update is atomic on 64bit it just behaves like another racy SEEK_SET. On non atomic 32bit it's the same as SEEK_SET. => Don't need a lock, but need to use i_size_read() SEEK_CUR: This has a read-modify-write race window on the same file. One could argue that any application doing unsynchronized seeks on the same file is already broken. But for the sake of not adding a regression here I'm using the file->f_lock to synchronize this. Using this lock is much better than the inode mutex because it doesn't synchronize between processes. => So still need a lock, but can use a f_lock. This patch implements this new scheme in generic_file_llseek. I dropped generic_file_llseek_unlocked and changed all callers. Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
2011-09-16 06:06:48 +07:00
/*
* Protects f_ep_links, f_flags.
vfs: do (nearly) lockless generic_file_llseek The i_mutex lock use of generic _file_llseek hurts. Independent processes accessing the same file synchronize over a single lock, even though they have no need for synchronization at all. Under high utilization this can cause llseek to scale very poorly on larger systems. This patch does some rethinking of the llseek locking model: First the 64bit f_pos is not necessarily atomic without locks on 32bit systems. This can already cause races with read() today. This was discussed on linux-kernel in the past and deemed acceptable. The patch does not change that. Let's look at the different seek variants: SEEK_SET: Doesn't really need any locking. If there's a race one writer wins, the other loses. For 32bit the non atomic update races against read() stay the same. Without a lock they can also happen against write() now. The read() race was deemed acceptable in past discussions, and I think if it's ok for read it's ok for write too. => Don't need a lock. SEEK_END: This behaves like SEEK_SET plus it reads the maximum size too. Reading the maximum size would have the 32bit atomic problem. But luckily we already have a way to read the maximum size without locking (i_size_read), so we can just use that instead. Without i_mutex there is no synchronization with write() anymore, however since the write() update is atomic on 64bit it just behaves like another racy SEEK_SET. On non atomic 32bit it's the same as SEEK_SET. => Don't need a lock, but need to use i_size_read() SEEK_CUR: This has a read-modify-write race window on the same file. One could argue that any application doing unsynchronized seeks on the same file is already broken. But for the sake of not adding a regression here I'm using the file->f_lock to synchronize this. Using this lock is much better than the inode mutex because it doesn't synchronize between processes. => So still need a lock, but can use a f_lock. This patch implements this new scheme in generic_file_llseek. I dropped generic_file_llseek_unlocked and changed all callers. Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
2011-09-16 06:06:48 +07:00
* Must not be taken from IRQ context.
*/
spinlock_t f_lock;
fs: add fcntl() interface for setting/getting write life time hints Define a set of write life time hints: RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET No hint information set RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NONE No hints about write life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_SHORT Data written has a short life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM Data written has a medium life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_LONG Data written has a long life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME Data written has an extremely long life time The intent is for these values to be relative to each other, no absolute meaning should be attached to these flag names. Add an fcntl interface for querying these flags, and also for setting them as well: F_GET_RW_HINT Returns the read/write hint set on the underlying inode. F_SET_RW_HINT Set one of the above write hints on the underlying inode. F_GET_FILE_RW_HINT Returns the read/write hint set on the file descriptor. F_SET_FILE_RW_HINT Set one of the above write hints on the file descriptor. The user passes in a 64-bit pointer to get/set these values, and the interface returns 0/-1 on success/error. Sample program testing/implementing basic setting/getting of write hints is below. Add support for storing the write life time hint in the inode flags and in struct file as well, and pass them to the kiocb flags. If both a file and its corresponding inode has a write hint, then we use the one in the file, if available. The file hint can be used for sync/direct IO, for buffered writeback only the inode hint is available. This is in preparation for utilizing these hints in the block layer, to guide on-media data placement. /* * writehint.c: get or set an inode write hint */ #include <stdio.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <stdbool.h> #include <inttypes.h> #ifndef F_GET_RW_HINT #define F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE 1024 #define F_GET_RW_HINT (F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 11) #define F_SET_RW_HINT (F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 12) #endif static char *str[] = { "RWF_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NONE", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_SHORT", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_LONG", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME" }; int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { uint64_t hint; int fd, ret; if (argc < 2) { fprintf(stderr, "%s: file <hint>\n", argv[0]); return 1; } fd = open(argv[1], O_RDONLY); if (fd < 0) { perror("open"); return 2; } if (argc > 2) { hint = atoi(argv[2]); ret = fcntl(fd, F_SET_RW_HINT, &hint); if (ret < 0) { perror("fcntl: F_SET_RW_HINT"); return 4; } } ret = fcntl(fd, F_GET_RW_HINT, &hint); if (ret < 0) { perror("fcntl: F_GET_RW_HINT"); return 3; } printf("%s: hint %s\n", argv[1], str[hint]); close(fd); return 0; } Reviewed-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-28 00:47:04 +07:00
enum rw_hint f_write_hint;
atomic_long_t f_count;
unsigned int f_flags;
fmode_t f_mode;
struct mutex f_pos_lock;
loff_t f_pos;
struct fown_struct f_owner;
const struct cred *f_cred;
struct file_ra_state f_ra;
u64 f_version;
#ifdef CONFIG_SECURITY
void *f_security;
#endif
/* needed for tty driver, and maybe others */
void *private_data;
#ifdef CONFIG_EPOLL
/* Used by fs/eventpoll.c to link all the hooks to this file */
struct list_head f_ep_links;
epoll: limit paths The current epoll code can be tickled to run basically indefinitely in both loop detection path check (on ep_insert()), and in the wakeup paths. The programs that tickle this behavior set up deeply linked networks of epoll file descriptors that cause the epoll algorithms to traverse them indefinitely. A couple of these sample programs have been previously posted in this thread: https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/2/25/297. To fix the loop detection path check algorithms, I simply keep track of the epoll nodes that have been already visited. Thus, the loop detection becomes proportional to the number of epoll file descriptor and links. This dramatically decreases the run-time of the loop check algorithm. In one diabolical case I tried it reduced the run-time from 15 mintues (all in kernel time) to .3 seconds. Fixing the wakeup paths could be done at wakeup time in a similar manner by keeping track of nodes that have already been visited, but the complexity is harder, since there can be multiple wakeups on different cpus...Thus, I've opted to limit the number of possible wakeup paths when the paths are created. This is accomplished, by noting that the end file descriptor points that are found during the loop detection pass (from the newly added link), are actually the sources for wakeup events. I keep a list of these file descriptors and limit the number and length of these paths that emanate from these 'source file descriptors'. In the current implemetation I allow 1000 paths of length 1, 500 of length 2, 100 of length 3, 50 of length 4 and 10 of length 5. Note that it is sufficient to check the 'source file descriptors' reachable from the newly added link, since no other 'source file descriptors' will have newly added links. This allows us to check only the wakeup paths that may have gotten too long, and not re-check all possible wakeup paths on the system. In terms of the path limit selection, I think its first worth noting that the most common case for epoll, is probably the model where you have 1 epoll file descriptor that is monitoring n number of 'source file descriptors'. In this case, each 'source file descriptor' has a 1 path of length 1. Thus, I believe that the limits I'm proposing are quite reasonable and in fact may be too generous. Thus, I'm hoping that the proposed limits will not prevent any workloads that currently work to fail. In terms of locking, I have extended the use of the 'epmutex' to all epoll_ctl add and remove operations. Currently its only used in a subset of the add paths. I need to hold the epmutex, so that we can correctly traverse a coherent graph, to check the number of paths. I believe that this additional locking is probably ok, since its in the setup/teardown paths, and doesn't affect the running paths, but it certainly is going to add some extra overhead. Also, worth noting is that the epmuex was recently added to the ep_ctl add operations in the initial path loop detection code using the argument that it was not on a critical path. Another thing to note here, is the length of epoll chains that is allowed. Currently, eventpoll.c defines: /* Maximum number of nesting allowed inside epoll sets */ #define EP_MAX_NESTS 4 This basically means that I am limited to a graph depth of 5 (EP_MAX_NESTS + 1). However, this limit is currently only enforced during the loop check detection code, and only when the epoll file descriptors are added in a certain order. Thus, this limit is currently easily bypassed. The newly added check for wakeup paths, stricly limits the wakeup paths to a length of 5, regardless of the order in which ep's are linked together. Thus, a side-effect of the new code is a more consistent enforcement of the graph depth. Thus far, I've tested this, using the sample programs previously mentioned, which now either return quickly or return -EINVAL. I've also testing using the piptest.c epoll tester, which showed no difference in performance. I've also created a number of different epoll networks and tested that they behave as expectded. I believe this solves the original diabolical test cases, while still preserving the sane epoll nesting. Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com> Cc: Nelson Elhage <nelhage@ksplice.com> Cc: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-01-13 08:17:43 +07:00
struct list_head f_tfile_llink;
#endif /* #ifdef CONFIG_EPOLL */
struct address_space *f_mapping;
fs: new infrastructure for writeback error handling and reporting Most filesystems currently use mapping_set_error and filemap_check_errors for setting and reporting/clearing writeback errors at the mapping level. filemap_check_errors is indirectly called from most of the filemap_fdatawait_* functions and from filemap_write_and_wait*. These functions are called from all sorts of contexts to wait on writeback to finish -- e.g. mostly in fsync, but also in truncate calls, getattr, etc. The non-fsync callers are problematic. We should be reporting writeback errors during fsync, but many places spread over the tree clear out errors before they can be properly reported, or report errors at nonsensical times. If I get -EIO on a stat() call, there is no reason for me to assume that it is because some previous writeback failed. The fact that it also clears out the error such that a subsequent fsync returns 0 is a bug, and a nasty one since that's potentially silent data corruption. This patch adds a small bit of new infrastructure for setting and reporting errors during address_space writeback. While the above was my original impetus for adding this, I think it's also the case that current fsync semantics are just problematic for userland. Most applications that call fsync do so to ensure that the data they wrote has hit the backing store. In the case where there are multiple writers to the file at the same time, this is really hard to determine. The first one to call fsync will see any stored error, and the rest get back 0. The processes with open fds may not be associated with one another in any way. They could even be in different containers, so ensuring coordination between all fsync callers is not really an option. One way to remedy this would be to track what file descriptor was used to dirty the file, but that's rather cumbersome and would likely be slow. However, there is a simpler way to improve the semantics here without incurring too much overhead. This set adds an errseq_t to struct address_space, and a corresponding one is added to struct file. Writeback errors are recorded in the mapping's errseq_t, and the one in struct file is used as the "since" value. This changes the semantics of the Linux fsync implementation such that applications can now use it to determine whether there were any writeback errors since fsync(fd) was last called (or since the file was opened in the case of fsync having never been called). Note that those writeback errors may have occurred when writing data that was dirtied via an entirely different fd, but that's the case now with the current mapping_set_error/filemap_check_error infrastructure. This will at least prevent you from getting a false report of success. The new behavior is still consistent with the POSIX spec, and is more reliable for application developers. This patch just adds some basic infrastructure for doing this, and ensures that the f_wb_err "cursor" is properly set when a file is opened. Later patches will change the existing code to use this new infrastructure for reporting errors at fsync time. Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
2017-07-06 18:02:25 +07:00
errseq_t f_wb_err;
} __randomize_layout
__attribute__((aligned(4))); /* lest something weird decides that 2 is OK */
struct file_handle {
__u32 handle_bytes;
int handle_type;
/* file identifier */
unsigned char f_handle[0];
};
static inline struct file *get_file(struct file *f)
{
atomic_long_inc(&f->f_count);
return f;
}
#define get_file_rcu(x) atomic_long_inc_not_zero(&(x)->f_count)
#define fput_atomic(x) atomic_long_add_unless(&(x)->f_count, -1, 1)
#define file_count(x) atomic_long_read(&(x)->f_count)
#define MAX_NON_LFS ((1UL<<31) - 1)
/* Page cache limit. The filesystems should put that into their s_maxbytes
limits, otherwise bad things can happen in VM. */
#if BITS_PER_LONG==32
Clarify (and fix) MAX_LFS_FILESIZE macros We have a MAX_LFS_FILESIZE macro that is meant to be filled in by filesystems (and other IO targets) that know they are 64-bit clean and don't have any 32-bit limits in their IO path. It turns out that our 32-bit value for that limit was bogus. On 32-bit, the VM layer is limited by the page cache to only 32-bit index values, but our logic for that was confusing and actually wrong. We used to define that value to (((loff_t)PAGE_SIZE << (BITS_PER_LONG-1))-1) which is actually odd in several ways: it limits the index to 31 bits, and then it limits files so that they can't have data in that last byte of a page that has the highest 31-bit index (ie page index 0x7fffffff). Neither of those limitations make sense. The index is actually the full 32 bit unsigned value, and we can use that whole full page. So the maximum size of the file would logically be "PAGE_SIZE << BITS_PER_LONG". However, we do wan tto avoid the maximum index, because we have code that iterates over the page indexes, and we don't want that code to overflow. So the maximum size of a file on a 32-bit host should actually be one page less than the full 32-bit index. So the actual limit is ULONG_MAX << PAGE_SHIFT. That means that we will not actually be using the page of that last index (ULONG_MAX), but we can grow a file up to that limit. The wrong value of MAX_LFS_FILESIZE actually caused problems for Doug Nazar, who was still using a 32-bit host, but with a 9.7TB 2 x RAID5 volume. It turns out that our old MAX_LFS_FILESIZE was 8TiB (well, one byte less), but the actual true VM limit is one page less than 16TiB. This was invisible until commit c2a9737f45e2 ("vfs,mm: fix a dead loop in truncate_inode_pages_range()"), which started applying that MAX_LFS_FILESIZE limit to block devices too. NOTE! On 64-bit, the page index isn't a limiter at all, and the limit is actually just the offset type itself (loff_t), which is signed. But for clarity, on 64-bit, just use the maximum signed value, and don't make people have to count the number of 'f' characters in the hex constant. So just use LLONG_MAX for the 64-bit case. That was what the value had been before too, just written out as a hex constant. Fixes: c2a9737f45e2 ("vfs,mm: fix a dead loop in truncate_inode_pages_range()") Reported-and-tested-by: Doug Nazar <nazard@nazar.ca> Cc: Andreas Dilger <adilger@dilger.ca> Cc: Mark Fasheh <mfasheh@versity.com> Cc: Joel Becker <jlbec@evilplan.org> Cc: Dave Kleikamp <shaggy@kernel.org> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2017-08-28 02:12:25 +07:00
#define MAX_LFS_FILESIZE ((loff_t)ULONG_MAX << PAGE_SHIFT)
#elif BITS_PER_LONG==64
Clarify (and fix) MAX_LFS_FILESIZE macros We have a MAX_LFS_FILESIZE macro that is meant to be filled in by filesystems (and other IO targets) that know they are 64-bit clean and don't have any 32-bit limits in their IO path. It turns out that our 32-bit value for that limit was bogus. On 32-bit, the VM layer is limited by the page cache to only 32-bit index values, but our logic for that was confusing and actually wrong. We used to define that value to (((loff_t)PAGE_SIZE << (BITS_PER_LONG-1))-1) which is actually odd in several ways: it limits the index to 31 bits, and then it limits files so that they can't have data in that last byte of a page that has the highest 31-bit index (ie page index 0x7fffffff). Neither of those limitations make sense. The index is actually the full 32 bit unsigned value, and we can use that whole full page. So the maximum size of the file would logically be "PAGE_SIZE << BITS_PER_LONG". However, we do wan tto avoid the maximum index, because we have code that iterates over the page indexes, and we don't want that code to overflow. So the maximum size of a file on a 32-bit host should actually be one page less than the full 32-bit index. So the actual limit is ULONG_MAX << PAGE_SHIFT. That means that we will not actually be using the page of that last index (ULONG_MAX), but we can grow a file up to that limit. The wrong value of MAX_LFS_FILESIZE actually caused problems for Doug Nazar, who was still using a 32-bit host, but with a 9.7TB 2 x RAID5 volume. It turns out that our old MAX_LFS_FILESIZE was 8TiB (well, one byte less), but the actual true VM limit is one page less than 16TiB. This was invisible until commit c2a9737f45e2 ("vfs,mm: fix a dead loop in truncate_inode_pages_range()"), which started applying that MAX_LFS_FILESIZE limit to block devices too. NOTE! On 64-bit, the page index isn't a limiter at all, and the limit is actually just the offset type itself (loff_t), which is signed. But for clarity, on 64-bit, just use the maximum signed value, and don't make people have to count the number of 'f' characters in the hex constant. So just use LLONG_MAX for the 64-bit case. That was what the value had been before too, just written out as a hex constant. Fixes: c2a9737f45e2 ("vfs,mm: fix a dead loop in truncate_inode_pages_range()") Reported-and-tested-by: Doug Nazar <nazard@nazar.ca> Cc: Andreas Dilger <adilger@dilger.ca> Cc: Mark Fasheh <mfasheh@versity.com> Cc: Joel Becker <jlbec@evilplan.org> Cc: Dave Kleikamp <shaggy@kernel.org> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2017-08-28 02:12:25 +07:00
#define MAX_LFS_FILESIZE ((loff_t)LLONG_MAX)
#endif
#define FL_POSIX 1
#define FL_FLOCK 2
#define FL_DELEG 4 /* NFSv4 delegation */
#define FL_ACCESS 8 /* not trying to lock, just looking */
#define FL_EXISTS 16 /* when unlocking, test for existence */
#define FL_LEASE 32 /* lease held on this file */
#define FL_CLOSE 64 /* unlock on close */
#define FL_SLEEP 128 /* A blocking lock */
#define FL_DOWNGRADE_PENDING 256 /* Lease is being downgraded */
#define FL_UNLOCK_PENDING 512 /* Lease is being broken */
#define FL_OFDLCK 1024 /* lock is "owned" by struct file */
#define FL_LAYOUT 2048 /* outstanding pNFS layout */
#define FL_CLOSE_POSIX (FL_POSIX | FL_CLOSE)
/*
* Special return value from posix_lock_file() and vfs_lock_file() for
* asynchronous locking.
*/
#define FILE_LOCK_DEFERRED 1
/* legacy typedef, should eventually be removed */
typedef void *fl_owner_t;
struct file_lock;
struct file_lock_operations {
void (*fl_copy_lock)(struct file_lock *, struct file_lock *);
void (*fl_release_private)(struct file_lock *);
};
struct lock_manager_operations {
int (*lm_compare_owner)(struct file_lock *, struct file_lock *);
unsigned long (*lm_owner_key)(struct file_lock *);
fl_owner_t (*lm_get_owner)(fl_owner_t);
void (*lm_put_owner)(fl_owner_t);
void (*lm_notify)(struct file_lock *); /* unblock callback */
int (*lm_grant)(struct file_lock *, int);
bool (*lm_break)(struct file_lock *);
int (*lm_change)(struct file_lock *, int, struct list_head *);
void (*lm_setup)(struct file_lock *, void **);
};
struct lock_manager {
struct list_head list;
/*
* NFSv4 and up also want opens blocked during the grace period;
* NLM doesn't care:
*/
bool block_opens;
};
struct net;
void locks_start_grace(struct net *, struct lock_manager *);
void locks_end_grace(struct lock_manager *);
int locks_in_grace(struct net *);
int opens_in_grace(struct net *);
/* that will die - we need it for nfs_lock_info */
#include <linux/nfs_fs_i.h>
/*
* struct file_lock represents a generic "file lock". It's used to represent
* POSIX byte range locks, BSD (flock) locks, and leases. It's important to
* note that the same struct is used to represent both a request for a lock and
* the lock itself, but the same object is never used for both.
*
* FIXME: should we create a separate "struct lock_request" to help distinguish
* these two uses?
*
* The varous i_flctx lists are ordered by:
*
* 1) lock owner
* 2) lock range start
* 3) lock range end
*
* Obviously, the last two criteria only matter for POSIX locks.
*/
struct file_lock {
struct file_lock *fl_next; /* singly linked list for this inode */
struct list_head fl_list; /* link into file_lock_context */
struct hlist_node fl_link; /* node in global lists */
struct list_head fl_block; /* circular list of blocked processes */
fl_owner_t fl_owner;
unsigned int fl_flags;
unsigned char fl_type;
unsigned int fl_pid;
int fl_link_cpu; /* what cpu's list is this on? */
wait_queue_head_t fl_wait;
struct file *fl_file;
loff_t fl_start;
loff_t fl_end;
struct fasync_struct * fl_fasync; /* for lease break notifications */
/* for lease breaks: */
unsigned long fl_break_time;
unsigned long fl_downgrade_time;
const struct file_lock_operations *fl_ops; /* Callbacks for filesystems */
const struct lock_manager_operations *fl_lmops; /* Callbacks for lockmanagers */
union {
struct nfs_lock_info nfs_fl;
struct nfs4_lock_info nfs4_fl;
struct {
struct list_head link; /* link in AFS vnode's pending_locks list */
int state; /* state of grant or error if -ve */
} afs;
} fl_u;
} __randomize_layout;
struct file_lock_context {
spinlock_t flc_lock;
struct list_head flc_flock;
struct list_head flc_posix;
struct list_head flc_lease;
};
/* The following constant reflects the upper bound of the file/locking space */
#ifndef OFFSET_MAX
#define INT_LIMIT(x) (~((x)1 << (sizeof(x)*8 - 1)))
#define OFFSET_MAX INT_LIMIT(loff_t)
#define OFFT_OFFSET_MAX INT_LIMIT(off_t)
#endif
extern void send_sigio(struct fown_struct *fown, int fd, int band);
/*
* Return the inode to use for locking
*
* For overlayfs this should be the overlay inode, not the real inode returned
* by file_inode(). For any other fs file_inode(filp) and locks_inode(filp) are
* equal.
*/
static inline struct inode *locks_inode(const struct file *f)
{
return f->f_path.dentry->d_inode;
}
#ifdef CONFIG_FILE_LOCKING
extern int fcntl_getlk(struct file *, unsigned int, struct flock *);
[PATCH] stale POSIX lock handling I believe that there is a problem with the handling of POSIX locks, which the attached patch should address. The problem appears to be a race between fcntl(2) and close(2). A multithreaded application could close a file descriptor at the same time as it is trying to acquire a lock using the same file descriptor. I would suggest that that multithreaded application is not providing the proper synchronization for itself, but the OS should still behave correctly. SUS3 (Single UNIX Specification Version 3, read: POSIX) indicates that when a file descriptor is closed, that all POSIX locks on the file, owned by the process which closed the file descriptor, should be released. The trick here is when those locks are released. The current code releases all locks which exist when close is processing, but any locks in progress are handled when the last reference to the open file is released. There are three cases to consider. One is the simple case, a multithreaded (mt) process has a file open and races to close it and acquire a lock on it. In this case, the close will release one reference to the open file and when the fcntl is done, it will release the other reference. For this situation, no locks should exist on the file when both the close and fcntl operations are done. The current system will handle this case because the last reference to the open file is being released. The second case is when the mt process has dup(2)'d the file descriptor. The close will release one reference to the file and the fcntl, when done, will release another, but there will still be at least one more reference to the open file. One could argue that the existence of a lock on the file after the close has completed is okay, because it was acquired after the close operation and there is still a way for the application to release the lock on the file, using an existing file descriptor. The third case is when the mt process has forked, after opening the file and either before or after becoming an mt process. In this case, each process would hold a reference to the open file. For each process, this degenerates to first case above. However, the lock continues to exist until both processes have released their references to the open file. This lock could block other lock requests. The changes to release the lock when the last reference to the open file aren't quite right because they would allow the lock to exist as long as there was a reference to the open file. This is too long. The new proposed solution is to add support in the fcntl code path to detect a race with close and then to release the lock which was just acquired when such as race is detected. This causes locks to be released in a timely fashion and for the system to conform to the POSIX semantic specification. This was tested by instrumenting a kernel to detect the handling locks and then running a program which generates case #3 above. A dangling lock could be reliably generated. When the changes to detect the close/fcntl race were added, a dangling lock could no longer be generated. Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@debian.org> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2005-07-28 01:45:09 +07:00
extern int fcntl_setlk(unsigned int, struct file *, unsigned int,
struct flock *);
#if BITS_PER_LONG == 32
extern int fcntl_getlk64(struct file *, unsigned int, struct flock64 *);
[PATCH] stale POSIX lock handling I believe that there is a problem with the handling of POSIX locks, which the attached patch should address. The problem appears to be a race between fcntl(2) and close(2). A multithreaded application could close a file descriptor at the same time as it is trying to acquire a lock using the same file descriptor. I would suggest that that multithreaded application is not providing the proper synchronization for itself, but the OS should still behave correctly. SUS3 (Single UNIX Specification Version 3, read: POSIX) indicates that when a file descriptor is closed, that all POSIX locks on the file, owned by the process which closed the file descriptor, should be released. The trick here is when those locks are released. The current code releases all locks which exist when close is processing, but any locks in progress are handled when the last reference to the open file is released. There are three cases to consider. One is the simple case, a multithreaded (mt) process has a file open and races to close it and acquire a lock on it. In this case, the close will release one reference to the open file and when the fcntl is done, it will release the other reference. For this situation, no locks should exist on the file when both the close and fcntl operations are done. The current system will handle this case because the last reference to the open file is being released. The second case is when the mt process has dup(2)'d the file descriptor. The close will release one reference to the file and the fcntl, when done, will release another, but there will still be at least one more reference to the open file. One could argue that the existence of a lock on the file after the close has completed is okay, because it was acquired after the close operation and there is still a way for the application to release the lock on the file, using an existing file descriptor. The third case is when the mt process has forked, after opening the file and either before or after becoming an mt process. In this case, each process would hold a reference to the open file. For each process, this degenerates to first case above. However, the lock continues to exist until both processes have released their references to the open file. This lock could block other lock requests. The changes to release the lock when the last reference to the open file aren't quite right because they would allow the lock to exist as long as there was a reference to the open file. This is too long. The new proposed solution is to add support in the fcntl code path to detect a race with close and then to release the lock which was just acquired when such as race is detected. This causes locks to be released in a timely fashion and for the system to conform to the POSIX semantic specification. This was tested by instrumenting a kernel to detect the handling locks and then running a program which generates case #3 above. A dangling lock could be reliably generated. When the changes to detect the close/fcntl race were added, a dangling lock could no longer be generated. Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@debian.org> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2005-07-28 01:45:09 +07:00
extern int fcntl_setlk64(unsigned int, struct file *, unsigned int,
struct flock64 *);
#endif
extern int fcntl_setlease(unsigned int fd, struct file *filp, long arg);
extern int fcntl_getlease(struct file *filp);
/* fs/locks.c */
void locks_free_lock_context(struct inode *inode);
void locks_free_lock(struct file_lock *fl);
extern void locks_init_lock(struct file_lock *);
extern struct file_lock * locks_alloc_lock(void);
extern void locks_copy_lock(struct file_lock *, struct file_lock *);
extern void locks_copy_conflock(struct file_lock *, struct file_lock *);
extern void locks_remove_posix(struct file *, fl_owner_t);
extern void locks_remove_file(struct file *);
extern void locks_release_private(struct file_lock *);
extern void posix_test_lock(struct file *, struct file_lock *);
extern int posix_lock_file(struct file *, struct file_lock *, struct file_lock *);
extern int posix_unblock_lock(struct file_lock *);
extern int vfs_test_lock(struct file *, struct file_lock *);
extern int vfs_lock_file(struct file *, unsigned int, struct file_lock *, struct file_lock *);
extern int vfs_cancel_lock(struct file *filp, struct file_lock *fl);
extern int locks_lock_inode_wait(struct inode *inode, struct file_lock *fl);
extern int __break_lease(struct inode *inode, unsigned int flags, unsigned int type);
extern void lease_get_mtime(struct inode *, struct timespec *time);
extern int generic_setlease(struct file *, long, struct file_lock **, void **priv);
extern int vfs_setlease(struct file *, long, struct file_lock **, void **);
extern int lease_modify(struct file_lock *, int, struct list_head *);
proc: show locks in /proc/pid/fdinfo/X Let's show locks which are associated with a file descriptor in its fdinfo file. Currently we don't have a reliable way to determine who holds a lock. We can find some information in /proc/locks, but PID which is reported there can be wrong. For example, a process takes a lock, then forks a child and dies. In this case /proc/locks contains the parent pid, which can be reused by another process. $ cat /proc/locks ... 6: FLOCK ADVISORY WRITE 324 00:13:13431 0 EOF ... $ ps -C rpcbind PID TTY TIME CMD 332 ? 00:00:00 rpcbind $ cat /proc/332/fdinfo/4 pos: 0 flags: 0100000 mnt_id: 22 lock: 1: FLOCK ADVISORY WRITE 324 00:13:13431 0 EOF $ ls -l /proc/332/fd/4 lr-x------ 1 root root 64 Mar 5 14:43 /proc/332/fd/4 -> /run/rpcbind.lock $ ls -l /proc/324/fd/ total 0 lrwx------ 1 root root 64 Feb 27 14:50 0 -> /dev/pts/0 lrwx------ 1 root root 64 Feb 27 14:50 1 -> /dev/pts/0 lrwx------ 1 root root 64 Feb 27 14:49 2 -> /dev/pts/0 You can see that the process with the 324 pid doesn't hold the lock. This information is required for proper dumping and restoring file locks. Signed-off-by: Andrey Vagin <avagin@openvz.org> Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@poochiereds.net> Acked-by: "J. Bruce Fields" <bfields@fieldses.org> Acked-by: Cyrill Gorcunov <gorcunov@openvz.org> Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com> Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2015-04-17 02:49:38 +07:00
struct files_struct;
extern void show_fd_locks(struct seq_file *f,
struct file *filp, struct files_struct *files);
#else /* !CONFIG_FILE_LOCKING */
static inline int fcntl_getlk(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd,
struct flock __user *user)
{
return -EINVAL;
}
static inline int fcntl_setlk(unsigned int fd, struct file *file,
unsigned int cmd, struct flock __user *user)
{
return -EACCES;
}
#if BITS_PER_LONG == 32
static inline int fcntl_getlk64(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd,
struct flock64 __user *user)
{
return -EINVAL;
}
static inline int fcntl_setlk64(unsigned int fd, struct file *file,
unsigned int cmd, struct flock64 __user *user)
{
return -EACCES;
}
#endif
static inline int fcntl_setlease(unsigned int fd, struct file *filp, long arg)
{
return -EINVAL;
}
static inline int fcntl_getlease(struct file *filp)
{
return F_UNLCK;
}
static inline void
locks_free_lock_context(struct inode *inode)
{
}
static inline void locks_init_lock(struct file_lock *fl)
{
return;
}
static inline void locks_copy_conflock(struct file_lock *new, struct file_lock *fl)
{
return;
}
static inline void locks_copy_lock(struct file_lock *new, struct file_lock *fl)
{
return;
}
static inline void locks_remove_posix(struct file *filp, fl_owner_t owner)
{
return;
}
static inline void locks_remove_file(struct file *filp)
{
return;
}
static inline void posix_test_lock(struct file *filp, struct file_lock *fl)
{
return;
}
static inline int posix_lock_file(struct file *filp, struct file_lock *fl,
struct file_lock *conflock)
{
return -ENOLCK;
}
static inline int posix_unblock_lock(struct file_lock *waiter)
{
return -ENOENT;
}
static inline int vfs_test_lock(struct file *filp, struct file_lock *fl)
{
return 0;
}
static inline int vfs_lock_file(struct file *filp, unsigned int cmd,
struct file_lock *fl, struct file_lock *conf)
{
return -ENOLCK;
}
static inline int vfs_cancel_lock(struct file *filp, struct file_lock *fl)
{
return 0;
}
static inline int locks_lock_inode_wait(struct inode *inode, struct file_lock *fl)
{
return -ENOLCK;
}
static inline int __break_lease(struct inode *inode, unsigned int mode, unsigned int type)
{
return 0;
}
static inline void lease_get_mtime(struct inode *inode, struct timespec *time)
{
return;
}
static inline int generic_setlease(struct file *filp, long arg,
struct file_lock **flp, void **priv)
{
return -EINVAL;
}
static inline int vfs_setlease(struct file *filp, long arg,
struct file_lock **lease, void **priv)
{
return -EINVAL;
}
static inline int lease_modify(struct file_lock *fl, int arg,
struct list_head *dispose)
{
return -EINVAL;
}
proc: show locks in /proc/pid/fdinfo/X Let's show locks which are associated with a file descriptor in its fdinfo file. Currently we don't have a reliable way to determine who holds a lock. We can find some information in /proc/locks, but PID which is reported there can be wrong. For example, a process takes a lock, then forks a child and dies. In this case /proc/locks contains the parent pid, which can be reused by another process. $ cat /proc/locks ... 6: FLOCK ADVISORY WRITE 324 00:13:13431 0 EOF ... $ ps -C rpcbind PID TTY TIME CMD 332 ? 00:00:00 rpcbind $ cat /proc/332/fdinfo/4 pos: 0 flags: 0100000 mnt_id: 22 lock: 1: FLOCK ADVISORY WRITE 324 00:13:13431 0 EOF $ ls -l /proc/332/fd/4 lr-x------ 1 root root 64 Mar 5 14:43 /proc/332/fd/4 -> /run/rpcbind.lock $ ls -l /proc/324/fd/ total 0 lrwx------ 1 root root 64 Feb 27 14:50 0 -> /dev/pts/0 lrwx------ 1 root root 64 Feb 27 14:50 1 -> /dev/pts/0 lrwx------ 1 root root 64 Feb 27 14:49 2 -> /dev/pts/0 You can see that the process with the 324 pid doesn't hold the lock. This information is required for proper dumping and restoring file locks. Signed-off-by: Andrey Vagin <avagin@openvz.org> Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@poochiereds.net> Acked-by: "J. Bruce Fields" <bfields@fieldses.org> Acked-by: Cyrill Gorcunov <gorcunov@openvz.org> Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com> Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2015-04-17 02:49:38 +07:00
struct files_struct;
static inline void show_fd_locks(struct seq_file *f,
struct file *filp, struct files_struct *files) {}
#endif /* !CONFIG_FILE_LOCKING */
static inline struct inode *file_inode(const struct file *f)
{
return f->f_inode;
}
static inline struct dentry *file_dentry(const struct file *file)
{
return d_real(file->f_path.dentry, file_inode(file), 0, 0);
}
static inline int locks_lock_file_wait(struct file *filp, struct file_lock *fl)
{
return locks_lock_inode_wait(locks_inode(filp), fl);
}
struct fasync_struct {
spinlock_t fa_lock;
int magic;
int fa_fd;
struct fasync_struct *fa_next; /* singly linked list */
struct file *fa_file;
struct rcu_head fa_rcu;
};
#define FASYNC_MAGIC 0x4601
/* SMP safe fasync helpers: */
extern int fasync_helper(int, struct file *, int, struct fasync_struct **);
extern struct fasync_struct *fasync_insert_entry(int, struct file *, struct fasync_struct **, struct fasync_struct *);
extern int fasync_remove_entry(struct file *, struct fasync_struct **);
extern struct fasync_struct *fasync_alloc(void);
extern void fasync_free(struct fasync_struct *);
/* can be called from interrupts */
extern void kill_fasync(struct fasync_struct **, int, int);
extern void __f_setown(struct file *filp, struct pid *, enum pid_type, int force);
extern int f_setown(struct file *filp, unsigned long arg, int force);
extern void f_delown(struct file *filp);
extern pid_t f_getown(struct file *filp);
extern int send_sigurg(struct fown_struct *fown);
/*
* sb->s_flags. Note that these mirror the equivalent MS_* flags where
* represented in both.
*/
#define SB_RDONLY 1 /* Mount read-only */
#define SB_NOSUID 2 /* Ignore suid and sgid bits */
#define SB_NODEV 4 /* Disallow access to device special files */
#define SB_NOEXEC 8 /* Disallow program execution */
#define SB_SYNCHRONOUS 16 /* Writes are synced at once */
#define SB_MANDLOCK 64 /* Allow mandatory locks on an FS */
#define SB_DIRSYNC 128 /* Directory modifications are synchronous */
#define SB_NOATIME 1024 /* Do not update access times. */
#define SB_NODIRATIME 2048 /* Do not update directory access times */
#define SB_SILENT 32768
#define SB_POSIXACL (1<<16) /* VFS does not apply the umask */
#define SB_KERNMOUNT (1<<22) /* this is a kern_mount call */
#define SB_I_VERSION (1<<23) /* Update inode I_version field */
#define SB_LAZYTIME (1<<25) /* Update the on-disk [acm]times lazily */
/* These sb flags are internal to the kernel */
#define SB_SUBMOUNT (1<<26)
#define SB_NOREMOTELOCK (1<<27)
#define SB_NOSEC (1<<28)
#define SB_BORN (1<<29)
#define SB_ACTIVE (1<<30)
#define SB_NOUSER (1<<31)
/*
* Umount options
*/
#define MNT_FORCE 0x00000001 /* Attempt to forcibily umount */
#define MNT_DETACH 0x00000002 /* Just detach from the tree */
#define MNT_EXPIRE 0x00000004 /* Mark for expiry */
#define UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW 0x00000008 /* Don't follow symlink on umount */
#define UMOUNT_UNUSED 0x80000000 /* Flag guaranteed to be unused */
/* sb->s_iflags */
#define SB_I_CGROUPWB 0x00000001 /* cgroup-aware writeback enabled */
vfs: Commit to never having exectuables on proc and sysfs. Today proc and sysfs do not contain any executable files. Several applications today mount proc or sysfs without noexec and nosuid and then depend on there being no exectuables files on proc or sysfs. Having any executable files show on proc or sysfs would cause a user space visible regression, and most likely security problems. Therefore commit to never allowing executables on proc and sysfs by adding a new flag to mark them as filesystems without executables and enforce that flag. Test the flag where MNT_NOEXEC is tested today, so that the only user visible effect will be that exectuables will be treated as if the execute bit is cleared. The filesystems proc and sysfs do not currently incoporate any executable files so this does not result in any user visible effects. This makes it unnecessary to vet changes to proc and sysfs tightly for adding exectuable files or changes to chattr that would modify existing files, as no matter what the individual file say they will not be treated as exectuable files by the vfs. Not having to vet changes to closely is important as without this we are only one proc_create call (or another goof up in the implementation of notify_change) from having problematic executables on proc. Those mistakes are all too easy to make and would create a situation where there are security issues or the assumptions of some program having to be broken (and cause userspace regressions). Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2015-06-30 02:42:03 +07:00
#define SB_I_NOEXEC 0x00000002 /* Ignore executables on this fs */
#define SB_I_NODEV 0x00000004 /* Ignore devices on this fs */
/* sb->s_iflags to limit user namespace mounts */
#define SB_I_USERNS_VISIBLE 0x00000010 /* fstype already mounted */
fs: Improve filesystem freezing handling vfs_check_frozen() tests are racy since the filesystem can be frozen just after the test is performed. Thus in write paths we can end up marking some pages or inodes dirty even though the file system is already frozen. This creates problems with flusher thread hanging on frozen filesystem. Another problem is that exclusion between ->page_mkwrite() and filesystem freezing has been handled by setting page dirty and then verifying s_frozen. This guaranteed that either the freezing code sees the faulted page, writes it, and writeprotects it again or we see s_frozen set and bail out of page fault. This works to protect from page being marked writeable while filesystem freezing is running but has an unpleasant artefact of leaving dirty (although unmodified and writeprotected) pages on frozen filesystem resulting in similar problems with flusher thread as the first problem. This patch aims at providing exclusion between write paths and filesystem freezing. We implement a writer-freeze read-write semaphore in the superblock. Actually, there are three such semaphores because of lock ranking reasons - one for page fault handlers (->page_mkwrite), one for all other writers, and one of internal filesystem purposes (used e.g. to track running transactions). Write paths which should block freezing (e.g. directory operations, ->aio_write(), ->page_mkwrite) hold reader side of the semaphore. Code freezing the filesystem takes the writer side. Only that we don't really want to bounce cachelines of the semaphores between CPUs for each write happening. So we implement the reader side of the semaphore as a per-cpu counter and the writer side is implemented using s_writers.frozen superblock field. [AV: microoptimize sb_start_write(); we want it fast in normal case] BugLink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/897421 Tested-by: Kamal Mostafa <kamal@canonical.com> Tested-by: Peter M. Petrakis <peter.petrakis@canonical.com> Tested-by: Dann Frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com> Tested-by: Massimo Morana <massimo.morana@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-06-12 21:20:34 +07:00
/* Possible states of 'frozen' field */
enum {
SB_UNFROZEN = 0, /* FS is unfrozen */
SB_FREEZE_WRITE = 1, /* Writes, dir ops, ioctls frozen */
SB_FREEZE_PAGEFAULT = 2, /* Page faults stopped as well */
SB_FREEZE_FS = 3, /* For internal FS use (e.g. to stop
* internal threads if needed) */
SB_FREEZE_COMPLETE = 4, /* ->freeze_fs finished successfully */
};
#define SB_FREEZE_LEVELS (SB_FREEZE_COMPLETE - 1)
struct sb_writers {
change sb_writers to use percpu_rw_semaphore We can remove everything from struct sb_writers except frozen and add the array of percpu_rw_semaphore's instead. This patch doesn't remove sb_writers->wait_unfrozen yet, we keep it for get_super_thawed(). We will probably remove it later. This change tries to address the following problems: - Firstly, __sb_start_write() looks simply buggy. It does __sb_end_write() if it sees ->frozen, but if it migrates to another CPU before percpu_counter_dec(), sb_wait_write() can wrongly succeed if there is another task which holds the same "semaphore": sb_wait_write() can miss the result of the previous percpu_counter_inc() but see the result of this percpu_counter_dec(). - As Dave Hansen reports, it is suboptimal. The trivial microbenchmark that writes to a tmpfs file in a loop runs 12% faster if we change this code to rely on RCU and kill the memory barriers. - This code doesn't look simple. It would be better to rely on the generic locking code. According to Dave, this change adds the same performance improvement. Note: with this change both freeze_super() and thaw_super() will do synchronize_sched_expedited() 3 times. This is just ugly. But: - This will be "fixed" by the rcu_sync changes we are going to merge. After that freeze_super()->percpu_down_write() will use synchronize_sched(), and thaw_super() won't use synchronize() at all. This doesn't need any changes in fs/super.c. - Once we merge rcu_sync changes, we can also change super.c so that all wb_write->rw_sem's will share the single ->rss in struct sb_writes, then freeze_super() will need only one synchronize_sched(). Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.com>
2015-08-11 22:05:04 +07:00
int frozen; /* Is sb frozen? */
wait_queue_head_t wait_unfrozen; /* for get_super_thawed() */
struct percpu_rw_semaphore rw_sem[SB_FREEZE_LEVELS];
fs: Improve filesystem freezing handling vfs_check_frozen() tests are racy since the filesystem can be frozen just after the test is performed. Thus in write paths we can end up marking some pages or inodes dirty even though the file system is already frozen. This creates problems with flusher thread hanging on frozen filesystem. Another problem is that exclusion between ->page_mkwrite() and filesystem freezing has been handled by setting page dirty and then verifying s_frozen. This guaranteed that either the freezing code sees the faulted page, writes it, and writeprotects it again or we see s_frozen set and bail out of page fault. This works to protect from page being marked writeable while filesystem freezing is running but has an unpleasant artefact of leaving dirty (although unmodified and writeprotected) pages on frozen filesystem resulting in similar problems with flusher thread as the first problem. This patch aims at providing exclusion between write paths and filesystem freezing. We implement a writer-freeze read-write semaphore in the superblock. Actually, there are three such semaphores because of lock ranking reasons - one for page fault handlers (->page_mkwrite), one for all other writers, and one of internal filesystem purposes (used e.g. to track running transactions). Write paths which should block freezing (e.g. directory operations, ->aio_write(), ->page_mkwrite) hold reader side of the semaphore. Code freezing the filesystem takes the writer side. Only that we don't really want to bounce cachelines of the semaphores between CPUs for each write happening. So we implement the reader side of the semaphore as a per-cpu counter and the writer side is implemented using s_writers.frozen superblock field. [AV: microoptimize sb_start_write(); we want it fast in normal case] BugLink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/897421 Tested-by: Kamal Mostafa <kamal@canonical.com> Tested-by: Peter M. Petrakis <peter.petrakis@canonical.com> Tested-by: Dann Frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com> Tested-by: Massimo Morana <massimo.morana@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-06-12 21:20:34 +07:00
};
struct super_block {
struct list_head s_list; /* Keep this first */
dev_t s_dev; /* search index; _not_ kdev_t */
unsigned char s_blocksize_bits;
unsigned long s_blocksize;
loff_t s_maxbytes; /* Max file size */
struct file_system_type *s_type;
const struct super_operations *s_op;
const struct dquot_operations *dq_op;
const struct quotactl_ops *s_qcop;
const struct export_operations *s_export_op;
unsigned long s_flags;
unsigned long s_iflags; /* internal SB_I_* flags */
unsigned long s_magic;
struct dentry *s_root;
struct rw_semaphore s_umount;
int s_count;
atomic_t s_active;
#ifdef CONFIG_SECURITY
void *s_security;
#endif
const struct xattr_handler **s_xattr;
const struct fscrypt_operations *s_cop;
struct hlist_bl_head s_anon; /* anonymous dentries for (nfs) exporting */
struct list_head s_mounts; /* list of mounts; _not_ for fs use */
struct block_device *s_bdev;
struct backing_dev_info *s_bdi;
struct mtd_info *s_mtd;
struct hlist_node s_instances;
unsigned int s_quota_types; /* Bitmask of supported quota types */
struct quota_info s_dquot; /* Diskquota specific options */
fs: Improve filesystem freezing handling vfs_check_frozen() tests are racy since the filesystem can be frozen just after the test is performed. Thus in write paths we can end up marking some pages or inodes dirty even though the file system is already frozen. This creates problems with flusher thread hanging on frozen filesystem. Another problem is that exclusion between ->page_mkwrite() and filesystem freezing has been handled by setting page dirty and then verifying s_frozen. This guaranteed that either the freezing code sees the faulted page, writes it, and writeprotects it again or we see s_frozen set and bail out of page fault. This works to protect from page being marked writeable while filesystem freezing is running but has an unpleasant artefact of leaving dirty (although unmodified and writeprotected) pages on frozen filesystem resulting in similar problems with flusher thread as the first problem. This patch aims at providing exclusion between write paths and filesystem freezing. We implement a writer-freeze read-write semaphore in the superblock. Actually, there are three such semaphores because of lock ranking reasons - one for page fault handlers (->page_mkwrite), one for all other writers, and one of internal filesystem purposes (used e.g. to track running transactions). Write paths which should block freezing (e.g. directory operations, ->aio_write(), ->page_mkwrite) hold reader side of the semaphore. Code freezing the filesystem takes the writer side. Only that we don't really want to bounce cachelines of the semaphores between CPUs for each write happening. So we implement the reader side of the semaphore as a per-cpu counter and the writer side is implemented using s_writers.frozen superblock field. [AV: microoptimize sb_start_write(); we want it fast in normal case] BugLink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/897421 Tested-by: Kamal Mostafa <kamal@canonical.com> Tested-by: Peter M. Petrakis <peter.petrakis@canonical.com> Tested-by: Dann Frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com> Tested-by: Massimo Morana <massimo.morana@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-06-12 21:20:34 +07:00
struct sb_writers s_writers;
char s_id[32]; /* Informational name */
uuid_t s_uuid; /* UUID */
void *s_fs_info; /* Filesystem private info */
unsigned int s_max_links;
fmode_t s_mode;
/* Granularity of c/m/atime in ns.
Cannot be worse than a second */
u32 s_time_gran;
/*
* The next field is for VFS *only*. No filesystems have any business
* even looking at it. You had been warned.
*/
struct mutex s_vfs_rename_mutex; /* Kludge */
/*
* Filesystem subtype. If non-empty the filesystem type field
* in /proc/mounts will be "type.subtype"
*/
char *s_subtype;
const struct dentry_operations *s_d_op; /* default d_op for dentries */
/*
* Saved pool identifier for cleancache (-1 means none)
*/
int cleancache_poolid;
struct shrinker s_shrink; /* per-sb shrinker handle */
/* Number of inodes with nlink == 0 but still referenced */
atomic_long_t s_remove_count;
/* Being remounted read-only */
int s_readonly_remount;
/* AIO completions deferred from interrupt context */
struct workqueue_struct *s_dio_done_wq;
struct hlist_head s_pins;
fs: Add user namespace member to struct super_block Start marking filesystems with a user namespace owner, s_user_ns. In this change this is only used for permission checks of who may mount a filesystem. Ultimately s_user_ns will be used for translating ids and checking capabilities for filesystems mounted from user namespaces. The default policy for setting s_user_ns is implemented in sget(), which arranges for s_user_ns to be set to current_user_ns() and to ensure that the mounter of the filesystem has CAP_SYS_ADMIN in that user_ns. The guts of sget are split out into another function sget_userns(). The function sget_userns calls alloc_super with the specified user namespace or it verifies the existing superblock that was found has the expected user namespace, and fails with EBUSY when it is not. This failing prevents users with the wrong privileges mounting a filesystem. The reason for the split of sget_userns from sget is that in some cases such as mount_ns and kernfs_mount_ns a different policy for permission checking of mounts and setting s_user_ns is necessary, and the existence of sget_userns() allows those policies to be implemented. The helper mount_ns is expected to be used for filesystems such as proc and mqueuefs which present per namespace information. The function mount_ns is modified to call sget_userns instead of sget to ensure the user namespace owner of the namespace whose information is presented by the filesystem is used on the superblock. For sysfs and cgroup the appropriate permission checks are already in place, and kernfs_mount_ns is modified to call sget_userns so that the init_user_ns is the only user namespace used. For the cgroup filesystem cgroup namespace mounts are bind mounts of a subset of the full cgroup filesystem and as such s_user_ns must be the same for all of them as there is only a single superblock. Mounts of sysfs that vary based on the network namespace could in principle change s_user_ns but it keeps the analysis and implementation of kernfs simpler if that is not supported, and at present there appear to be no benefits from supporting a different s_user_ns on any sysfs mount. Getting the details of setting s_user_ns correct has been a long process. Thanks to Pavel Tikhorirorv who spotted a leak in sget_userns. Thanks to Seth Forshee who has kept the work alive. Thanks-to: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Thanks-to: Pavel Tikhomirov <ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com> Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-05-24 21:29:01 +07:00
/*
* Owning user namespace and default context in which to
* interpret filesystem uids, gids, quotas, device nodes,
* xattrs and security labels.
*/
struct user_namespace *s_user_ns;
/*
* Keep the lru lists last in the structure so they always sit on their
* own individual cachelines.
*/
struct list_lru s_dentry_lru ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp;
struct list_lru s_inode_lru ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp;
struct rcu_head rcu;
struct work_struct destroy_work;
struct mutex s_sync_lock; /* sync serialisation lock */
/*
* Indicates how deep in a filesystem stack this SB is
*/
int s_stack_depth;
/* s_inode_list_lock protects s_inodes */
spinlock_t s_inode_list_lock ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp;
struct list_head s_inodes; /* all inodes */
fs/fs-writeback.c: add a new writeback list for sync wait_sb_inodes() currently does a walk of all inodes in the filesystem to find dirty one to wait on during sync. This is highly inefficient and wastes a lot of CPU when there are lots of clean cached inodes that we don't need to wait on. To avoid this "all inode" walk, we need to track inodes that are currently under writeback that we need to wait for. We do this by adding inodes to a writeback list on the sb when the mapping is first tagged as having pages under writeback. wait_sb_inodes() can then walk this list of "inodes under IO" and wait specifically just for the inodes that the current sync(2) needs to wait for. Define a couple helpers to add/remove an inode from the writeback list and call them when the overall mapping is tagged for or cleared from writeback. Update wait_sb_inodes() to walk only the inodes under writeback due to the sync. With this change, filesystem sync times are significantly reduced for fs' with largely populated inode caches and otherwise no other work to do. For example, on a 16xcpu 2GHz x86-64 server, 10TB XFS filesystem with a ~10m entry inode cache, sync times are reduced from ~7.3s to less than 0.1s when the filesystem is fully clean. Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1466594593-6757-2-git-send-email-bfoster@redhat.com Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Foster <bfoster@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Tested-by: Holger Hoffstätte <holger.hoffstaette@applied-asynchrony.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-07-27 05:21:50 +07:00
spinlock_t s_inode_wblist_lock;
struct list_head s_inodes_wb; /* writeback inodes */
} __randomize_layout;
/* Helper functions so that in most cases filesystems will
* not need to deal directly with kuid_t and kgid_t and can
* instead deal with the raw numeric values that are stored
* in the filesystem.
*/
static inline uid_t i_uid_read(const struct inode *inode)
{
return from_kuid(inode->i_sb->s_user_ns, inode->i_uid);
}
static inline gid_t i_gid_read(const struct inode *inode)
{
return from_kgid(inode->i_sb->s_user_ns, inode->i_gid);
}
static inline void i_uid_write(struct inode *inode, uid_t uid)
{
inode->i_uid = make_kuid(inode->i_sb->s_user_ns, uid);
}
static inline void i_gid_write(struct inode *inode, gid_t gid)
{
inode->i_gid = make_kgid(inode->i_sb->s_user_ns, gid);
}
extern struct timespec current_time(struct inode *inode);
/*
* Snapshotting support.
*/
fs: Improve filesystem freezing handling vfs_check_frozen() tests are racy since the filesystem can be frozen just after the test is performed. Thus in write paths we can end up marking some pages or inodes dirty even though the file system is already frozen. This creates problems with flusher thread hanging on frozen filesystem. Another problem is that exclusion between ->page_mkwrite() and filesystem freezing has been handled by setting page dirty and then verifying s_frozen. This guaranteed that either the freezing code sees the faulted page, writes it, and writeprotects it again or we see s_frozen set and bail out of page fault. This works to protect from page being marked writeable while filesystem freezing is running but has an unpleasant artefact of leaving dirty (although unmodified and writeprotected) pages on frozen filesystem resulting in similar problems with flusher thread as the first problem. This patch aims at providing exclusion between write paths and filesystem freezing. We implement a writer-freeze read-write semaphore in the superblock. Actually, there are three such semaphores because of lock ranking reasons - one for page fault handlers (->page_mkwrite), one for all other writers, and one of internal filesystem purposes (used e.g. to track running transactions). Write paths which should block freezing (e.g. directory operations, ->aio_write(), ->page_mkwrite) hold reader side of the semaphore. Code freezing the filesystem takes the writer side. Only that we don't really want to bounce cachelines of the semaphores between CPUs for each write happening. So we implement the reader side of the semaphore as a per-cpu counter and the writer side is implemented using s_writers.frozen superblock field. [AV: microoptimize sb_start_write(); we want it fast in normal case] BugLink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/897421 Tested-by: Kamal Mostafa <kamal@canonical.com> Tested-by: Peter M. Petrakis <peter.petrakis@canonical.com> Tested-by: Dann Frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com> Tested-by: Massimo Morana <massimo.morana@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-06-12 21:20:34 +07:00
void __sb_end_write(struct super_block *sb, int level);
int __sb_start_write(struct super_block *sb, int level, bool wait);
#define __sb_writers_acquired(sb, lev) \
change sb_writers to use percpu_rw_semaphore We can remove everything from struct sb_writers except frozen and add the array of percpu_rw_semaphore's instead. This patch doesn't remove sb_writers->wait_unfrozen yet, we keep it for get_super_thawed(). We will probably remove it later. This change tries to address the following problems: - Firstly, __sb_start_write() looks simply buggy. It does __sb_end_write() if it sees ->frozen, but if it migrates to another CPU before percpu_counter_dec(), sb_wait_write() can wrongly succeed if there is another task which holds the same "semaphore": sb_wait_write() can miss the result of the previous percpu_counter_inc() but see the result of this percpu_counter_dec(). - As Dave Hansen reports, it is suboptimal. The trivial microbenchmark that writes to a tmpfs file in a loop runs 12% faster if we change this code to rely on RCU and kill the memory barriers. - This code doesn't look simple. It would be better to rely on the generic locking code. According to Dave, this change adds the same performance improvement. Note: with this change both freeze_super() and thaw_super() will do synchronize_sched_expedited() 3 times. This is just ugly. But: - This will be "fixed" by the rcu_sync changes we are going to merge. After that freeze_super()->percpu_down_write() will use synchronize_sched(), and thaw_super() won't use synchronize() at all. This doesn't need any changes in fs/super.c. - Once we merge rcu_sync changes, we can also change super.c so that all wb_write->rw_sem's will share the single ->rss in struct sb_writes, then freeze_super() will need only one synchronize_sched(). Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.com>
2015-08-11 22:05:04 +07:00
percpu_rwsem_acquire(&(sb)->s_writers.rw_sem[(lev)-1], 1, _THIS_IP_)
#define __sb_writers_release(sb, lev) \
change sb_writers to use percpu_rw_semaphore We can remove everything from struct sb_writers except frozen and add the array of percpu_rw_semaphore's instead. This patch doesn't remove sb_writers->wait_unfrozen yet, we keep it for get_super_thawed(). We will probably remove it later. This change tries to address the following problems: - Firstly, __sb_start_write() looks simply buggy. It does __sb_end_write() if it sees ->frozen, but if it migrates to another CPU before percpu_counter_dec(), sb_wait_write() can wrongly succeed if there is another task which holds the same "semaphore": sb_wait_write() can miss the result of the previous percpu_counter_inc() but see the result of this percpu_counter_dec(). - As Dave Hansen reports, it is suboptimal. The trivial microbenchmark that writes to a tmpfs file in a loop runs 12% faster if we change this code to rely on RCU and kill the memory barriers. - This code doesn't look simple. It would be better to rely on the generic locking code. According to Dave, this change adds the same performance improvement. Note: with this change both freeze_super() and thaw_super() will do synchronize_sched_expedited() 3 times. This is just ugly. But: - This will be "fixed" by the rcu_sync changes we are going to merge. After that freeze_super()->percpu_down_write() will use synchronize_sched(), and thaw_super() won't use synchronize() at all. This doesn't need any changes in fs/super.c. - Once we merge rcu_sync changes, we can also change super.c so that all wb_write->rw_sem's will share the single ->rss in struct sb_writes, then freeze_super() will need only one synchronize_sched(). Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.com>
2015-08-11 22:05:04 +07:00
percpu_rwsem_release(&(sb)->s_writers.rw_sem[(lev)-1], 1, _THIS_IP_)
fs: Improve filesystem freezing handling vfs_check_frozen() tests are racy since the filesystem can be frozen just after the test is performed. Thus in write paths we can end up marking some pages or inodes dirty even though the file system is already frozen. This creates problems with flusher thread hanging on frozen filesystem. Another problem is that exclusion between ->page_mkwrite() and filesystem freezing has been handled by setting page dirty and then verifying s_frozen. This guaranteed that either the freezing code sees the faulted page, writes it, and writeprotects it again or we see s_frozen set and bail out of page fault. This works to protect from page being marked writeable while filesystem freezing is running but has an unpleasant artefact of leaving dirty (although unmodified and writeprotected) pages on frozen filesystem resulting in similar problems with flusher thread as the first problem. This patch aims at providing exclusion between write paths and filesystem freezing. We implement a writer-freeze read-write semaphore in the superblock. Actually, there are three such semaphores because of lock ranking reasons - one for page fault handlers (->page_mkwrite), one for all other writers, and one of internal filesystem purposes (used e.g. to track running transactions). Write paths which should block freezing (e.g. directory operations, ->aio_write(), ->page_mkwrite) hold reader side of the semaphore. Code freezing the filesystem takes the writer side. Only that we don't really want to bounce cachelines of the semaphores between CPUs for each write happening. So we implement the reader side of the semaphore as a per-cpu counter and the writer side is implemented using s_writers.frozen superblock field. [AV: microoptimize sb_start_write(); we want it fast in normal case] BugLink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/897421 Tested-by: Kamal Mostafa <kamal@canonical.com> Tested-by: Peter M. Petrakis <peter.petrakis@canonical.com> Tested-by: Dann Frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com> Tested-by: Massimo Morana <massimo.morana@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-06-12 21:20:34 +07:00
/**
* sb_end_write - drop write access to a superblock
* @sb: the super we wrote to
*
* Decrement number of writers to the filesystem. Wake up possible waiters
* wanting to freeze the filesystem.
*/
static inline void sb_end_write(struct super_block *sb)
{
__sb_end_write(sb, SB_FREEZE_WRITE);
}
/**
* sb_end_pagefault - drop write access to a superblock from a page fault
* @sb: the super we wrote to
*
* Decrement number of processes handling write page fault to the filesystem.
* Wake up possible waiters wanting to freeze the filesystem.
*/
static inline void sb_end_pagefault(struct super_block *sb)
{
__sb_end_write(sb, SB_FREEZE_PAGEFAULT);
}
/**
* sb_end_intwrite - drop write access to a superblock for internal fs purposes
* @sb: the super we wrote to
*
* Decrement fs-internal number of writers to the filesystem. Wake up possible
* waiters wanting to freeze the filesystem.
*/
static inline void sb_end_intwrite(struct super_block *sb)
{
__sb_end_write(sb, SB_FREEZE_FS);
}
/**
* sb_start_write - get write access to a superblock
* @sb: the super we write to
*
* When a process wants to write data or metadata to a file system (i.e. dirty
* a page or an inode), it should embed the operation in a sb_start_write() -
* sb_end_write() pair to get exclusion against file system freezing. This
* function increments number of writers preventing freezing. If the file
* system is already frozen, the function waits until the file system is
* thawed.
*
* Since freeze protection behaves as a lock, users have to preserve
* ordering of freeze protection and other filesystem locks. Generally,
* freeze protection should be the outermost lock. In particular, we have:
*
* sb_start_write
* -> i_mutex (write path, truncate, directory ops, ...)
* -> s_umount (freeze_super, thaw_super)
*/
static inline void sb_start_write(struct super_block *sb)
{
__sb_start_write(sb, SB_FREEZE_WRITE, true);
}
static inline int sb_start_write_trylock(struct super_block *sb)
{
return __sb_start_write(sb, SB_FREEZE_WRITE, false);
}
/**
* sb_start_pagefault - get write access to a superblock from a page fault
* @sb: the super we write to
*
* When a process starts handling write page fault, it should embed the
* operation into sb_start_pagefault() - sb_end_pagefault() pair to get
* exclusion against file system freezing. This is needed since the page fault
* is going to dirty a page. This function increments number of running page
* faults preventing freezing. If the file system is already frozen, the
* function waits until the file system is thawed.
*
* Since page fault freeze protection behaves as a lock, users have to preserve
* ordering of freeze protection and other filesystem locks. It is advised to
* put sb_start_pagefault() close to mmap_sem in lock ordering. Page fault
* handling code implies lock dependency:
*
* mmap_sem
* -> sb_start_pagefault
*/
static inline void sb_start_pagefault(struct super_block *sb)
{
__sb_start_write(sb, SB_FREEZE_PAGEFAULT, true);
}
/*
* sb_start_intwrite - get write access to a superblock for internal fs purposes
* @sb: the super we write to
*
* This is the third level of protection against filesystem freezing. It is
* free for use by a filesystem. The only requirement is that it must rank
* below sb_start_pagefault.
*
* For example filesystem can call sb_start_intwrite() when starting a
* transaction which somewhat eases handling of freezing for internal sources
* of filesystem changes (internal fs threads, discarding preallocation on file
* close, etc.).
*/
static inline void sb_start_intwrite(struct super_block *sb)
{
__sb_start_write(sb, SB_FREEZE_FS, true);
}
extern bool inode_owner_or_capable(const struct inode *inode);
/*
* VFS helper functions..
*/
extern int vfs_create(struct inode *, struct dentry *, umode_t, bool);
extern int vfs_mkdir(struct inode *, struct dentry *, umode_t);
extern int vfs_mknod(struct inode *, struct dentry *, umode_t, dev_t);
extern int vfs_symlink(struct inode *, struct dentry *, const char *);
extern int vfs_link(struct dentry *, struct inode *, struct dentry *, struct inode **);
extern int vfs_rmdir(struct inode *, struct dentry *);
extern int vfs_unlink(struct inode *, struct dentry *, struct inode **);
extern int vfs_rename(struct inode *, struct dentry *, struct inode *, struct dentry *, struct inode **, unsigned int);
extern int vfs_whiteout(struct inode *, struct dentry *);
extern struct dentry *vfs_tmpfile(struct dentry *dentry, umode_t mode,
int open_flag);
/*
* VFS file helper functions.
*/
extern void inode_init_owner(struct inode *inode, const struct inode *dir,
umode_t mode);
extern bool may_open_dev(const struct path *path);
/*
* VFS FS_IOC_FIEMAP helper definitions.
*/
struct fiemap_extent_info {
unsigned int fi_flags; /* Flags as passed from user */
unsigned int fi_extents_mapped; /* Number of mapped extents */
unsigned int fi_extents_max; /* Size of fiemap_extent array */
struct fiemap_extent __user *fi_extents_start; /* Start of
fiemap_extent array */
};
int fiemap_fill_next_extent(struct fiemap_extent_info *info, u64 logical,
u64 phys, u64 len, u32 flags);
int fiemap_check_flags(struct fiemap_extent_info *fieinfo, u32 fs_flags);
/*
* File types
*
* NOTE! These match bits 12..15 of stat.st_mode
* (ie "(i_mode >> 12) & 15").
*/
#define DT_UNKNOWN 0
#define DT_FIFO 1
#define DT_CHR 2
#define DT_DIR 4
#define DT_BLK 6
#define DT_REG 8
#define DT_LNK 10
#define DT_SOCK 12
#define DT_WHT 14
/*
* This is the "filldir" function type, used by readdir() to let
* the kernel specify what kind of dirent layout it wants to have.
* This allows the kernel to read directories into kernel space or
* to have different dirent layouts depending on the binary type.
*/
struct dir_context;
typedef int (*filldir_t)(struct dir_context *, const char *, int, loff_t, u64,
unsigned);
struct dir_context {
const filldir_t actor;
loff_t pos;
};
struct block_device_operations;
/* These macros are for out of kernel modules to test that
* the kernel supports the unlocked_ioctl and compat_ioctl
* fields in struct file_operations. */
#define HAVE_COMPAT_IOCTL 1
#define HAVE_UNLOCKED_IOCTL 1
/*
* These flags let !MMU mmap() govern direct device mapping vs immediate
* copying more easily for MAP_PRIVATE, especially for ROM filesystems.
*
* NOMMU_MAP_COPY: Copy can be mapped (MAP_PRIVATE)
* NOMMU_MAP_DIRECT: Can be mapped directly (MAP_SHARED)
* NOMMU_MAP_READ: Can be mapped for reading
* NOMMU_MAP_WRITE: Can be mapped for writing
* NOMMU_MAP_EXEC: Can be mapped for execution
*/
#define NOMMU_MAP_COPY 0x00000001
#define NOMMU_MAP_DIRECT 0x00000008
#define NOMMU_MAP_READ VM_MAYREAD
#define NOMMU_MAP_WRITE VM_MAYWRITE
#define NOMMU_MAP_EXEC VM_MAYEXEC
#define NOMMU_VMFLAGS \
(NOMMU_MAP_READ | NOMMU_MAP_WRITE | NOMMU_MAP_EXEC)
struct iov_iter;
struct file_operations {
struct module *owner;
loff_t (*llseek) (struct file *, loff_t, int);
ssize_t (*read) (struct file *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
ssize_t (*write) (struct file *, const char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
ssize_t (*read_iter) (struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *);
ssize_t (*write_iter) (struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *);
int (*iterate) (struct file *, struct dir_context *);
int (*iterate_shared) (struct file *, struct dir_context *);
unsigned int (*poll) (struct file *, struct poll_table_struct *);
long (*unlocked_ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long);
long (*compat_ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long);
int (*mmap) (struct file *, struct vm_area_struct *);
int (*open) (struct inode *, struct file *);
int (*flush) (struct file *, fl_owner_t id);
int (*release) (struct inode *, struct file *);
int (*fsync) (struct file *, loff_t, loff_t, int datasync);
int (*fasync) (int, struct file *, int);
int (*lock) (struct file *, int, struct file_lock *);
ssize_t (*sendpage) (struct file *, struct page *, int, size_t, loff_t *, int);
unsigned long (*get_unmapped_area)(struct file *, unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned long);
int (*check_flags)(int);
int (*flock) (struct file *, int, struct file_lock *);
ssize_t (*splice_write)(struct pipe_inode_info *, struct file *, loff_t *, size_t, unsigned int);
ssize_t (*splice_read)(struct file *, loff_t *, struct pipe_inode_info *, size_t, unsigned int);
int (*setlease)(struct file *, long, struct file_lock **, void **);
long (*fallocate)(struct file *file, int mode, loff_t offset,
loff_t len);
void (*show_fdinfo)(struct seq_file *m, struct file *f);
#ifndef CONFIG_MMU
unsigned (*mmap_capabilities)(struct file *);
#endif
ssize_t (*copy_file_range)(struct file *, loff_t, struct file *,
loff_t, size_t, unsigned int);
int (*clone_file_range)(struct file *, loff_t, struct file *, loff_t,
u64);
ssize_t (*dedupe_file_range)(struct file *, u64, u64, struct file *,
u64);
} __randomize_layout;
struct inode_operations {
struct dentry * (*lookup) (struct inode *,struct dentry *, unsigned int);
const char * (*get_link) (struct dentry *, struct inode *, struct delayed_call *);
int (*permission) (struct inode *, int);
struct posix_acl * (*get_acl)(struct inode *, int);
int (*readlink) (struct dentry *, char __user *,int);
int (*create) (struct inode *,struct dentry *, umode_t, bool);
int (*link) (struct dentry *,struct inode *,struct dentry *);
int (*unlink) (struct inode *,struct dentry *);
int (*symlink) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,const char *);
int (*mkdir) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,umode_t);
int (*rmdir) (struct inode *,struct dentry *);
int (*mknod) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,umode_t,dev_t);
int (*rename) (struct inode *, struct dentry *,
struct inode *, struct dentry *, unsigned int);
int (*setattr) (struct dentry *, struct iattr *);
statx: Add a system call to make enhanced file info available Add a system call to make extended file information available, including file creation and some attribute flags where available through the underlying filesystem. The getattr inode operation is altered to take two additional arguments: a u32 request_mask and an unsigned int flags that indicate the synchronisation mode. This change is propagated to the vfs_getattr*() function. Functions like vfs_stat() are now inline wrappers around new functions vfs_statx() and vfs_statx_fd() to reduce stack usage. ======== OVERVIEW ======== The idea was initially proposed as a set of xattrs that could be retrieved with getxattr(), but the general preference proved to be for a new syscall with an extended stat structure. A number of requests were gathered for features to be included. The following have been included: (1) Make the fields a consistent size on all arches and make them large. (2) Spare space, request flags and information flags are provided for future expansion. (3) Better support for the y2038 problem [Arnd Bergmann] (tv_sec is an __s64). (4) Creation time: The SMB protocol carries the creation time, which could be exported by Samba, which will in turn help CIFS make use of FS-Cache as that can be used for coherency data (stx_btime). This is also specified in NFSv4 as a recommended attribute and could be exported by NFSD [Steve French]. (5) Lightweight stat: Ask for just those details of interest, and allow a netfs (such as NFS) to approximate anything not of interest, possibly without going to the server [Trond Myklebust, Ulrich Drepper, Andreas Dilger] (AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC). (6) Heavyweight stat: Force a netfs to go to the server, even if it thinks its cached attributes are up to date [Trond Myklebust] (AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC). And the following have been left out for future extension: (7) Data version number: Could be used by userspace NFS servers [Aneesh Kumar]. Can also be used to modify fill_post_wcc() in NFSD which retrieves i_version directly, but has just called vfs_getattr(). It could get it from the kstat struct if it used vfs_xgetattr() instead. (There's disagreement on the exact semantics of a single field, since not all filesystems do this the same way). (8) BSD stat compatibility: Including more fields from the BSD stat such as creation time (st_btime) and inode generation number (st_gen) [Jeremy Allison, Bernd Schubert]. (9) Inode generation number: Useful for FUSE and userspace NFS servers [Bernd Schubert]. (This was asked for but later deemed unnecessary with the open-by-handle capability available and caused disagreement as to whether it's a security hole or not). (10) Extra coherency data may be useful in making backups [Andreas Dilger]. (No particular data were offered, but things like last backup timestamp, the data version number and the DOS archive bit would come into this category). (11) Allow the filesystem to indicate what it can/cannot provide: A filesystem can now say it doesn't support a standard stat feature if that isn't available, so if, for instance, inode numbers or UIDs don't exist or are fabricated locally... (This requires a separate system call - I have an fsinfo() call idea for this). (12) Store a 16-byte volume ID in the superblock that can be returned in struct xstat [Steve French]. (Deferred to fsinfo). (13) Include granularity fields in the time data to indicate the granularity of each of the times (NFSv4 time_delta) [Steve French]. (Deferred to fsinfo). (14) FS_IOC_GETFLAGS value. These could be translated to BSD's st_flags. Note that the Linux IOC flags are a mess and filesystems such as Ext4 define flags that aren't in linux/fs.h, so translation in the kernel may be a necessity (or, possibly, we provide the filesystem type too). (Some attributes are made available in stx_attributes, but the general feeling was that the IOC flags were to ext[234]-specific and shouldn't be exposed through statx this way). (15) Mask of features available on file (eg: ACLs, seclabel) [Brad Boyer, Michael Kerrisk]. (Deferred, probably to fsinfo. Finding out if there's an ACL or seclabal might require extra filesystem operations). (16) Femtosecond-resolution timestamps [Dave Chinner]. (A __reserved field has been left in the statx_timestamp struct for this - if there proves to be a need). (17) A set multiple attributes syscall to go with this. =============== NEW SYSTEM CALL =============== The new system call is: int ret = statx(int dfd, const char *filename, unsigned int flags, unsigned int mask, struct statx *buffer); The dfd, filename and flags parameters indicate the file to query, in a similar way to fstatat(). There is no equivalent of lstat() as that can be emulated with statx() by passing AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW in flags. There is also no equivalent of fstat() as that can be emulated by passing a NULL filename to statx() with the fd of interest in dfd. Whether or not statx() synchronises the attributes with the backing store can be controlled by OR'ing a value into the flags argument (this typically only affects network filesystems): (1) AT_STATX_SYNC_AS_STAT tells statx() to behave as stat() does in this respect. (2) AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC will require a network filesystem to synchronise its attributes with the server - which might require data writeback to occur to get the timestamps correct. (3) AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC will suppress synchronisation with the server in a network filesystem. The resulting values should be considered approximate. mask is a bitmask indicating the fields in struct statx that are of interest to the caller. The user should set this to STATX_BASIC_STATS to get the basic set returned by stat(). It should be noted that asking for more information may entail extra I/O operations. buffer points to the destination for the data. This must be 256 bytes in size. ====================== MAIN ATTRIBUTES RECORD ====================== The following structures are defined in which to return the main attribute set: struct statx_timestamp { __s64 tv_sec; __s32 tv_nsec; __s32 __reserved; }; struct statx { __u32 stx_mask; __u32 stx_blksize; __u64 stx_attributes; __u32 stx_nlink; __u32 stx_uid; __u32 stx_gid; __u16 stx_mode; __u16 __spare0[1]; __u64 stx_ino; __u64 stx_size; __u64 stx_blocks; __u64 __spare1[1]; struct statx_timestamp stx_atime; struct statx_timestamp stx_btime; struct statx_timestamp stx_ctime; struct statx_timestamp stx_mtime; __u32 stx_rdev_major; __u32 stx_rdev_minor; __u32 stx_dev_major; __u32 stx_dev_minor; __u64 __spare2[14]; }; The defined bits in request_mask and stx_mask are: STATX_TYPE Want/got stx_mode & S_IFMT STATX_MODE Want/got stx_mode & ~S_IFMT STATX_NLINK Want/got stx_nlink STATX_UID Want/got stx_uid STATX_GID Want/got stx_gid STATX_ATIME Want/got stx_atime{,_ns} STATX_MTIME Want/got stx_mtime{,_ns} STATX_CTIME Want/got stx_ctime{,_ns} STATX_INO Want/got stx_ino STATX_SIZE Want/got stx_size STATX_BLOCKS Want/got stx_blocks STATX_BASIC_STATS [The stuff in the normal stat struct] STATX_BTIME Want/got stx_btime{,_ns} STATX_ALL [All currently available stuff] stx_btime is the file creation time, stx_mask is a bitmask indicating the data provided and __spares*[] are where as-yet undefined fields can be placed. Time fields are structures with separate seconds and nanoseconds fields plus a reserved field in case we want to add even finer resolution. Note that times will be negative if before 1970; in such a case, the nanosecond fields will also be negative if not zero. The bits defined in the stx_attributes field convey information about a file, how it is accessed, where it is and what it does. The following attributes map to FS_*_FL flags and are the same numerical value: STATX_ATTR_COMPRESSED File is compressed by the fs STATX_ATTR_IMMUTABLE File is marked immutable STATX_ATTR_APPEND File is append-only STATX_ATTR_NODUMP File is not to be dumped STATX_ATTR_ENCRYPTED File requires key to decrypt in fs Within the kernel, the supported flags are listed by: KSTAT_ATTR_FS_IOC_FLAGS [Are any other IOC flags of sufficient general interest to be exposed through this interface?] New flags include: STATX_ATTR_AUTOMOUNT Object is an automount trigger These are for the use of GUI tools that might want to mark files specially, depending on what they are. Fields in struct statx come in a number of classes: (0) stx_dev_*, stx_blksize. These are local system information and are always available. (1) stx_mode, stx_nlinks, stx_uid, stx_gid, stx_[amc]time, stx_ino, stx_size, stx_blocks. These will be returned whether the caller asks for them or not. The corresponding bits in stx_mask will be set to indicate whether they actually have valid values. If the caller didn't ask for them, then they may be approximated. For example, NFS won't waste any time updating them from the server, unless as a byproduct of updating something requested. If the values don't actually exist for the underlying object (such as UID or GID on a DOS file), then the bit won't be set in the stx_mask, even if the caller asked for the value. In such a case, the returned value will be a fabrication. Note that there are instances where the type might not be valid, for instance Windows reparse points. (2) stx_rdev_*. This will be set only if stx_mode indicates we're looking at a blockdev or a chardev, otherwise will be 0. (3) stx_btime. Similar to (1), except this will be set to 0 if it doesn't exist. ======= TESTING ======= The following test program can be used to test the statx system call: samples/statx/test-statx.c Just compile and run, passing it paths to the files you want to examine. The file is built automatically if CONFIG_SAMPLES is enabled. Here's some example output. Firstly, an NFS directory that crosses to another FSID. Note that the AUTOMOUNT attribute is set because transiting this directory will cause d_automount to be invoked by the VFS. [root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx -A /warthog/data statx(/warthog/data) = 0 results=7ff Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory Device: 00:26 Inode: 1703937 Links: 125 Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041 Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000 Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Attributes: 0000000000001000 (-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---m---- --------) Secondly, the result of automounting on that directory. [root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx /warthog/data statx(/warthog/data) = 0 results=7ff Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory Device: 00:27 Inode: 2 Links: 125 Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041 Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000 Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2017-01-31 23:46:22 +07:00
int (*getattr) (const struct path *, struct kstat *, u32, unsigned int);
ssize_t (*listxattr) (struct dentry *, char *, size_t);
int (*fiemap)(struct inode *, struct fiemap_extent_info *, u64 start,
u64 len);
int (*update_time)(struct inode *, struct timespec *, int);
int (*atomic_open)(struct inode *, struct dentry *,
struct file *, unsigned open_flag,
umode_t create_mode, int *opened);
int (*tmpfile) (struct inode *, struct dentry *, umode_t);
int (*set_acl)(struct inode *, struct posix_acl *, int);
} ____cacheline_aligned;
static inline ssize_t call_read_iter(struct file *file, struct kiocb *kio,
struct iov_iter *iter)
{
return file->f_op->read_iter(kio, iter);
}
static inline ssize_t call_write_iter(struct file *file, struct kiocb *kio,
struct iov_iter *iter)
{
return file->f_op->write_iter(kio, iter);
}
static inline int call_mmap(struct file *file, struct vm_area_struct *vma)
{
return file->f_op->mmap(file, vma);
}
ssize_t rw_copy_check_uvector(int type, const struct iovec __user * uvector,
Cross Memory Attach The basic idea behind cross memory attach is to allow MPI programs doing intra-node communication to do a single copy of the message rather than a double copy of the message via shared memory. The following patch attempts to achieve this by allowing a destination process, given an address and size from a source process, to copy memory directly from the source process into its own address space via a system call. There is also a symmetrical ability to copy from the current process's address space into a destination process's address space. - Use of /proc/pid/mem has been considered, but there are issues with using it: - Does not allow for specifying iovecs for both src and dest, assuming preadv or pwritev was implemented either the area read from or written to would need to be contiguous. - Currently mem_read allows only processes who are currently ptrace'ing the target and are still able to ptrace the target to read from the target. This check could possibly be moved to the open call, but its not clear exactly what race this restriction is stopping (reason appears to have been lost) - Having to send the fd of /proc/self/mem via SCM_RIGHTS on unix domain socket is a bit ugly from a userspace point of view, especially when you may have hundreds if not (eventually) thousands of processes that all need to do this with each other - Doesn't allow for some future use of the interface we would like to consider adding in the future (see below) - Interestingly reading from /proc/pid/mem currently actually involves two copies! (But this could be fixed pretty easily) As mentioned previously use of vmsplice instead was considered, but has problems. Since you need the reader and writer working co-operatively if the pipe is not drained then you block. Which requires some wrapping to do non blocking on the send side or polling on the receive. In all to all communication it requires ordering otherwise you can deadlock. And in the example of many MPI tasks writing to one MPI task vmsplice serialises the copying. There are some cases of MPI collectives where even a single copy interface does not get us the performance gain we could. For example in an MPI_Reduce rather than copy the data from the source we would like to instead use it directly in a mathops (say the reduce is doing a sum) as this would save us doing a copy. We don't need to keep a copy of the data from the source. I haven't implemented this, but I think this interface could in the future do all this through the use of the flags - eg could specify the math operation and type and the kernel rather than just copying the data would apply the specified operation between the source and destination and store it in the destination. Although we don't have a "second user" of the interface (though I've had some nibbles from people who may be interested in using it for intra process messaging which is not MPI). This interface is something which hardware vendors are already doing for their custom drivers to implement fast local communication. And so in addition to this being useful for OpenMPI it would mean the driver maintainers don't have to fix things up when the mm changes. There was some discussion about how much faster a true zero copy would go. Here's a link back to the email with some testing I did on that: http://marc.info/?l=linux-mm&m=130105930902915&w=2 There is a basic man page for the proposed interface here: http://ozlabs.org/~cyeoh/cma/process_vm_readv.txt This has been implemented for x86 and powerpc, other architecture should mainly (I think) just need to add syscall numbers for the process_vm_readv and process_vm_writev. There are 32 bit compatibility versions for 64-bit kernels. For arch maintainers there are some simple tests to be able to quickly verify that the syscalls are working correctly here: http://ozlabs.org/~cyeoh/cma/cma-test-20110718.tgz Signed-off-by: Chris Yeoh <yeohc@au1.ibm.com> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org> Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org> Cc: <linux-man@vger.kernel.org> Cc: <linux-arch@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-11-01 07:06:39 +07:00
unsigned long nr_segs, unsigned long fast_segs,
struct iovec *fast_pointer,
struct iovec **ret_pointer);
extern ssize_t __vfs_read(struct file *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
extern ssize_t vfs_read(struct file *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
extern ssize_t vfs_write(struct file *, const char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
extern ssize_t vfs_readv(struct file *, const struct iovec __user *,
unsigned long, loff_t *, rwf_t);
extern ssize_t vfs_copy_file_range(struct file *, loff_t , struct file *,
loff_t, size_t, unsigned int);
extern int vfs_clone_file_prep_inodes(struct inode *inode_in, loff_t pos_in,
struct inode *inode_out, loff_t pos_out,
u64 *len, bool is_dedupe);
extern int vfs_clone_file_range(struct file *file_in, loff_t pos_in,
struct file *file_out, loff_t pos_out, u64 len);
extern int vfs_dedupe_file_range_compare(struct inode *src, loff_t srcoff,
struct inode *dest, loff_t destoff,
loff_t len, bool *is_same);
extern int vfs_dedupe_file_range(struct file *file,
struct file_dedupe_range *same);
struct super_operations {
struct inode *(*alloc_inode)(struct super_block *sb);
void (*destroy_inode)(struct inode *);
void (*dirty_inode) (struct inode *, int flags);
int (*write_inode) (struct inode *, struct writeback_control *wbc);
int (*drop_inode) (struct inode *);
void (*evict_inode) (struct inode *);
void (*put_super) (struct super_block *);
int (*sync_fs)(struct super_block *sb, int wait);
int (*freeze_super) (struct super_block *);
filesystem freeze: add error handling of write_super_lockfs/unlockfs Currently, ext3 in mainline Linux doesn't have the freeze feature which suspends write requests. So, we cannot take a backup which keeps the filesystem's consistency with the storage device's features (snapshot and replication) while it is mounted. In many case, a commercial filesystem (e.g. VxFS) has the freeze feature and it would be used to get the consistent backup. If Linux's standard filesystem ext3 has the freeze feature, we can do it without a commercial filesystem. So I have implemented the ioctls of the freeze feature. I think we can take the consistent backup with the following steps. 1. Freeze the filesystem with the freeze ioctl. 2. Separate the replication volume or create the snapshot with the storage device's feature. 3. Unfreeze the filesystem with the unfreeze ioctl. 4. Take the backup from the separated replication volume or the snapshot. This patch: VFS: Changed the type of write_super_lockfs and unlockfs from "void" to "int" so that they can return an error. Rename write_super_lockfs and unlockfs of the super block operation freeze_fs and unfreeze_fs to avoid a confusion. ext3, ext4, xfs, gfs2, jfs: Changed the type of write_super_lockfs and unlockfs from "void" to "int" so that write_super_lockfs returns an error if needed, and unlockfs always returns 0. reiserfs: Changed the type of write_super_lockfs and unlockfs from "void" to "int" so that they always return 0 (success) to keep a current behavior. Signed-off-by: Takashi Sato <t-sato@yk.jp.nec.com> Signed-off-by: Masayuki Hamaguchi <m-hamaguchi@ys.jp.nec.com> Cc: <xfs-masters@oss.sgi.com> Cc: <linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Dave Kleikamp <shaggy@austin.ibm.com> Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com> Cc: Alasdair G Kergon <agk@redhat.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2009-01-10 07:40:58 +07:00
int (*freeze_fs) (struct super_block *);
int (*thaw_super) (struct super_block *);
filesystem freeze: add error handling of write_super_lockfs/unlockfs Currently, ext3 in mainline Linux doesn't have the freeze feature which suspends write requests. So, we cannot take a backup which keeps the filesystem's consistency with the storage device's features (snapshot and replication) while it is mounted. In many case, a commercial filesystem (e.g. VxFS) has the freeze feature and it would be used to get the consistent backup. If Linux's standard filesystem ext3 has the freeze feature, we can do it without a commercial filesystem. So I have implemented the ioctls of the freeze feature. I think we can take the consistent backup with the following steps. 1. Freeze the filesystem with the freeze ioctl. 2. Separate the replication volume or create the snapshot with the storage device's feature. 3. Unfreeze the filesystem with the unfreeze ioctl. 4. Take the backup from the separated replication volume or the snapshot. This patch: VFS: Changed the type of write_super_lockfs and unlockfs from "void" to "int" so that they can return an error. Rename write_super_lockfs and unlockfs of the super block operation freeze_fs and unfreeze_fs to avoid a confusion. ext3, ext4, xfs, gfs2, jfs: Changed the type of write_super_lockfs and unlockfs from "void" to "int" so that write_super_lockfs returns an error if needed, and unlockfs always returns 0. reiserfs: Changed the type of write_super_lockfs and unlockfs from "void" to "int" so that they always return 0 (success) to keep a current behavior. Signed-off-by: Takashi Sato <t-sato@yk.jp.nec.com> Signed-off-by: Masayuki Hamaguchi <m-hamaguchi@ys.jp.nec.com> Cc: <xfs-masters@oss.sgi.com> Cc: <linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Dave Kleikamp <shaggy@austin.ibm.com> Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com> Cc: Alasdair G Kergon <agk@redhat.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2009-01-10 07:40:58 +07:00
int (*unfreeze_fs) (struct super_block *);
int (*statfs) (struct dentry *, struct kstatfs *);
int (*remount_fs) (struct super_block *, int *, char *);
void (*umount_begin) (struct super_block *);
int (*show_options)(struct seq_file *, struct dentry *);
int (*show_devname)(struct seq_file *, struct dentry *);
int (*show_path)(struct seq_file *, struct dentry *);
int (*show_stats)(struct seq_file *, struct dentry *);
#ifdef CONFIG_QUOTA
ssize_t (*quota_read)(struct super_block *, int, char *, size_t, loff_t);
ssize_t (*quota_write)(struct super_block *, int, const char *, size_t, loff_t);
struct dquot **(*get_dquots)(struct inode *);
#endif
int (*bdev_try_to_free_page)(struct super_block*, struct page*, gfp_t);
long (*nr_cached_objects)(struct super_block *,
struct shrink_control *);
long (*free_cached_objects)(struct super_block *,
struct shrink_control *);
};
/*
* Inode flags - they have no relation to superblock flags now
*/
#define S_SYNC 1 /* Writes are synced at once */
#define S_NOATIME 2 /* Do not update access times */
#define S_APPEND 4 /* Append-only file */
#define S_IMMUTABLE 8 /* Immutable file */
#define S_DEAD 16 /* removed, but still open directory */
#define S_NOQUOTA 32 /* Inode is not counted to quota */
#define S_DIRSYNC 64 /* Directory modifications are synchronous */
#define S_NOCMTIME 128 /* Do not update file c/mtime */
#define S_SWAPFILE 256 /* Do not truncate: swapon got its bmaps */
#define S_PRIVATE 512 /* Inode is fs-internal */
#define S_IMA 1024 /* Inode has an associated IMA struct */
#define S_AUTOMOUNT 2048 /* Automount/referral quasi-directory */
#define S_NOSEC 4096 /* no suid or xattr security attributes */
#ifdef CONFIG_FS_DAX
#define S_DAX 8192 /* Direct Access, avoiding the page cache */
#else
#define S_DAX 0 /* Make all the DAX code disappear */
#endif
/*
* Note that nosuid etc flags are inode-specific: setting some file-system
* flags just means all the inodes inherit those flags by default. It might be
* possible to override it selectively if you really wanted to with some
* ioctl() that is not currently implemented.
*
* Exception: SB_RDONLY is always applied to the entire file system.
*
* Unfortunately, it is possible to change a filesystems flags with it mounted
* with files in use. This means that all of the inodes will not have their
* i_flags updated. Hence, i_flags no longer inherit the superblock mount
* flags, so these have to be checked separately. -- rmk@arm.uk.linux.org
*/
#define __IS_FLG(inode, flg) ((inode)->i_sb->s_flags & (flg))
static inline bool sb_rdonly(const struct super_block *sb) { return sb->s_flags & MS_RDONLY; }
#define IS_RDONLY(inode) sb_rdonly((inode)->i_sb)
#define IS_SYNC(inode) (__IS_FLG(inode, SB_SYNCHRONOUS) || \
((inode)->i_flags & S_SYNC))
#define IS_DIRSYNC(inode) (__IS_FLG(inode, SB_SYNCHRONOUS|SB_DIRSYNC) || \
((inode)->i_flags & (S_SYNC|S_DIRSYNC)))
#define IS_MANDLOCK(inode) __IS_FLG(inode, SB_MANDLOCK)
#define IS_NOATIME(inode) __IS_FLG(inode, SB_RDONLY|SB_NOATIME)
#define IS_I_VERSION(inode) __IS_FLG(inode, SB_I_VERSION)
#define IS_NOQUOTA(inode) ((inode)->i_flags & S_NOQUOTA)
#define IS_APPEND(inode) ((inode)->i_flags & S_APPEND)
#define IS_IMMUTABLE(inode) ((inode)->i_flags & S_IMMUTABLE)
#define IS_POSIXACL(inode) __IS_FLG(inode, SB_POSIXACL)
#define IS_DEADDIR(inode) ((inode)->i_flags & S_DEAD)
#define IS_NOCMTIME(inode) ((inode)->i_flags & S_NOCMTIME)
#define IS_SWAPFILE(inode) ((inode)->i_flags & S_SWAPFILE)
#define IS_PRIVATE(inode) ((inode)->i_flags & S_PRIVATE)
#define IS_IMA(inode) ((inode)->i_flags & S_IMA)
#define IS_AUTOMOUNT(inode) ((inode)->i_flags & S_AUTOMOUNT)
#define IS_NOSEC(inode) ((inode)->i_flags & S_NOSEC)
#define IS_DAX(inode) ((inode)->i_flags & S_DAX)
#define IS_WHITEOUT(inode) (S_ISCHR(inode->i_mode) && \
(inode)->i_rdev == WHITEOUT_DEV)
vfs: Don't modify inodes with a uid or gid unknown to the vfs When a filesystem outside of init_user_ns is mounted it could have uids and gids stored in it that do not map to init_user_ns. The plan is to allow those filesystems to set i_uid to INVALID_UID and i_gid to INVALID_GID for unmapped uids and gids and then to handle that strange case in the vfs to ensure there is consistent robust handling of the weirdness. Upon a careful review of the vfs and filesystems about the only case where there is any possibility of confusion or trouble is when the inode is written back to disk. In that case filesystems typically read the inode->i_uid and inode->i_gid and write them to disk even when just an inode timestamp is being updated. Which leads to a rule that is very simple to implement and understand inodes whose i_uid or i_gid is not valid may not be written. In dealing with access times this means treat those inodes as if the inode flag S_NOATIME was set. Reads of the inodes appear safe and useful, but any write or modification is disallowed. The only inode write that is allowed is a chown that sets the uid and gid on the inode to valid values. After such a chown the inode is normal and may be treated as such. Denying all writes to inodes with uids or gids unknown to the vfs also prevents several oddball cases where corruption would have occurred because the vfs does not have complete information. One problem case that is prevented is attempting to use the gid of a directory for new inodes where the directories sgid bit is set but the directories gid is not mapped. Another problem case avoided is attempting to update the evm hash after setxattr, removexattr, and setattr. As the evm hash includeds the inode->i_uid or inode->i_gid not knowning the uid or gid prevents a correct evm hash from being computed. evm hash verification also fails when i_uid or i_gid is unknown but that is essentially harmless as it does not cause filesystem corruption. Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-06-30 02:54:46 +07:00
static inline bool HAS_UNMAPPED_ID(struct inode *inode)
{
return !uid_valid(inode->i_uid) || !gid_valid(inode->i_gid);
}
fs: add fcntl() interface for setting/getting write life time hints Define a set of write life time hints: RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET No hint information set RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NONE No hints about write life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_SHORT Data written has a short life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM Data written has a medium life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_LONG Data written has a long life time RWH_WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME Data written has an extremely long life time The intent is for these values to be relative to each other, no absolute meaning should be attached to these flag names. Add an fcntl interface for querying these flags, and also for setting them as well: F_GET_RW_HINT Returns the read/write hint set on the underlying inode. F_SET_RW_HINT Set one of the above write hints on the underlying inode. F_GET_FILE_RW_HINT Returns the read/write hint set on the file descriptor. F_SET_FILE_RW_HINT Set one of the above write hints on the file descriptor. The user passes in a 64-bit pointer to get/set these values, and the interface returns 0/-1 on success/error. Sample program testing/implementing basic setting/getting of write hints is below. Add support for storing the write life time hint in the inode flags and in struct file as well, and pass them to the kiocb flags. If both a file and its corresponding inode has a write hint, then we use the one in the file, if available. The file hint can be used for sync/direct IO, for buffered writeback only the inode hint is available. This is in preparation for utilizing these hints in the block layer, to guide on-media data placement. /* * writehint.c: get or set an inode write hint */ #include <stdio.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <stdbool.h> #include <inttypes.h> #ifndef F_GET_RW_HINT #define F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE 1024 #define F_GET_RW_HINT (F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 11) #define F_SET_RW_HINT (F_LINUX_SPECIFIC_BASE + 12) #endif static char *str[] = { "RWF_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NONE", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_SHORT", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_LONG", "RWH_WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME" }; int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { uint64_t hint; int fd, ret; if (argc < 2) { fprintf(stderr, "%s: file <hint>\n", argv[0]); return 1; } fd = open(argv[1], O_RDONLY); if (fd < 0) { perror("open"); return 2; } if (argc > 2) { hint = atoi(argv[2]); ret = fcntl(fd, F_SET_RW_HINT, &hint); if (ret < 0) { perror("fcntl: F_SET_RW_HINT"); return 4; } } ret = fcntl(fd, F_GET_RW_HINT, &hint); if (ret < 0) { perror("fcntl: F_GET_RW_HINT"); return 3; } printf("%s: hint %s\n", argv[1], str[hint]); close(fd); return 0; } Reviewed-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-28 00:47:04 +07:00
static inline enum rw_hint file_write_hint(struct file *file)
{
if (file->f_write_hint != WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET)
return file->f_write_hint;
return file_inode(file)->i_write_hint;
}
static inline int iocb_flags(struct file *file);
static inline void init_sync_kiocb(struct kiocb *kiocb, struct file *filp)
{
*kiocb = (struct kiocb) {
.ki_filp = filp,
.ki_flags = iocb_flags(filp),
.ki_hint = file_write_hint(filp),
};
}
/*
* Inode state bits. Protected by inode->i_lock
*
* Three bits determine the dirty state of the inode, I_DIRTY_SYNC,
* I_DIRTY_DATASYNC and I_DIRTY_PAGES.
*
* Four bits define the lifetime of an inode. Initially, inodes are I_NEW,
* until that flag is cleared. I_WILL_FREE, I_FREEING and I_CLEAR are set at
* various stages of removing an inode.
*
* Two bits are used for locking and completion notification, I_NEW and I_SYNC.
*
* I_DIRTY_SYNC Inode is dirty, but doesn't have to be written on
* fdatasync(). i_atime is the usual cause.
* I_DIRTY_DATASYNC Data-related inode changes pending. We keep track of
* these changes separately from I_DIRTY_SYNC so that we
* don't have to write inode on fdatasync() when only
* mtime has changed in it.
* I_DIRTY_PAGES Inode has dirty pages. Inode itself may be clean.
* I_NEW Serves as both a mutex and completion notification.
* New inodes set I_NEW. If two processes both create
* the same inode, one of them will release its inode and
* wait for I_NEW to be released before returning.
* Inodes in I_WILL_FREE, I_FREEING or I_CLEAR state can
* also cause waiting on I_NEW, without I_NEW actually
* being set. find_inode() uses this to prevent returning
* nearly-dead inodes.
* I_WILL_FREE Must be set when calling write_inode_now() if i_count
* is zero. I_FREEING must be set when I_WILL_FREE is
* cleared.
* I_FREEING Set when inode is about to be freed but still has dirty
* pages or buffers attached or the inode itself is still
* dirty.
* I_CLEAR Added by clear_inode(). In this state the inode is
* clean and can be destroyed. Inode keeps I_FREEING.
*
* Inodes that are I_WILL_FREE, I_FREEING or I_CLEAR are
* prohibited for many purposes. iget() must wait for
* the inode to be completely released, then create it
* anew. Other functions will just ignore such inodes,
* if appropriate. I_NEW is used for waiting.
*
* I_SYNC Writeback of inode is running. The bit is set during
* data writeback, and cleared with a wakeup on the bit
* address once it is done. The bit is also used to pin
* the inode in memory for flusher thread.
*
* I_REFERENCED Marks the inode as recently references on the LRU list.
*
* I_DIO_WAKEUP Never set. Only used as a key for wait_on_bit().
*
writeback: implement unlocked_inode_to_wb transaction and use it for stat updates The mechanism for detecting whether an inode should switch its wb (bdi_writeback) association is now in place. This patch build the framework for the actual switching. This patch adds a new inode flag I_WB_SWITCHING, which has two functions. First, the easy one, it ensures that there's only one switching in progress for a give inode. Second, it's used as a mechanism to synchronize wb stat updates. The two stats, WB_RECLAIMABLE and WB_WRITEBACK, aren't event counters but track the current number of dirty pages and pages under writeback respectively. As such, when an inode is moved from one wb to another, the inode's portion of those stats have to be transferred together; unfortunately, this is a bit tricky as those stat updates are percpu operations which are performed without holding any lock in some places. This patch solves the problem in a similar way as memcg. Each such lockless stat updates are wrapped in transaction surrounded by unlocked_inode_to_wb_begin/end(). During normal operation, they map to rcu_read_lock/unlock(); however, if I_WB_SWITCHING is asserted, mapping->tree_lock is grabbed across the transaction. In turn, the switching path sets I_WB_SWITCHING and waits for a RCU grace period to pass before actually starting to switch, which guarantees that all stat update paths are synchronizing against mapping->tree_lock. This patch still doesn't implement the actual switching. v3: Updated on top of the recent cancel_dirty_page() updates. unlocked_inode_to_wb_begin() now nests inside mem_cgroup_begin_page_stat() to match the locking order. v2: The i_wb access transaction will be used for !stat accesses too. Function names and comments updated accordingly. s/inode_wb_stat_unlocked_{begin|end}/unlocked_inode_to_wb_{begin|end}/ s/switch_wb/switch_wbs/ Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Cc: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2015-05-29 01:50:53 +07:00
* I_WB_SWITCH Cgroup bdi_writeback switching in progress. Used to
* synchronize competing switching instances and to tell
* wb stat updates to grab mapping->tree_lock. See
* inode_switch_wb_work_fn() for details.
*
* I_OVL_INUSE Used by overlayfs to get exclusive ownership on upper
* and work dirs among overlayfs mounts.
*
* Q: What is the difference between I_WILL_FREE and I_FREEING?
*/
#define I_DIRTY_SYNC (1 << 0)
#define I_DIRTY_DATASYNC (1 << 1)
#define I_DIRTY_PAGES (1 << 2)
#define __I_NEW 3
#define I_NEW (1 << __I_NEW)
#define I_WILL_FREE (1 << 4)
#define I_FREEING (1 << 5)
#define I_CLEAR (1 << 6)
#define __I_SYNC 7
#define I_SYNC (1 << __I_SYNC)
#define I_REFERENCED (1 << 8)
#define __I_DIO_WAKEUP 9
#define I_DIO_WAKEUP (1 << __I_DIO_WAKEUP)
#define I_LINKABLE (1 << 10)
#define I_DIRTY_TIME (1 << 11)
#define __I_DIRTY_TIME_EXPIRED 12
#define I_DIRTY_TIME_EXPIRED (1 << __I_DIRTY_TIME_EXPIRED)
writeback: implement unlocked_inode_to_wb transaction and use it for stat updates The mechanism for detecting whether an inode should switch its wb (bdi_writeback) association is now in place. This patch build the framework for the actual switching. This patch adds a new inode flag I_WB_SWITCHING, which has two functions. First, the easy one, it ensures that there's only one switching in progress for a give inode. Second, it's used as a mechanism to synchronize wb stat updates. The two stats, WB_RECLAIMABLE and WB_WRITEBACK, aren't event counters but track the current number of dirty pages and pages under writeback respectively. As such, when an inode is moved from one wb to another, the inode's portion of those stats have to be transferred together; unfortunately, this is a bit tricky as those stat updates are percpu operations which are performed without holding any lock in some places. This patch solves the problem in a similar way as memcg. Each such lockless stat updates are wrapped in transaction surrounded by unlocked_inode_to_wb_begin/end(). During normal operation, they map to rcu_read_lock/unlock(); however, if I_WB_SWITCHING is asserted, mapping->tree_lock is grabbed across the transaction. In turn, the switching path sets I_WB_SWITCHING and waits for a RCU grace period to pass before actually starting to switch, which guarantees that all stat update paths are synchronizing against mapping->tree_lock. This patch still doesn't implement the actual switching. v3: Updated on top of the recent cancel_dirty_page() updates. unlocked_inode_to_wb_begin() now nests inside mem_cgroup_begin_page_stat() to match the locking order. v2: The i_wb access transaction will be used for !stat accesses too. Function names and comments updated accordingly. s/inode_wb_stat_unlocked_{begin|end}/unlocked_inode_to_wb_{begin|end}/ s/switch_wb/switch_wbs/ Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Cc: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2015-05-29 01:50:53 +07:00
#define I_WB_SWITCH (1 << 13)
#define I_OVL_INUSE (1 << 14)
#define I_DIRTY (I_DIRTY_SYNC | I_DIRTY_DATASYNC | I_DIRTY_PAGES)
#define I_DIRTY_ALL (I_DIRTY | I_DIRTY_TIME)
extern void __mark_inode_dirty(struct inode *, int);
static inline void mark_inode_dirty(struct inode *inode)
{
__mark_inode_dirty(inode, I_DIRTY);
}
static inline void mark_inode_dirty_sync(struct inode *inode)
{
__mark_inode_dirty(inode, I_DIRTY_SYNC);
}
extern void inc_nlink(struct inode *inode);
extern void drop_nlink(struct inode *inode);
extern void clear_nlink(struct inode *inode);
extern void set_nlink(struct inode *inode, unsigned int nlink);
static inline void inode_inc_link_count(struct inode *inode)
{
inc_nlink(inode);
mark_inode_dirty(inode);
}
static inline void inode_dec_link_count(struct inode *inode)
{
drop_nlink(inode);
mark_inode_dirty(inode);
}
/**
* inode_inc_iversion - increments i_version
* @inode: inode that need to be updated
*
* Every time the inode is modified, the i_version field will be incremented.
* The filesystem has to be mounted with i_version flag
*/
static inline void inode_inc_iversion(struct inode *inode)
{
spin_lock(&inode->i_lock);
inode->i_version++;
spin_unlock(&inode->i_lock);
}
enum file_time_flags {
S_ATIME = 1,
S_MTIME = 2,
S_CTIME = 4,
S_VERSION = 8,
};
extern void touch_atime(const struct path *);
static inline void file_accessed(struct file *file)
{
if (!(file->f_flags & O_NOATIME))
touch_atime(&file->f_path);
}
int sync_inode(struct inode *inode, struct writeback_control *wbc);
int sync_inode_metadata(struct inode *inode, int wait);
struct file_system_type {
const char *name;
int fs_flags;
#define FS_REQUIRES_DEV 1
#define FS_BINARY_MOUNTDATA 2
#define FS_HAS_SUBTYPE 4
#define FS_USERNS_MOUNT 8 /* Can be mounted by userns root */
#define FS_RENAME_DOES_D_MOVE 32768 /* FS will handle d_move() during rename() internally. */
struct dentry *(*mount) (struct file_system_type *, int,
const char *, void *);
void (*kill_sb) (struct super_block *);
struct module *owner;
struct file_system_type * next;
struct hlist_head fs_supers;
struct lock_class_key s_lock_key;
struct lock_class_key s_umount_key;
vfs: add lockdep annotation to s_vfs_rename_key for ecryptfs > ============================================= > [ INFO: possible recursive locking detected ] > 2.6.31-2-generic #14~rbd3 > --------------------------------------------- > firefox-3.5/4162 is trying to acquire lock: > (&s->s_vfs_rename_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81139d31>] lock_rename+0x41/0xf0 > > but task is already holding lock: > (&s->s_vfs_rename_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81139d31>] lock_rename+0x41/0xf0 > > other info that might help us debug this: > 3 locks held by firefox-3.5/4162: > #0: (&s->s_vfs_rename_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81139d31>] lock_rename+0x41/0xf0 > #1: (&sb->s_type->i_mutex_key#11/1){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81139d5a>] lock_rename+0x6a/0xf0 > #2: (&sb->s_type->i_mutex_key#11/2){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81139d6f>] lock_rename+0x7f/0xf0 > > stack backtrace: > Pid: 4162, comm: firefox-3.5 Tainted: G C 2.6.31-2-generic #14~rbd3 > Call Trace: > [<ffffffff8108ae74>] print_deadlock_bug+0xf4/0x100 > [<ffffffff8108ce26>] validate_chain+0x4c6/0x750 > [<ffffffff8108d2e7>] __lock_acquire+0x237/0x430 > [<ffffffff8108d585>] lock_acquire+0xa5/0x150 > [<ffffffff81139d31>] ? lock_rename+0x41/0xf0 > [<ffffffff815526ad>] __mutex_lock_common+0x4d/0x3d0 > [<ffffffff81139d31>] ? lock_rename+0x41/0xf0 > [<ffffffff81139d31>] ? lock_rename+0x41/0xf0 > [<ffffffff8120eaf9>] ? ecryptfs_rename+0x99/0x170 > [<ffffffff81552b36>] mutex_lock_nested+0x46/0x60 > [<ffffffff81139d31>] lock_rename+0x41/0xf0 > [<ffffffff8120eb2a>] ecryptfs_rename+0xca/0x170 > [<ffffffff81139a9e>] vfs_rename_dir+0x13e/0x160 > [<ffffffff8113ac7e>] vfs_rename+0xee/0x290 > [<ffffffff8113c212>] ? __lookup_hash+0x102/0x160 > [<ffffffff8113d512>] sys_renameat+0x252/0x280 > [<ffffffff81133eb4>] ? cp_new_stat+0xe4/0x100 > [<ffffffff8101316a>] ? sysret_check+0x2e/0x69 > [<ffffffff8108c34d>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x14d/0x190 > [<ffffffff8113d55b>] sys_rename+0x1b/0x20 > [<ffffffff81013132>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b The trace above is totally reproducible by doing a cross-directory rename on an ecryptfs directory. The issue seems to be that sys_renameat() does lock_rename() then calls into the filesystem; if the filesystem is ecryptfs, then ecryptfs_rename() again does lock_rename() on the lower filesystem, and lockdep can't tell that the two s_vfs_rename_mutexes are different. It seems an annotation like the following is sufficient to fix this (it does get rid of the lockdep trace in my simple tests); however I would like to make sure I'm not misunderstanding the locking, hence the CC list... Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <rdreier@cisco.com> Cc: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Cc: Dustin Kirkland <kirkland@canonical.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2010-04-28 04:23:57 +07:00
struct lock_class_key s_vfs_rename_key;
fs: Improve filesystem freezing handling vfs_check_frozen() tests are racy since the filesystem can be frozen just after the test is performed. Thus in write paths we can end up marking some pages or inodes dirty even though the file system is already frozen. This creates problems with flusher thread hanging on frozen filesystem. Another problem is that exclusion between ->page_mkwrite() and filesystem freezing has been handled by setting page dirty and then verifying s_frozen. This guaranteed that either the freezing code sees the faulted page, writes it, and writeprotects it again or we see s_frozen set and bail out of page fault. This works to protect from page being marked writeable while filesystem freezing is running but has an unpleasant artefact of leaving dirty (although unmodified and writeprotected) pages on frozen filesystem resulting in similar problems with flusher thread as the first problem. This patch aims at providing exclusion between write paths and filesystem freezing. We implement a writer-freeze read-write semaphore in the superblock. Actually, there are three such semaphores because of lock ranking reasons - one for page fault handlers (->page_mkwrite), one for all other writers, and one of internal filesystem purposes (used e.g. to track running transactions). Write paths which should block freezing (e.g. directory operations, ->aio_write(), ->page_mkwrite) hold reader side of the semaphore. Code freezing the filesystem takes the writer side. Only that we don't really want to bounce cachelines of the semaphores between CPUs for each write happening. So we implement the reader side of the semaphore as a per-cpu counter and the writer side is implemented using s_writers.frozen superblock field. [AV: microoptimize sb_start_write(); we want it fast in normal case] BugLink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/897421 Tested-by: Kamal Mostafa <kamal@canonical.com> Tested-by: Peter M. Petrakis <peter.petrakis@canonical.com> Tested-by: Dann Frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com> Tested-by: Massimo Morana <massimo.morana@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-06-12 21:20:34 +07:00
struct lock_class_key s_writers_key[SB_FREEZE_LEVELS];
struct lock_class_key i_lock_key;
struct lock_class_key i_mutex_key;
struct lock_class_key i_mutex_dir_key;
};
fs: Limit sys_mount to only request filesystem modules. Modify the request_module to prefix the file system type with "fs-" and add aliases to all of the filesystems that can be built as modules to match. A common practice is to build all of the kernel code and leave code that is not commonly needed as modules, with the result that many users are exposed to any bug anywhere in the kernel. Looking for filesystems with a fs- prefix limits the pool of possible modules that can be loaded by mount to just filesystems trivially making things safer with no real cost. Using aliases means user space can control the policy of which filesystem modules are auto-loaded by editing /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf with blacklist and alias directives. Allowing simple, safe, well understood work-arounds to known problematic software. This also addresses a rare but unfortunate problem where the filesystem name is not the same as it's module name and module auto-loading would not work. While writing this patch I saw a handful of such cases. The most significant being autofs that lives in the module autofs4. This is relevant to user namespaces because we can reach the request module in get_fs_type() without having any special permissions, and people get uncomfortable when a user specified string (in this case the filesystem type) goes all of the way to request_module. After having looked at this issue I don't think there is any particular reason to perform any filtering or permission checks beyond making it clear in the module request that we want a filesystem module. The common pattern in the kernel is to call request_module() without regards to the users permissions. In general all a filesystem module does once loaded is call register_filesystem() and go to sleep. Which means there is not much attack surface exposed by loading a filesytem module unless the filesystem is mounted. In a user namespace filesystems are not mounted unless .fs_flags = FS_USERNS_MOUNT, which most filesystems do not set today. Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com> Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Reported-by: Kees Cook <keescook@google.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2013-03-03 10:39:14 +07:00
#define MODULE_ALIAS_FS(NAME) MODULE_ALIAS("fs-" NAME)
extern struct dentry *mount_ns(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
int flags, void *data, void *ns, struct user_namespace *user_ns,
int (*fill_super)(struct super_block *, void *, int));
extern struct dentry *mount_bdev(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
int flags, const char *dev_name, void *data,
int (*fill_super)(struct super_block *, void *, int));
extern struct dentry *mount_single(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
int flags, void *data,
int (*fill_super)(struct super_block *, void *, int));
extern struct dentry *mount_nodev(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
int flags, void *data,
int (*fill_super)(struct super_block *, void *, int));
extern struct dentry *mount_subtree(struct vfsmount *mnt, const char *path);
void generic_shutdown_super(struct super_block *sb);
void kill_block_super(struct super_block *sb);
void kill_anon_super(struct super_block *sb);
void kill_litter_super(struct super_block *sb);
void deactivate_super(struct super_block *sb);
void deactivate_locked_super(struct super_block *sb);
int set_anon_super(struct super_block *s, void *data);
int get_anon_bdev(dev_t *);
void free_anon_bdev(dev_t);
fs: Add user namespace member to struct super_block Start marking filesystems with a user namespace owner, s_user_ns. In this change this is only used for permission checks of who may mount a filesystem. Ultimately s_user_ns will be used for translating ids and checking capabilities for filesystems mounted from user namespaces. The default policy for setting s_user_ns is implemented in sget(), which arranges for s_user_ns to be set to current_user_ns() and to ensure that the mounter of the filesystem has CAP_SYS_ADMIN in that user_ns. The guts of sget are split out into another function sget_userns(). The function sget_userns calls alloc_super with the specified user namespace or it verifies the existing superblock that was found has the expected user namespace, and fails with EBUSY when it is not. This failing prevents users with the wrong privileges mounting a filesystem. The reason for the split of sget_userns from sget is that in some cases such as mount_ns and kernfs_mount_ns a different policy for permission checking of mounts and setting s_user_ns is necessary, and the existence of sget_userns() allows those policies to be implemented. The helper mount_ns is expected to be used for filesystems such as proc and mqueuefs which present per namespace information. The function mount_ns is modified to call sget_userns instead of sget to ensure the user namespace owner of the namespace whose information is presented by the filesystem is used on the superblock. For sysfs and cgroup the appropriate permission checks are already in place, and kernfs_mount_ns is modified to call sget_userns so that the init_user_ns is the only user namespace used. For the cgroup filesystem cgroup namespace mounts are bind mounts of a subset of the full cgroup filesystem and as such s_user_ns must be the same for all of them as there is only a single superblock. Mounts of sysfs that vary based on the network namespace could in principle change s_user_ns but it keeps the analysis and implementation of kernfs simpler if that is not supported, and at present there appear to be no benefits from supporting a different s_user_ns on any sysfs mount. Getting the details of setting s_user_ns correct has been a long process. Thanks to Pavel Tikhorirorv who spotted a leak in sget_userns. Thanks to Seth Forshee who has kept the work alive. Thanks-to: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Thanks-to: Pavel Tikhomirov <ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com> Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-05-24 21:29:01 +07:00
struct super_block *sget_userns(struct file_system_type *type,
int (*test)(struct super_block *,void *),
int (*set)(struct super_block *,void *),
int flags, struct user_namespace *user_ns,
void *data);
struct super_block *sget(struct file_system_type *type,
int (*test)(struct super_block *,void *),
int (*set)(struct super_block *,void *),
int flags, void *data);
extern struct dentry *mount_pseudo_xattr(struct file_system_type *, char *,
const struct super_operations *ops,
const struct xattr_handler **xattr,
const struct dentry_operations *dops,
unsigned long);
static inline struct dentry *
mount_pseudo(struct file_system_type *fs_type, char *name,
const struct super_operations *ops,
const struct dentry_operations *dops, unsigned long magic)
{
return mount_pseudo_xattr(fs_type, name, ops, NULL, dops, magic);
}
/* Alas, no aliases. Too much hassle with bringing module.h everywhere */
#define fops_get(fops) \
(((fops) && try_module_get((fops)->owner) ? (fops) : NULL))
#define fops_put(fops) \
do { if (fops) module_put((fops)->owner); } while(0)
/*
* This one is to be used *ONLY* from ->open() instances.
* fops must be non-NULL, pinned down *and* module dependencies
* should be sufficient to pin the caller down as well.
*/
#define replace_fops(f, fops) \
do { \
struct file *__file = (f); \
fops_put(__file->f_op); \
BUG_ON(!(__file->f_op = (fops))); \
} while(0)
extern int register_filesystem(struct file_system_type *);
extern int unregister_filesystem(struct file_system_type *);
extern struct vfsmount *kern_mount_data(struct file_system_type *, void *data);
#define kern_mount(type) kern_mount_data(type, NULL)
extern void kern_unmount(struct vfsmount *mnt);
extern int may_umount_tree(struct vfsmount *);
extern int may_umount(struct vfsmount *);
extern long do_mount(const char *, const char __user *,
const char *, unsigned long, void *);
extern struct vfsmount *collect_mounts(const struct path *);
extern void drop_collected_mounts(struct vfsmount *);
extern int iterate_mounts(int (*)(struct vfsmount *, void *), void *,
struct vfsmount *);
extern int vfs_statfs(const struct path *, struct kstatfs *);
extern int user_statfs(const char __user *, struct kstatfs *);
extern int fd_statfs(int, struct kstatfs *);
extern int vfs_ustat(dev_t, struct kstatfs *);
extern int freeze_super(struct super_block *super);
extern int thaw_super(struct super_block *super);
fix apparmor dereferencing potentially freed dentry, sanitize __d_path() API __d_path() API is asking for trouble and in case of apparmor d_namespace_path() getting just that. The root cause is that when __d_path() misses the root it had been told to look for, it stores the location of the most remote ancestor in *root. Without grabbing references. Sure, at the moment of call it had been pinned down by what we have in *path. And if we raced with umount -l, we could have very well stopped at vfsmount/dentry that got freed as soon as prepend_path() dropped vfsmount_lock. It is safe to compare these pointers with pre-existing (and known to be still alive) vfsmount and dentry, as long as all we are asking is "is it the same address?". Dereferencing is not safe and apparmor ended up stepping into that. d_namespace_path() really wants to examine the place where we stopped, even if it's not connected to our namespace. As the result, it looked at ->d_sb->s_magic of a dentry that might've been already freed by that point. All other callers had been careful enough to avoid that, but it's really a bad interface - it invites that kind of trouble. The fix is fairly straightforward, even though it's bigger than I'd like: * prepend_path() root argument becomes const. * __d_path() is never called with NULL/NULL root. It was a kludge to start with. Instead, we have an explicit function - d_absolute_root(). Same as __d_path(), except that it doesn't get root passed and stops where it stops. apparmor and tomoyo are using it. * __d_path() returns NULL on path outside of root. The main caller is show_mountinfo() and that's precisely what we pass root for - to skip those outside chroot jail. Those who don't want that can (and do) use d_path(). * __d_path() root argument becomes const. Everyone agrees, I hope. * apparmor does *NOT* try to use __d_path() or any of its variants when it sees that path->mnt is an internal vfsmount. In that case it's definitely not mounted anywhere and dentry_path() is exactly what we want there. Handling of sysctl()-triggered weirdness is moved to that place. * if apparmor is asked to do pathname relative to chroot jail and __d_path() tells it we it's not in that jail, the sucker just calls d_absolute_path() instead. That's the other remaining caller of __d_path(), BTW. * seq_path_root() does _NOT_ return -ENAMETOOLONG (it's stupid anyway - the normal seq_file logics will take care of growing the buffer and redoing the call of ->show() just fine). However, if it gets path not reachable from root, it returns SEQ_SKIP. The only caller adjusted (i.e. stopped ignoring the return value as it used to do). Reviewed-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> ACKed-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
2011-12-05 20:43:34 +07:00
extern bool our_mnt(struct vfsmount *mnt);
extern __printf(2, 3)
int super_setup_bdi_name(struct super_block *sb, char *fmt, ...);
extern int super_setup_bdi(struct super_block *sb);
extern int current_umask(void);
extern void ihold(struct inode * inode);
extern void iput(struct inode *);
extern int generic_update_time(struct inode *, struct timespec *, int);
/* /sys/fs */
extern struct kobject *fs_kobj;
mm, fs: get rid of PAGE_CACHE_* and page_cache_{get,release} macros PAGE_CACHE_{SIZE,SHIFT,MASK,ALIGN} macros were introduced *long* time ago with promise that one day it will be possible to implement page cache with bigger chunks than PAGE_SIZE. This promise never materialized. And unlikely will. We have many places where PAGE_CACHE_SIZE assumed to be equal to PAGE_SIZE. And it's constant source of confusion on whether PAGE_CACHE_* or PAGE_* constant should be used in a particular case, especially on the border between fs and mm. Global switching to PAGE_CACHE_SIZE != PAGE_SIZE would cause to much breakage to be doable. Let's stop pretending that pages in page cache are special. They are not. The changes are pretty straight-forward: - <foo> << (PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT) -> <foo>; - <foo> >> (PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT) -> <foo>; - PAGE_CACHE_{SIZE,SHIFT,MASK,ALIGN} -> PAGE_{SIZE,SHIFT,MASK,ALIGN}; - page_cache_get() -> get_page(); - page_cache_release() -> put_page(); This patch contains automated changes generated with coccinelle using script below. For some reason, coccinelle doesn't patch header files. I've called spatch for them manually. The only adjustment after coccinelle is revert of changes to PAGE_CAHCE_ALIGN definition: we are going to drop it later. There are few places in the code where coccinelle didn't reach. I'll fix them manually in a separate patch. Comments and documentation also will be addressed with the separate patch. virtual patch @@ expression E; @@ - E << (PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT) + E @@ expression E; @@ - E >> (PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT) + E @@ @@ - PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT + PAGE_SHIFT @@ @@ - PAGE_CACHE_SIZE + PAGE_SIZE @@ @@ - PAGE_CACHE_MASK + PAGE_MASK @@ expression E; @@ - PAGE_CACHE_ALIGN(E) + PAGE_ALIGN(E) @@ expression E; @@ - page_cache_get(E) + get_page(E) @@ expression E; @@ - page_cache_release(E) + put_page(E) Signed-off-by: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com> Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-04-01 19:29:47 +07:00
#define MAX_RW_COUNT (INT_MAX & PAGE_MASK)
#ifdef CONFIG_MANDATORY_FILE_LOCKING
extern int locks_mandatory_locked(struct file *);
extern int locks_mandatory_area(struct inode *, struct file *, loff_t, loff_t, unsigned char);
/*
* Candidates for mandatory locking have the setgid bit set
* but no group execute bit - an otherwise meaningless combination.
*/
static inline int __mandatory_lock(struct inode *ino)
{
return (ino->i_mode & (S_ISGID | S_IXGRP)) == S_ISGID;
}
/*
* ... and these candidates should be on SB_MANDLOCK mounted fs,
* otherwise these will be advisory locks
*/
static inline int mandatory_lock(struct inode *ino)
{
return IS_MANDLOCK(ino) && __mandatory_lock(ino);
}
static inline int locks_verify_locked(struct file *file)
{
if (mandatory_lock(locks_inode(file)))
return locks_mandatory_locked(file);
return 0;
}
static inline int locks_verify_truncate(struct inode *inode,
struct file *f,
loff_t size)
{
if (!inode->i_flctx || !mandatory_lock(inode))
return 0;
if (size < inode->i_size) {
return locks_mandatory_area(inode, f, size, inode->i_size - 1,
F_WRLCK);
} else {
return locks_mandatory_area(inode, f, inode->i_size, size - 1,
F_WRLCK);
}
}
#else /* !CONFIG_MANDATORY_FILE_LOCKING */
static inline int locks_mandatory_locked(struct file *file)
{
return 0;
}
static inline int locks_mandatory_area(struct inode *inode, struct file *filp,
loff_t start, loff_t end, unsigned char type)
{
return 0;
}
static inline int __mandatory_lock(struct inode *inode)
{
return 0;
}
static inline int mandatory_lock(struct inode *inode)
{
return 0;
}
static inline int locks_verify_locked(struct file *file)
{
return 0;
}
static inline int locks_verify_truncate(struct inode *inode, struct file *filp,
size_t size)
{
return 0;
}
#endif /* CONFIG_MANDATORY_FILE_LOCKING */
#ifdef CONFIG_FILE_LOCKING
static inline int break_lease(struct inode *inode, unsigned int mode)
{
/*
* Since this check is lockless, we must ensure that any refcounts
* taken are done before checking i_flctx->flc_lease. Otherwise, we
* could end up racing with tasks trying to set a new lease on this
* file.
*/
smp_mb();
if (inode->i_flctx && !list_empty_careful(&inode->i_flctx->flc_lease))
return __break_lease(inode, mode, FL_LEASE);
return 0;
}
static inline int break_deleg(struct inode *inode, unsigned int mode)
{
/*
* Since this check is lockless, we must ensure that any refcounts
* taken are done before checking i_flctx->flc_lease. Otherwise, we
* could end up racing with tasks trying to set a new lease on this
* file.
*/
smp_mb();
if (inode->i_flctx && !list_empty_careful(&inode->i_flctx->flc_lease))
return __break_lease(inode, mode, FL_DELEG);
return 0;
}
static inline int try_break_deleg(struct inode *inode, struct inode **delegated_inode)
{
int ret;
ret = break_deleg(inode, O_WRONLY|O_NONBLOCK);
if (ret == -EWOULDBLOCK && delegated_inode) {
*delegated_inode = inode;
ihold(inode);
}
return ret;
}
static inline int break_deleg_wait(struct inode **delegated_inode)
{
int ret;
ret = break_deleg(*delegated_inode, O_WRONLY);
iput(*delegated_inode);
*delegated_inode = NULL;
return ret;
}
static inline int break_layout(struct inode *inode, bool wait)
{
smp_mb();
if (inode->i_flctx && !list_empty_careful(&inode->i_flctx->flc_lease))
return __break_lease(inode,
wait ? O_WRONLY : O_WRONLY | O_NONBLOCK,
FL_LAYOUT);
return 0;
}
#else /* !CONFIG_FILE_LOCKING */
static inline int break_lease(struct inode *inode, unsigned int mode)
{
return 0;
}
static inline int break_deleg(struct inode *inode, unsigned int mode)
{
return 0;
}
static inline int try_break_deleg(struct inode *inode, struct inode **delegated_inode)
{
return 0;
}
static inline int break_deleg_wait(struct inode **delegated_inode)
{
BUG();
return 0;
}
static inline int break_layout(struct inode *inode, bool wait)
{
return 0;
}
#endif /* CONFIG_FILE_LOCKING */
/* fs/open.c */
struct audit_names;
struct filename {
const char *name; /* pointer to actual string */
const __user char *uptr; /* original userland pointer */
struct audit_names *aname;
int refcnt;
const char iname[];
};
extern long vfs_truncate(const struct path *, loff_t);
extern int do_truncate(struct dentry *, loff_t start, unsigned int time_attrs,
struct file *filp);
extern int vfs_fallocate(struct file *file, int mode, loff_t offset,
loff_t len);
extern long do_sys_open(int dfd, const char __user *filename, int flags,
umode_t mode);
extern struct file *file_open_name(struct filename *, int, umode_t);
extern struct file *filp_open(const char *, int, umode_t);
extern struct file *file_open_root(struct dentry *, struct vfsmount *,
2016-03-23 04:25:36 +07:00
const char *, int, umode_t);
extern struct file * dentry_open(const struct path *, int, const struct cred *);
extern int filp_close(struct file *, fl_owner_t id);
syscalls: implement execveat() system call This patchset adds execveat(2) for x86, and is derived from Meredydd Luff's patch from Sept 2012 (https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/9/11/528). The primary aim of adding an execveat syscall is to allow an implementation of fexecve(3) that does not rely on the /proc filesystem, at least for executables (rather than scripts). The current glibc version of fexecve(3) is implemented via /proc, which causes problems in sandboxed or otherwise restricted environments. Given the desire for a /proc-free fexecve() implementation, HPA suggested (https://lkml.org/lkml/2006/7/11/556) that an execveat(2) syscall would be an appropriate generalization. Also, having a new syscall means that it can take a flags argument without back-compatibility concerns. The current implementation just defines the AT_EMPTY_PATH and AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW flags, but other flags could be added in future -- for example, flags for new namespaces (as suggested at https://lkml.org/lkml/2006/7/11/474). Related history: - https://lkml.org/lkml/2006/12/27/123 is an example of someone realizing that fexecve() is likely to fail in a chroot environment. - http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=514043 covered documenting the /proc requirement of fexecve(3) in its manpage, to "prevent other people from wasting their time". - https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=241609 described a problem where a process that did setuid() could not fexecve() because it no longer had access to /proc/self/fd; this has since been fixed. This patch (of 4): Add a new execveat(2) system call. execveat() is to execve() as openat() is to open(): it takes a file descriptor that refers to a directory, and resolves the filename relative to that. In addition, if the filename is empty and AT_EMPTY_PATH is specified, execveat() executes the file to which the file descriptor refers. This replicates the functionality of fexecve(), which is a system call in other UNIXen, but in Linux glibc it depends on opening "/proc/self/fd/<fd>" (and so relies on /proc being mounted). The filename fed to the executed program as argv[0] (or the name of the script fed to a script interpreter) will be of the form "/dev/fd/<fd>" (for an empty filename) or "/dev/fd/<fd>/<filename>", effectively reflecting how the executable was found. This does however mean that execution of a script in a /proc-less environment won't work; also, script execution via an O_CLOEXEC file descriptor fails (as the file will not be accessible after exec). Based on patches by Meredydd Luff. Signed-off-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Cc: Meredydd Luff <meredydd@senatehouse.org> Cc: Shuah Khan <shuah.kh@samsung.com> Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Cc: Rich Felker <dalias@aerifal.cx> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2014-12-13 07:57:29 +07:00
extern struct filename *getname_flags(const char __user *, int, int *);
extern struct filename *getname(const char __user *);
extern struct filename *getname_kernel(const char *);
extern void putname(struct filename *name);
enum {
FILE_CREATED = 1,
FILE_OPENED = 2
};
extern int finish_open(struct file *file, struct dentry *dentry,
int (*open)(struct inode *, struct file *),
int *opened);
extern int finish_no_open(struct file *file, struct dentry *dentry);
/* fs/ioctl.c */
extern int ioctl_preallocate(struct file *filp, void __user *argp);
/* fs/dcache.c */
extern void __init vfs_caches_init_early(void);
extern void __init vfs_caches_init(void);
extern struct kmem_cache *names_cachep;
#define __getname() kmem_cache_alloc(names_cachep, GFP_KERNEL)
#define __putname(name) kmem_cache_free(names_cachep, (void *)(name))
[PATCH] BLOCK: Make it possible to disable the block layer [try #6] Make it possible to disable the block layer. Not all embedded devices require it, some can make do with just JFFS2, NFS, ramfs, etc - none of which require the block layer to be present. This patch does the following: (*) Introduces CONFIG_BLOCK to disable the block layer, buffering and blockdev support. (*) Adds dependencies on CONFIG_BLOCK to any configuration item that controls an item that uses the block layer. This includes: (*) Block I/O tracing. (*) Disk partition code. (*) All filesystems that are block based, eg: Ext3, ReiserFS, ISOFS. (*) The SCSI layer. As far as I can tell, even SCSI chardevs use the block layer to do scheduling. Some drivers that use SCSI facilities - such as USB storage - end up disabled indirectly from this. (*) Various block-based device drivers, such as IDE and the old CDROM drivers. (*) MTD blockdev handling and FTL. (*) JFFS - which uses set_bdev_super(), something it could avoid doing by taking a leaf out of JFFS2's book. (*) Makes most of the contents of linux/blkdev.h, linux/buffer_head.h and linux/elevator.h contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK being set. sector_div() is, however, still used in places, and so is still available. (*) Also made contingent are the contents of linux/mpage.h, linux/genhd.h and parts of linux/fs.h. (*) Makes a number of files in fs/ contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes mm/bounce.c (bounce buffering) contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) set_page_dirty() doesn't call __set_page_dirty_buffers() if CONFIG_BLOCK is not enabled. (*) fs/no-block.c is created to hold out-of-line stubs and things that are required when CONFIG_BLOCK is not set: (*) Default blockdev file operations (to give error ENODEV on opening). (*) Makes some /proc changes: (*) /proc/devices does not list any blockdevs. (*) /proc/diskstats and /proc/partitions are contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes some compat ioctl handling contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) If CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined, makes sys_quotactl() return -ENODEV if given command other than Q_SYNC or if a special device is specified. (*) In init/do_mounts.c, no reference is made to the blockdev routines if CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined. This does not prohibit NFS roots or JFFS2. (*) The bdflush, ioprio_set and ioprio_get syscalls can now be absent (return error ENOSYS by way of cond_syscall if so). (*) The seclvl_bd_claim() and seclvl_bd_release() security calls do nothing if CONFIG_BLOCK is not set, since they can't then happen. Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2006-10-01 01:45:40 +07:00
#ifdef CONFIG_BLOCK
extern int register_blkdev(unsigned int, const char *);
extern void unregister_blkdev(unsigned int, const char *);
extern void bdev_unhash_inode(dev_t dev);
extern struct block_device *bdget(dev_t);
extern struct block_device *bdgrab(struct block_device *bdev);
extern void bd_set_size(struct block_device *, loff_t size);
extern void bd_forget(struct inode *inode);
extern void bdput(struct block_device *);
extern void invalidate_bdev(struct block_device *);
extern void iterate_bdevs(void (*)(struct block_device *, void *), void *);
extern int sync_blockdev(struct block_device *bdev);
extern void kill_bdev(struct block_device *);
extern struct super_block *freeze_bdev(struct block_device *);
extern void emergency_thaw_all(void);
extern int thaw_bdev(struct block_device *bdev, struct super_block *sb);
extern int fsync_bdev(struct block_device *);
extern struct super_block *blockdev_superblock;
static inline bool sb_is_blkdev_sb(struct super_block *sb)
{
return sb == blockdev_superblock;
}
[PATCH] BLOCK: Make it possible to disable the block layer [try #6] Make it possible to disable the block layer. Not all embedded devices require it, some can make do with just JFFS2, NFS, ramfs, etc - none of which require the block layer to be present. This patch does the following: (*) Introduces CONFIG_BLOCK to disable the block layer, buffering and blockdev support. (*) Adds dependencies on CONFIG_BLOCK to any configuration item that controls an item that uses the block layer. This includes: (*) Block I/O tracing. (*) Disk partition code. (*) All filesystems that are block based, eg: Ext3, ReiserFS, ISOFS. (*) The SCSI layer. As far as I can tell, even SCSI chardevs use the block layer to do scheduling. Some drivers that use SCSI facilities - such as USB storage - end up disabled indirectly from this. (*) Various block-based device drivers, such as IDE and the old CDROM drivers. (*) MTD blockdev handling and FTL. (*) JFFS - which uses set_bdev_super(), something it could avoid doing by taking a leaf out of JFFS2's book. (*) Makes most of the contents of linux/blkdev.h, linux/buffer_head.h and linux/elevator.h contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK being set. sector_div() is, however, still used in places, and so is still available. (*) Also made contingent are the contents of linux/mpage.h, linux/genhd.h and parts of linux/fs.h. (*) Makes a number of files in fs/ contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes mm/bounce.c (bounce buffering) contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) set_page_dirty() doesn't call __set_page_dirty_buffers() if CONFIG_BLOCK is not enabled. (*) fs/no-block.c is created to hold out-of-line stubs and things that are required when CONFIG_BLOCK is not set: (*) Default blockdev file operations (to give error ENODEV on opening). (*) Makes some /proc changes: (*) /proc/devices does not list any blockdevs. (*) /proc/diskstats and /proc/partitions are contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes some compat ioctl handling contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) If CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined, makes sys_quotactl() return -ENODEV if given command other than Q_SYNC or if a special device is specified. (*) In init/do_mounts.c, no reference is made to the blockdev routines if CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined. This does not prohibit NFS roots or JFFS2. (*) The bdflush, ioprio_set and ioprio_get syscalls can now be absent (return error ENOSYS by way of cond_syscall if so). (*) The seclvl_bd_claim() and seclvl_bd_release() security calls do nothing if CONFIG_BLOCK is not set, since they can't then happen. Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2006-10-01 01:45:40 +07:00
#else
static inline void bd_forget(struct inode *inode) {}
static inline int sync_blockdev(struct block_device *bdev) { return 0; }
static inline void kill_bdev(struct block_device *bdev) {}
static inline void invalidate_bdev(struct block_device *bdev) {}
static inline struct super_block *freeze_bdev(struct block_device *sb)
{
return NULL;
}
static inline int thaw_bdev(struct block_device *bdev, struct super_block *sb)
{
return 0;
}
static inline void iterate_bdevs(void (*f)(struct block_device *, void *), void *arg)
{
}
static inline bool sb_is_blkdev_sb(struct super_block *sb)
{
return false;
}
[PATCH] BLOCK: Make it possible to disable the block layer [try #6] Make it possible to disable the block layer. Not all embedded devices require it, some can make do with just JFFS2, NFS, ramfs, etc - none of which require the block layer to be present. This patch does the following: (*) Introduces CONFIG_BLOCK to disable the block layer, buffering and blockdev support. (*) Adds dependencies on CONFIG_BLOCK to any configuration item that controls an item that uses the block layer. This includes: (*) Block I/O tracing. (*) Disk partition code. (*) All filesystems that are block based, eg: Ext3, ReiserFS, ISOFS. (*) The SCSI layer. As far as I can tell, even SCSI chardevs use the block layer to do scheduling. Some drivers that use SCSI facilities - such as USB storage - end up disabled indirectly from this. (*) Various block-based device drivers, such as IDE and the old CDROM drivers. (*) MTD blockdev handling and FTL. (*) JFFS - which uses set_bdev_super(), something it could avoid doing by taking a leaf out of JFFS2's book. (*) Makes most of the contents of linux/blkdev.h, linux/buffer_head.h and linux/elevator.h contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK being set. sector_div() is, however, still used in places, and so is still available. (*) Also made contingent are the contents of linux/mpage.h, linux/genhd.h and parts of linux/fs.h. (*) Makes a number of files in fs/ contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes mm/bounce.c (bounce buffering) contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) set_page_dirty() doesn't call __set_page_dirty_buffers() if CONFIG_BLOCK is not enabled. (*) fs/no-block.c is created to hold out-of-line stubs and things that are required when CONFIG_BLOCK is not set: (*) Default blockdev file operations (to give error ENODEV on opening). (*) Makes some /proc changes: (*) /proc/devices does not list any blockdevs. (*) /proc/diskstats and /proc/partitions are contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes some compat ioctl handling contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) If CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined, makes sys_quotactl() return -ENODEV if given command other than Q_SYNC or if a special device is specified. (*) In init/do_mounts.c, no reference is made to the blockdev routines if CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined. This does not prohibit NFS roots or JFFS2. (*) The bdflush, ioprio_set and ioprio_get syscalls can now be absent (return error ENOSYS by way of cond_syscall if so). (*) The seclvl_bd_claim() and seclvl_bd_release() security calls do nothing if CONFIG_BLOCK is not set, since they can't then happen. Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2006-10-01 01:45:40 +07:00
#endif
extern int sync_filesystem(struct super_block *);
[PATCH] BLOCK: Make it possible to disable the block layer [try #6] Make it possible to disable the block layer. Not all embedded devices require it, some can make do with just JFFS2, NFS, ramfs, etc - none of which require the block layer to be present. This patch does the following: (*) Introduces CONFIG_BLOCK to disable the block layer, buffering and blockdev support. (*) Adds dependencies on CONFIG_BLOCK to any configuration item that controls an item that uses the block layer. This includes: (*) Block I/O tracing. (*) Disk partition code. (*) All filesystems that are block based, eg: Ext3, ReiserFS, ISOFS. (*) The SCSI layer. As far as I can tell, even SCSI chardevs use the block layer to do scheduling. Some drivers that use SCSI facilities - such as USB storage - end up disabled indirectly from this. (*) Various block-based device drivers, such as IDE and the old CDROM drivers. (*) MTD blockdev handling and FTL. (*) JFFS - which uses set_bdev_super(), something it could avoid doing by taking a leaf out of JFFS2's book. (*) Makes most of the contents of linux/blkdev.h, linux/buffer_head.h and linux/elevator.h contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK being set. sector_div() is, however, still used in places, and so is still available. (*) Also made contingent are the contents of linux/mpage.h, linux/genhd.h and parts of linux/fs.h. (*) Makes a number of files in fs/ contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes mm/bounce.c (bounce buffering) contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) set_page_dirty() doesn't call __set_page_dirty_buffers() if CONFIG_BLOCK is not enabled. (*) fs/no-block.c is created to hold out-of-line stubs and things that are required when CONFIG_BLOCK is not set: (*) Default blockdev file operations (to give error ENODEV on opening). (*) Makes some /proc changes: (*) /proc/devices does not list any blockdevs. (*) /proc/diskstats and /proc/partitions are contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes some compat ioctl handling contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) If CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined, makes sys_quotactl() return -ENODEV if given command other than Q_SYNC or if a special device is specified. (*) In init/do_mounts.c, no reference is made to the blockdev routines if CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined. This does not prohibit NFS roots or JFFS2. (*) The bdflush, ioprio_set and ioprio_get syscalls can now be absent (return error ENOSYS by way of cond_syscall if so). (*) The seclvl_bd_claim() and seclvl_bd_release() security calls do nothing if CONFIG_BLOCK is not set, since they can't then happen. Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2006-10-01 01:45:40 +07:00
extern const struct file_operations def_blk_fops;
extern const struct file_operations def_chr_fops;
[PATCH] BLOCK: Make it possible to disable the block layer [try #6] Make it possible to disable the block layer. Not all embedded devices require it, some can make do with just JFFS2, NFS, ramfs, etc - none of which require the block layer to be present. This patch does the following: (*) Introduces CONFIG_BLOCK to disable the block layer, buffering and blockdev support. (*) Adds dependencies on CONFIG_BLOCK to any configuration item that controls an item that uses the block layer. This includes: (*) Block I/O tracing. (*) Disk partition code. (*) All filesystems that are block based, eg: Ext3, ReiserFS, ISOFS. (*) The SCSI layer. As far as I can tell, even SCSI chardevs use the block layer to do scheduling. Some drivers that use SCSI facilities - such as USB storage - end up disabled indirectly from this. (*) Various block-based device drivers, such as IDE and the old CDROM drivers. (*) MTD blockdev handling and FTL. (*) JFFS - which uses set_bdev_super(), something it could avoid doing by taking a leaf out of JFFS2's book. (*) Makes most of the contents of linux/blkdev.h, linux/buffer_head.h and linux/elevator.h contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK being set. sector_div() is, however, still used in places, and so is still available. (*) Also made contingent are the contents of linux/mpage.h, linux/genhd.h and parts of linux/fs.h. (*) Makes a number of files in fs/ contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes mm/bounce.c (bounce buffering) contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) set_page_dirty() doesn't call __set_page_dirty_buffers() if CONFIG_BLOCK is not enabled. (*) fs/no-block.c is created to hold out-of-line stubs and things that are required when CONFIG_BLOCK is not set: (*) Default blockdev file operations (to give error ENODEV on opening). (*) Makes some /proc changes: (*) /proc/devices does not list any blockdevs. (*) /proc/diskstats and /proc/partitions are contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes some compat ioctl handling contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) If CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined, makes sys_quotactl() return -ENODEV if given command other than Q_SYNC or if a special device is specified. (*) In init/do_mounts.c, no reference is made to the blockdev routines if CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined. This does not prohibit NFS roots or JFFS2. (*) The bdflush, ioprio_set and ioprio_get syscalls can now be absent (return error ENOSYS by way of cond_syscall if so). (*) The seclvl_bd_claim() and seclvl_bd_release() security calls do nothing if CONFIG_BLOCK is not set, since they can't then happen. Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2006-10-01 01:45:40 +07:00
#ifdef CONFIG_BLOCK
extern int ioctl_by_bdev(struct block_device *, unsigned, unsigned long);
extern int blkdev_ioctl(struct block_device *, fmode_t, unsigned, unsigned long);
extern long compat_blkdev_ioctl(struct file *, unsigned, unsigned long);
block: make blkdev_get/put() handle exclusive access Over time, block layer has accumulated a set of APIs dealing with bdev open, close, claim and release. * blkdev_get/put() are the primary open and close functions. * bd_claim/release() deal with exclusive open. * open/close_bdev_exclusive() are combination of open and claim and the other way around, respectively. * bd_link/unlink_disk_holder() to create and remove holder/slave symlinks. * open_by_devnum() wraps bdget() + blkdev_get(). The interface is a bit confusing and the decoupling of open and claim makes it impossible to properly guarantee exclusive access as in-kernel open + claim sequence can disturb the existing exclusive open even before the block layer knows the current open if for another exclusive access. Reorganize the interface such that, * blkdev_get() is extended to include exclusive access management. @holder argument is added and, if is @FMODE_EXCL specified, it will gain exclusive access atomically w.r.t. other exclusive accesses. * blkdev_put() is similarly extended. It now takes @mode argument and if @FMODE_EXCL is set, it releases an exclusive access. Also, when the last exclusive claim is released, the holder/slave symlinks are removed automatically. * bd_claim/release() and close_bdev_exclusive() are no longer necessary and either made static or removed. * bd_link_disk_holder() remains the same but bd_unlink_disk_holder() is no longer necessary and removed. * open_bdev_exclusive() becomes a simple wrapper around lookup_bdev() and blkdev_get(). It also has an unexpected extra bdev_read_only() test which probably should be moved into blkdev_get(). * open_by_devnum() is modified to take @holder argument and pass it to blkdev_get(). Most of bdev open/close operations are unified into blkdev_get/put() and most exclusive accesses are tested atomically at the open time (as it should). This cleans up code and removes some, both valid and invalid, but unnecessary all the same, corner cases. open_bdev_exclusive() and open_by_devnum() can use further cleanup - rename to blkdev_get_by_path() and blkdev_get_by_devt() and drop special features. Well, let's leave them for another day. Most conversions are straight-forward. drbd conversion is a bit more involved as there was some reordering, but the logic should stay the same. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Acked-by: Ryusuke Konishi <konishi.ryusuke@lab.ntt.co.jp> Acked-by: Mike Snitzer <snitzer@redhat.com> Acked-by: Philipp Reisner <philipp.reisner@linbit.com> Cc: Peter Osterlund <petero2@telia.com> Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com> Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com> Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Andreas Dilger <adilger.kernel@dilger.ca> Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: Mark Fasheh <mfasheh@suse.com> Cc: Joel Becker <joel.becker@oracle.com> Cc: Alex Elder <aelder@sgi.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Cc: dm-devel@redhat.com Cc: drbd-dev@lists.linbit.com Cc: Leo Chen <leochen@broadcom.com> Cc: Scott Branden <sbranden@broadcom.com> Cc: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com> Cc: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com> Cc: Dave Kleikamp <shaggy@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Cc: Joern Engel <joern@logfs.org> Cc: reiserfs-devel@vger.kernel.org Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2010-11-13 17:55:17 +07:00
extern int blkdev_get(struct block_device *bdev, fmode_t mode, void *holder);
extern struct block_device *blkdev_get_by_path(const char *path, fmode_t mode,
void *holder);
extern struct block_device *blkdev_get_by_dev(dev_t dev, fmode_t mode,
void *holder);
extern void blkdev_put(struct block_device *bdev, fmode_t mode);
extern int __blkdev_reread_part(struct block_device *bdev);
extern int blkdev_reread_part(struct block_device *bdev);
#ifdef CONFIG_SYSFS
extern int bd_link_disk_holder(struct block_device *bdev, struct gendisk *disk);
extern void bd_unlink_disk_holder(struct block_device *bdev,
struct gendisk *disk);
#else
static inline int bd_link_disk_holder(struct block_device *bdev,
struct gendisk *disk)
{
return 0;
}
static inline void bd_unlink_disk_holder(struct block_device *bdev,
struct gendisk *disk)
{
}
#endif
[PATCH] BLOCK: Make it possible to disable the block layer [try #6] Make it possible to disable the block layer. Not all embedded devices require it, some can make do with just JFFS2, NFS, ramfs, etc - none of which require the block layer to be present. This patch does the following: (*) Introduces CONFIG_BLOCK to disable the block layer, buffering and blockdev support. (*) Adds dependencies on CONFIG_BLOCK to any configuration item that controls an item that uses the block layer. This includes: (*) Block I/O tracing. (*) Disk partition code. (*) All filesystems that are block based, eg: Ext3, ReiserFS, ISOFS. (*) The SCSI layer. As far as I can tell, even SCSI chardevs use the block layer to do scheduling. Some drivers that use SCSI facilities - such as USB storage - end up disabled indirectly from this. (*) Various block-based device drivers, such as IDE and the old CDROM drivers. (*) MTD blockdev handling and FTL. (*) JFFS - which uses set_bdev_super(), something it could avoid doing by taking a leaf out of JFFS2's book. (*) Makes most of the contents of linux/blkdev.h, linux/buffer_head.h and linux/elevator.h contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK being set. sector_div() is, however, still used in places, and so is still available. (*) Also made contingent are the contents of linux/mpage.h, linux/genhd.h and parts of linux/fs.h. (*) Makes a number of files in fs/ contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes mm/bounce.c (bounce buffering) contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) set_page_dirty() doesn't call __set_page_dirty_buffers() if CONFIG_BLOCK is not enabled. (*) fs/no-block.c is created to hold out-of-line stubs and things that are required when CONFIG_BLOCK is not set: (*) Default blockdev file operations (to give error ENODEV on opening). (*) Makes some /proc changes: (*) /proc/devices does not list any blockdevs. (*) /proc/diskstats and /proc/partitions are contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes some compat ioctl handling contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) If CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined, makes sys_quotactl() return -ENODEV if given command other than Q_SYNC or if a special device is specified. (*) In init/do_mounts.c, no reference is made to the blockdev routines if CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined. This does not prohibit NFS roots or JFFS2. (*) The bdflush, ioprio_set and ioprio_get syscalls can now be absent (return error ENOSYS by way of cond_syscall if so). (*) The seclvl_bd_claim() and seclvl_bd_release() security calls do nothing if CONFIG_BLOCK is not set, since they can't then happen. Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2006-10-01 01:45:40 +07:00
#endif
/* fs/char_dev.c */
#define CHRDEV_MAJOR_MAX 512
/* Marks the bottom of the first segment of free char majors */
#define CHRDEV_MAJOR_DYN_END 234
/* Marks the top and bottom of the second segment of free char majors */
#define CHRDEV_MAJOR_DYN_EXT_START 511
#define CHRDEV_MAJOR_DYN_EXT_END 384
extern int alloc_chrdev_region(dev_t *, unsigned, unsigned, const char *);
extern int register_chrdev_region(dev_t, unsigned, const char *);
extern int __register_chrdev(unsigned int major, unsigned int baseminor,
unsigned int count, const char *name,
const struct file_operations *fops);
extern void __unregister_chrdev(unsigned int major, unsigned int baseminor,
unsigned int count, const char *name);
extern void unregister_chrdev_region(dev_t, unsigned);
extern void chrdev_show(struct seq_file *,off_t);
static inline int register_chrdev(unsigned int major, const char *name,
const struct file_operations *fops)
{
return __register_chrdev(major, 0, 256, name, fops);
}
static inline void unregister_chrdev(unsigned int major, const char *name)
{
__unregister_chrdev(major, 0, 256, name);
}
/* fs/block_dev.c */
#define BDEVNAME_SIZE 32 /* Largest string for a blockdev identifier */
#define BDEVT_SIZE 10 /* Largest string for MAJ:MIN for blkdev */
[PATCH] BLOCK: Make it possible to disable the block layer [try #6] Make it possible to disable the block layer. Not all embedded devices require it, some can make do with just JFFS2, NFS, ramfs, etc - none of which require the block layer to be present. This patch does the following: (*) Introduces CONFIG_BLOCK to disable the block layer, buffering and blockdev support. (*) Adds dependencies on CONFIG_BLOCK to any configuration item that controls an item that uses the block layer. This includes: (*) Block I/O tracing. (*) Disk partition code. (*) All filesystems that are block based, eg: Ext3, ReiserFS, ISOFS. (*) The SCSI layer. As far as I can tell, even SCSI chardevs use the block layer to do scheduling. Some drivers that use SCSI facilities - such as USB storage - end up disabled indirectly from this. (*) Various block-based device drivers, such as IDE and the old CDROM drivers. (*) MTD blockdev handling and FTL. (*) JFFS - which uses set_bdev_super(), something it could avoid doing by taking a leaf out of JFFS2's book. (*) Makes most of the contents of linux/blkdev.h, linux/buffer_head.h and linux/elevator.h contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK being set. sector_div() is, however, still used in places, and so is still available. (*) Also made contingent are the contents of linux/mpage.h, linux/genhd.h and parts of linux/fs.h. (*) Makes a number of files in fs/ contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes mm/bounce.c (bounce buffering) contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) set_page_dirty() doesn't call __set_page_dirty_buffers() if CONFIG_BLOCK is not enabled. (*) fs/no-block.c is created to hold out-of-line stubs and things that are required when CONFIG_BLOCK is not set: (*) Default blockdev file operations (to give error ENODEV on opening). (*) Makes some /proc changes: (*) /proc/devices does not list any blockdevs. (*) /proc/diskstats and /proc/partitions are contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes some compat ioctl handling contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) If CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined, makes sys_quotactl() return -ENODEV if given command other than Q_SYNC or if a special device is specified. (*) In init/do_mounts.c, no reference is made to the blockdev routines if CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined. This does not prohibit NFS roots or JFFS2. (*) The bdflush, ioprio_set and ioprio_get syscalls can now be absent (return error ENOSYS by way of cond_syscall if so). (*) The seclvl_bd_claim() and seclvl_bd_release() security calls do nothing if CONFIG_BLOCK is not set, since they can't then happen. Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2006-10-01 01:45:40 +07:00
#ifdef CONFIG_BLOCK
#define BLKDEV_MAJOR_MAX 512
extern const char *__bdevname(dev_t, char *buffer);
extern const char *bdevname(struct block_device *bdev, char *buffer);
extern struct block_device *lookup_bdev(const char *);
extern void blkdev_show(struct seq_file *,off_t);
[PATCH] BLOCK: Make it possible to disable the block layer [try #6] Make it possible to disable the block layer. Not all embedded devices require it, some can make do with just JFFS2, NFS, ramfs, etc - none of which require the block layer to be present. This patch does the following: (*) Introduces CONFIG_BLOCK to disable the block layer, buffering and blockdev support. (*) Adds dependencies on CONFIG_BLOCK to any configuration item that controls an item that uses the block layer. This includes: (*) Block I/O tracing. (*) Disk partition code. (*) All filesystems that are block based, eg: Ext3, ReiserFS, ISOFS. (*) The SCSI layer. As far as I can tell, even SCSI chardevs use the block layer to do scheduling. Some drivers that use SCSI facilities - such as USB storage - end up disabled indirectly from this. (*) Various block-based device drivers, such as IDE and the old CDROM drivers. (*) MTD blockdev handling and FTL. (*) JFFS - which uses set_bdev_super(), something it could avoid doing by taking a leaf out of JFFS2's book. (*) Makes most of the contents of linux/blkdev.h, linux/buffer_head.h and linux/elevator.h contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK being set. sector_div() is, however, still used in places, and so is still available. (*) Also made contingent are the contents of linux/mpage.h, linux/genhd.h and parts of linux/fs.h. (*) Makes a number of files in fs/ contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes mm/bounce.c (bounce buffering) contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) set_page_dirty() doesn't call __set_page_dirty_buffers() if CONFIG_BLOCK is not enabled. (*) fs/no-block.c is created to hold out-of-line stubs and things that are required when CONFIG_BLOCK is not set: (*) Default blockdev file operations (to give error ENODEV on opening). (*) Makes some /proc changes: (*) /proc/devices does not list any blockdevs. (*) /proc/diskstats and /proc/partitions are contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes some compat ioctl handling contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) If CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined, makes sys_quotactl() return -ENODEV if given command other than Q_SYNC or if a special device is specified. (*) In init/do_mounts.c, no reference is made to the blockdev routines if CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined. This does not prohibit NFS roots or JFFS2. (*) The bdflush, ioprio_set and ioprio_get syscalls can now be absent (return error ENOSYS by way of cond_syscall if so). (*) The seclvl_bd_claim() and seclvl_bd_release() security calls do nothing if CONFIG_BLOCK is not set, since they can't then happen. Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2006-10-01 01:45:40 +07:00
#else
#define BLKDEV_MAJOR_MAX 0
[PATCH] BLOCK: Make it possible to disable the block layer [try #6] Make it possible to disable the block layer. Not all embedded devices require it, some can make do with just JFFS2, NFS, ramfs, etc - none of which require the block layer to be present. This patch does the following: (*) Introduces CONFIG_BLOCK to disable the block layer, buffering and blockdev support. (*) Adds dependencies on CONFIG_BLOCK to any configuration item that controls an item that uses the block layer. This includes: (*) Block I/O tracing. (*) Disk partition code. (*) All filesystems that are block based, eg: Ext3, ReiserFS, ISOFS. (*) The SCSI layer. As far as I can tell, even SCSI chardevs use the block layer to do scheduling. Some drivers that use SCSI facilities - such as USB storage - end up disabled indirectly from this. (*) Various block-based device drivers, such as IDE and the old CDROM drivers. (*) MTD blockdev handling and FTL. (*) JFFS - which uses set_bdev_super(), something it could avoid doing by taking a leaf out of JFFS2's book. (*) Makes most of the contents of linux/blkdev.h, linux/buffer_head.h and linux/elevator.h contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK being set. sector_div() is, however, still used in places, and so is still available. (*) Also made contingent are the contents of linux/mpage.h, linux/genhd.h and parts of linux/fs.h. (*) Makes a number of files in fs/ contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes mm/bounce.c (bounce buffering) contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) set_page_dirty() doesn't call __set_page_dirty_buffers() if CONFIG_BLOCK is not enabled. (*) fs/no-block.c is created to hold out-of-line stubs and things that are required when CONFIG_BLOCK is not set: (*) Default blockdev file operations (to give error ENODEV on opening). (*) Makes some /proc changes: (*) /proc/devices does not list any blockdevs. (*) /proc/diskstats and /proc/partitions are contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes some compat ioctl handling contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) If CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined, makes sys_quotactl() return -ENODEV if given command other than Q_SYNC or if a special device is specified. (*) In init/do_mounts.c, no reference is made to the blockdev routines if CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined. This does not prohibit NFS roots or JFFS2. (*) The bdflush, ioprio_set and ioprio_get syscalls can now be absent (return error ENOSYS by way of cond_syscall if so). (*) The seclvl_bd_claim() and seclvl_bd_release() security calls do nothing if CONFIG_BLOCK is not set, since they can't then happen. Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2006-10-01 01:45:40 +07:00
#endif
extern void init_special_inode(struct inode *, umode_t, dev_t);
/* Invalid inode operations -- fs/bad_inode.c */
extern void make_bad_inode(struct inode *);
extern bool is_bad_inode(struct inode *);
#ifdef CONFIG_BLOCK
extern void check_disk_size_change(struct gendisk *disk,
struct block_device *bdev);
extern int revalidate_disk(struct gendisk *);
extern int check_disk_change(struct block_device *);
Fix over-zealous flush_disk when changing device size. There are two cases when we call flush_disk. In one, the device has disappeared (check_disk_change) so any data will hold becomes irrelevant. In the oter, the device has changed size (check_disk_size_change) so data we hold may be irrelevant. In both cases it makes sense to discard any 'clean' buffers, so they will be read back from the device if needed. In the former case it makes sense to discard 'dirty' buffers as there will never be anywhere safe to write the data. In the second case it *does*not* make sense to discard dirty buffers as that will lead to file system corruption when you simply enlarge the containing devices. flush_disk calls __invalidate_devices. __invalidate_device calls both invalidate_inodes and invalidate_bdev. invalidate_inodes *does* discard I_DIRTY inodes and this does lead to fs corruption. invalidate_bev *does*not* discard dirty pages, but I don't really care about that at present. So this patch adds a flag to __invalidate_device (calling it __invalidate_device2) to indicate whether dirty buffers should be killed, and this is passed to invalidate_inodes which can choose to skip dirty inodes. flusk_disk then passes true from check_disk_change and false from check_disk_size_change. dm avoids tripping over this problem by calling i_size_write directly rathher than using check_disk_size_change. md does use check_disk_size_change and so is affected. This regression was introduced by commit 608aeef17a which causes check_disk_size_change to call flush_disk, so it is suitable for any kernel since 2.6.27. Cc: stable@kernel.org Acked-by: Jeff Moyer <jmoyer@redhat.com> Cc: Andrew Patterson <andrew.patterson@hp.com> Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
2011-02-24 13:25:47 +07:00
extern int __invalidate_device(struct block_device *, bool);
extern int invalidate_partition(struct gendisk *, int);
[PATCH] BLOCK: Make it possible to disable the block layer [try #6] Make it possible to disable the block layer. Not all embedded devices require it, some can make do with just JFFS2, NFS, ramfs, etc - none of which require the block layer to be present. This patch does the following: (*) Introduces CONFIG_BLOCK to disable the block layer, buffering and blockdev support. (*) Adds dependencies on CONFIG_BLOCK to any configuration item that controls an item that uses the block layer. This includes: (*) Block I/O tracing. (*) Disk partition code. (*) All filesystems that are block based, eg: Ext3, ReiserFS, ISOFS. (*) The SCSI layer. As far as I can tell, even SCSI chardevs use the block layer to do scheduling. Some drivers that use SCSI facilities - such as USB storage - end up disabled indirectly from this. (*) Various block-based device drivers, such as IDE and the old CDROM drivers. (*) MTD blockdev handling and FTL. (*) JFFS - which uses set_bdev_super(), something it could avoid doing by taking a leaf out of JFFS2's book. (*) Makes most of the contents of linux/blkdev.h, linux/buffer_head.h and linux/elevator.h contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK being set. sector_div() is, however, still used in places, and so is still available. (*) Also made contingent are the contents of linux/mpage.h, linux/genhd.h and parts of linux/fs.h. (*) Makes a number of files in fs/ contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes mm/bounce.c (bounce buffering) contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) set_page_dirty() doesn't call __set_page_dirty_buffers() if CONFIG_BLOCK is not enabled. (*) fs/no-block.c is created to hold out-of-line stubs and things that are required when CONFIG_BLOCK is not set: (*) Default blockdev file operations (to give error ENODEV on opening). (*) Makes some /proc changes: (*) /proc/devices does not list any blockdevs. (*) /proc/diskstats and /proc/partitions are contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes some compat ioctl handling contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) If CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined, makes sys_quotactl() return -ENODEV if given command other than Q_SYNC or if a special device is specified. (*) In init/do_mounts.c, no reference is made to the blockdev routines if CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined. This does not prohibit NFS roots or JFFS2. (*) The bdflush, ioprio_set and ioprio_get syscalls can now be absent (return error ENOSYS by way of cond_syscall if so). (*) The seclvl_bd_claim() and seclvl_bd_release() security calls do nothing if CONFIG_BLOCK is not set, since they can't then happen. Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2006-10-01 01:45:40 +07:00
#endif
unsigned long invalidate_mapping_pages(struct address_space *mapping,
pgoff_t start, pgoff_t end);
static inline void invalidate_remote_inode(struct inode *inode)
{
if (S_ISREG(inode->i_mode) || S_ISDIR(inode->i_mode) ||
S_ISLNK(inode->i_mode))
invalidate_mapping_pages(inode->i_mapping, 0, -1);
}
extern int invalidate_inode_pages2(struct address_space *mapping);
extern int invalidate_inode_pages2_range(struct address_space *mapping,
pgoff_t start, pgoff_t end);
extern int write_inode_now(struct inode *, int);
extern int filemap_fdatawrite(struct address_space *);
extern int filemap_flush(struct address_space *);
extern int filemap_fdatawait_keep_errors(struct address_space *mapping);
extern int filemap_fdatawait_range(struct address_space *, loff_t lstart,
loff_t lend);
static inline int filemap_fdatawait(struct address_space *mapping)
{
return filemap_fdatawait_range(mapping, 0, LLONG_MAX);
}
extern bool filemap_range_has_page(struct address_space *, loff_t lstart,
loff_t lend);
extern int __must_check file_fdatawait_range(struct file *file, loff_t lstart,
loff_t lend);
extern int filemap_write_and_wait(struct address_space *mapping);
extern int filemap_write_and_wait_range(struct address_space *mapping,
loff_t lstart, loff_t lend);
[PATCH] fadvise(): write commands Add two new linux-specific fadvise extensions(): LINUX_FADV_ASYNC_WRITE: start async writeout of any dirty pages between file offsets `offset' and `offset+len'. Any pages which are currently under writeout are skipped, whether or not they are dirty. LINUX_FADV_WRITE_WAIT: wait upon writeout of any dirty pages between file offsets `offset' and `offset+len'. By combining these two operations the application may do several things: LINUX_FADV_ASYNC_WRITE: push some or all of the dirty pages at the disk. LINUX_FADV_WRITE_WAIT, LINUX_FADV_ASYNC_WRITE: push all of the currently dirty pages at the disk. LINUX_FADV_WRITE_WAIT, LINUX_FADV_ASYNC_WRITE, LINUX_FADV_WRITE_WAIT: push all of the currently dirty pages at the disk, wait until they have been written. It should be noted that none of these operations write out the file's metadata. So unless the application is strictly performing overwrites of already-instantiated disk blocks, there are no guarantees here that the data will be available after a crash. To complete this suite of operations I guess we should have a "sync file metadata only" operation. This gives applications access to all the building blocks needed for all sorts of sync operations. But sync-metadata doesn't fit well with the fadvise() interface. Probably it should be a new syscall: sys_fmetadatasync(). The patch also diddles with the meaning of `endbyte' in sys_fadvise64_64(). It is made to represent that last affected byte in the file (ie: it is inclusive). Generally, all these byterange and pagerange functions are inclusive so we can easily represent EOF with -1. As Ulrich notes, these two functions are somewhat abusive of the fadvise() concept, which appears to be "set the future policy for this fd". But these commands are a perfect fit with the fadvise() impementation, and several of the existing fadvise() commands are synchronous and don't affect future policy either. I think we can live with the slight incongruity. Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-03-24 18:18:04 +07:00
extern int __filemap_fdatawrite_range(struct address_space *mapping,
loff_t start, loff_t end, int sync_mode);
extern int filemap_fdatawrite_range(struct address_space *mapping,
loff_t start, loff_t end);
extern int filemap_check_errors(struct address_space *mapping);
fs: new infrastructure for writeback error handling and reporting Most filesystems currently use mapping_set_error and filemap_check_errors for setting and reporting/clearing writeback errors at the mapping level. filemap_check_errors is indirectly called from most of the filemap_fdatawait_* functions and from filemap_write_and_wait*. These functions are called from all sorts of contexts to wait on writeback to finish -- e.g. mostly in fsync, but also in truncate calls, getattr, etc. The non-fsync callers are problematic. We should be reporting writeback errors during fsync, but many places spread over the tree clear out errors before they can be properly reported, or report errors at nonsensical times. If I get -EIO on a stat() call, there is no reason for me to assume that it is because some previous writeback failed. The fact that it also clears out the error such that a subsequent fsync returns 0 is a bug, and a nasty one since that's potentially silent data corruption. This patch adds a small bit of new infrastructure for setting and reporting errors during address_space writeback. While the above was my original impetus for adding this, I think it's also the case that current fsync semantics are just problematic for userland. Most applications that call fsync do so to ensure that the data they wrote has hit the backing store. In the case where there are multiple writers to the file at the same time, this is really hard to determine. The first one to call fsync will see any stored error, and the rest get back 0. The processes with open fds may not be associated with one another in any way. They could even be in different containers, so ensuring coordination between all fsync callers is not really an option. One way to remedy this would be to track what file descriptor was used to dirty the file, but that's rather cumbersome and would likely be slow. However, there is a simpler way to improve the semantics here without incurring too much overhead. This set adds an errseq_t to struct address_space, and a corresponding one is added to struct file. Writeback errors are recorded in the mapping's errseq_t, and the one in struct file is used as the "since" value. This changes the semantics of the Linux fsync implementation such that applications can now use it to determine whether there were any writeback errors since fsync(fd) was last called (or since the file was opened in the case of fsync having never been called). Note that those writeback errors may have occurred when writing data that was dirtied via an entirely different fd, but that's the case now with the current mapping_set_error/filemap_check_error infrastructure. This will at least prevent you from getting a false report of success. The new behavior is still consistent with the POSIX spec, and is more reliable for application developers. This patch just adds some basic infrastructure for doing this, and ensures that the f_wb_err "cursor" is properly set when a file is opened. Later patches will change the existing code to use this new infrastructure for reporting errors at fsync time. Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
2017-07-06 18:02:25 +07:00
extern void __filemap_set_wb_err(struct address_space *mapping, int err);
extern int __must_check file_fdatawait_range(struct file *file, loff_t lstart,
loff_t lend);
fs: new infrastructure for writeback error handling and reporting Most filesystems currently use mapping_set_error and filemap_check_errors for setting and reporting/clearing writeback errors at the mapping level. filemap_check_errors is indirectly called from most of the filemap_fdatawait_* functions and from filemap_write_and_wait*. These functions are called from all sorts of contexts to wait on writeback to finish -- e.g. mostly in fsync, but also in truncate calls, getattr, etc. The non-fsync callers are problematic. We should be reporting writeback errors during fsync, but many places spread over the tree clear out errors before they can be properly reported, or report errors at nonsensical times. If I get -EIO on a stat() call, there is no reason for me to assume that it is because some previous writeback failed. The fact that it also clears out the error such that a subsequent fsync returns 0 is a bug, and a nasty one since that's potentially silent data corruption. This patch adds a small bit of new infrastructure for setting and reporting errors during address_space writeback. While the above was my original impetus for adding this, I think it's also the case that current fsync semantics are just problematic for userland. Most applications that call fsync do so to ensure that the data they wrote has hit the backing store. In the case where there are multiple writers to the file at the same time, this is really hard to determine. The first one to call fsync will see any stored error, and the rest get back 0. The processes with open fds may not be associated with one another in any way. They could even be in different containers, so ensuring coordination between all fsync callers is not really an option. One way to remedy this would be to track what file descriptor was used to dirty the file, but that's rather cumbersome and would likely be slow. However, there is a simpler way to improve the semantics here without incurring too much overhead. This set adds an errseq_t to struct address_space, and a corresponding one is added to struct file. Writeback errors are recorded in the mapping's errseq_t, and the one in struct file is used as the "since" value. This changes the semantics of the Linux fsync implementation such that applications can now use it to determine whether there were any writeback errors since fsync(fd) was last called (or since the file was opened in the case of fsync having never been called). Note that those writeback errors may have occurred when writing data that was dirtied via an entirely different fd, but that's the case now with the current mapping_set_error/filemap_check_error infrastructure. This will at least prevent you from getting a false report of success. The new behavior is still consistent with the POSIX spec, and is more reliable for application developers. This patch just adds some basic infrastructure for doing this, and ensures that the f_wb_err "cursor" is properly set when a file is opened. Later patches will change the existing code to use this new infrastructure for reporting errors at fsync time. Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
2017-07-06 18:02:25 +07:00
extern int __must_check file_check_and_advance_wb_err(struct file *file);
extern int __must_check file_write_and_wait_range(struct file *file,
loff_t start, loff_t end);
static inline int file_write_and_wait(struct file *file)
{
return file_write_and_wait_range(file, 0, LLONG_MAX);
}
fs: new infrastructure for writeback error handling and reporting Most filesystems currently use mapping_set_error and filemap_check_errors for setting and reporting/clearing writeback errors at the mapping level. filemap_check_errors is indirectly called from most of the filemap_fdatawait_* functions and from filemap_write_and_wait*. These functions are called from all sorts of contexts to wait on writeback to finish -- e.g. mostly in fsync, but also in truncate calls, getattr, etc. The non-fsync callers are problematic. We should be reporting writeback errors during fsync, but many places spread over the tree clear out errors before they can be properly reported, or report errors at nonsensical times. If I get -EIO on a stat() call, there is no reason for me to assume that it is because some previous writeback failed. The fact that it also clears out the error such that a subsequent fsync returns 0 is a bug, and a nasty one since that's potentially silent data corruption. This patch adds a small bit of new infrastructure for setting and reporting errors during address_space writeback. While the above was my original impetus for adding this, I think it's also the case that current fsync semantics are just problematic for userland. Most applications that call fsync do so to ensure that the data they wrote has hit the backing store. In the case where there are multiple writers to the file at the same time, this is really hard to determine. The first one to call fsync will see any stored error, and the rest get back 0. The processes with open fds may not be associated with one another in any way. They could even be in different containers, so ensuring coordination between all fsync callers is not really an option. One way to remedy this would be to track what file descriptor was used to dirty the file, but that's rather cumbersome and would likely be slow. However, there is a simpler way to improve the semantics here without incurring too much overhead. This set adds an errseq_t to struct address_space, and a corresponding one is added to struct file. Writeback errors are recorded in the mapping's errseq_t, and the one in struct file is used as the "since" value. This changes the semantics of the Linux fsync implementation such that applications can now use it to determine whether there were any writeback errors since fsync(fd) was last called (or since the file was opened in the case of fsync having never been called). Note that those writeback errors may have occurred when writing data that was dirtied via an entirely different fd, but that's the case now with the current mapping_set_error/filemap_check_error infrastructure. This will at least prevent you from getting a false report of success. The new behavior is still consistent with the POSIX spec, and is more reliable for application developers. This patch just adds some basic infrastructure for doing this, and ensures that the f_wb_err "cursor" is properly set when a file is opened. Later patches will change the existing code to use this new infrastructure for reporting errors at fsync time. Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
2017-07-06 18:02:25 +07:00
/**
* filemap_set_wb_err - set a writeback error on an address_space
* @mapping: mapping in which to set writeback error
* @err: error to be set in mapping
*
* When writeback fails in some way, we must record that error so that
* userspace can be informed when fsync and the like are called. We endeavor
* to report errors on any file that was open at the time of the error. Some
* internal callers also need to know when writeback errors have occurred.
*
* When a writeback error occurs, most filesystems will want to call
* filemap_set_wb_err to record the error in the mapping so that it will be
* automatically reported whenever fsync is called on the file.
*/
static inline void filemap_set_wb_err(struct address_space *mapping, int err)
{
/* Fastpath for common case of no error */
if (unlikely(err))
__filemap_set_wb_err(mapping, err);
}
/**
* filemap_check_wb_error - has an error occurred since the mark was sampled?
* @mapping: mapping to check for writeback errors
* @since: previously-sampled errseq_t
*
* Grab the errseq_t value from the mapping, and see if it has changed "since"
* the given value was sampled.
*
* If it has then report the latest error set, otherwise return 0.
*/
static inline int filemap_check_wb_err(struct address_space *mapping,
errseq_t since)
{
return errseq_check(&mapping->wb_err, since);
}
/**
* filemap_sample_wb_err - sample the current errseq_t to test for later errors
* @mapping: mapping to be sampled
*
* Writeback errors are always reported relative to a particular sample point
* in the past. This function provides those sample points.
*/
static inline errseq_t filemap_sample_wb_err(struct address_space *mapping)
{
return errseq_sample(&mapping->wb_err);
}
extern int vfs_fsync_range(struct file *file, loff_t start, loff_t end,
int datasync);
extern int vfs_fsync(struct file *file, int datasync);
/*
* Sync the bytes written if this was a synchronous write. Expect ki_pos
* to already be updated for the write, and will return either the amount
* of bytes passed in, or an error if syncing the file failed.
*/
static inline ssize_t generic_write_sync(struct kiocb *iocb, ssize_t count)
{
if (iocb->ki_flags & IOCB_DSYNC) {
int ret = vfs_fsync_range(iocb->ki_filp,
iocb->ki_pos - count, iocb->ki_pos - 1,
(iocb->ki_flags & IOCB_SYNC) ? 0 : 1);
if (ret)
return ret;
}
return count;
}
extern void emergency_sync(void);
extern void emergency_remount(void);
[PATCH] BLOCK: Make it possible to disable the block layer [try #6] Make it possible to disable the block layer. Not all embedded devices require it, some can make do with just JFFS2, NFS, ramfs, etc - none of which require the block layer to be present. This patch does the following: (*) Introduces CONFIG_BLOCK to disable the block layer, buffering and blockdev support. (*) Adds dependencies on CONFIG_BLOCK to any configuration item that controls an item that uses the block layer. This includes: (*) Block I/O tracing. (*) Disk partition code. (*) All filesystems that are block based, eg: Ext3, ReiserFS, ISOFS. (*) The SCSI layer. As far as I can tell, even SCSI chardevs use the block layer to do scheduling. Some drivers that use SCSI facilities - such as USB storage - end up disabled indirectly from this. (*) Various block-based device drivers, such as IDE and the old CDROM drivers. (*) MTD blockdev handling and FTL. (*) JFFS - which uses set_bdev_super(), something it could avoid doing by taking a leaf out of JFFS2's book. (*) Makes most of the contents of linux/blkdev.h, linux/buffer_head.h and linux/elevator.h contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK being set. sector_div() is, however, still used in places, and so is still available. (*) Also made contingent are the contents of linux/mpage.h, linux/genhd.h and parts of linux/fs.h. (*) Makes a number of files in fs/ contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes mm/bounce.c (bounce buffering) contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) set_page_dirty() doesn't call __set_page_dirty_buffers() if CONFIG_BLOCK is not enabled. (*) fs/no-block.c is created to hold out-of-line stubs and things that are required when CONFIG_BLOCK is not set: (*) Default blockdev file operations (to give error ENODEV on opening). (*) Makes some /proc changes: (*) /proc/devices does not list any blockdevs. (*) /proc/diskstats and /proc/partitions are contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes some compat ioctl handling contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) If CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined, makes sys_quotactl() return -ENODEV if given command other than Q_SYNC or if a special device is specified. (*) In init/do_mounts.c, no reference is made to the blockdev routines if CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined. This does not prohibit NFS roots or JFFS2. (*) The bdflush, ioprio_set and ioprio_get syscalls can now be absent (return error ENOSYS by way of cond_syscall if so). (*) The seclvl_bd_claim() and seclvl_bd_release() security calls do nothing if CONFIG_BLOCK is not set, since they can't then happen. Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2006-10-01 01:45:40 +07:00
#ifdef CONFIG_BLOCK
extern sector_t bmap(struct inode *, sector_t);
[PATCH] BLOCK: Make it possible to disable the block layer [try #6] Make it possible to disable the block layer. Not all embedded devices require it, some can make do with just JFFS2, NFS, ramfs, etc - none of which require the block layer to be present. This patch does the following: (*) Introduces CONFIG_BLOCK to disable the block layer, buffering and blockdev support. (*) Adds dependencies on CONFIG_BLOCK to any configuration item that controls an item that uses the block layer. This includes: (*) Block I/O tracing. (*) Disk partition code. (*) All filesystems that are block based, eg: Ext3, ReiserFS, ISOFS. (*) The SCSI layer. As far as I can tell, even SCSI chardevs use the block layer to do scheduling. Some drivers that use SCSI facilities - such as USB storage - end up disabled indirectly from this. (*) Various block-based device drivers, such as IDE and the old CDROM drivers. (*) MTD blockdev handling and FTL. (*) JFFS - which uses set_bdev_super(), something it could avoid doing by taking a leaf out of JFFS2's book. (*) Makes most of the contents of linux/blkdev.h, linux/buffer_head.h and linux/elevator.h contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK being set. sector_div() is, however, still used in places, and so is still available. (*) Also made contingent are the contents of linux/mpage.h, linux/genhd.h and parts of linux/fs.h. (*) Makes a number of files in fs/ contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes mm/bounce.c (bounce buffering) contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) set_page_dirty() doesn't call __set_page_dirty_buffers() if CONFIG_BLOCK is not enabled. (*) fs/no-block.c is created to hold out-of-line stubs and things that are required when CONFIG_BLOCK is not set: (*) Default blockdev file operations (to give error ENODEV on opening). (*) Makes some /proc changes: (*) /proc/devices does not list any blockdevs. (*) /proc/diskstats and /proc/partitions are contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes some compat ioctl handling contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) If CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined, makes sys_quotactl() return -ENODEV if given command other than Q_SYNC or if a special device is specified. (*) In init/do_mounts.c, no reference is made to the blockdev routines if CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined. This does not prohibit NFS roots or JFFS2. (*) The bdflush, ioprio_set and ioprio_get syscalls can now be absent (return error ENOSYS by way of cond_syscall if so). (*) The seclvl_bd_claim() and seclvl_bd_release() security calls do nothing if CONFIG_BLOCK is not set, since they can't then happen. Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2006-10-01 01:45:40 +07:00
#endif
extern int notify_change(struct dentry *, struct iattr *, struct inode **);
extern int inode_permission(struct inode *, int);
extern int __inode_permission(struct inode *, int);
extern int generic_permission(struct inode *, int);
extern int __check_sticky(struct inode *dir, struct inode *inode);
static inline bool execute_ok(struct inode *inode)
{
return (inode->i_mode & S_IXUGO) || S_ISDIR(inode->i_mode);
}
static inline void file_start_write(struct file *file)
{
if (!S_ISREG(file_inode(file)->i_mode))
return;
__sb_start_write(file_inode(file)->i_sb, SB_FREEZE_WRITE, true);
}
static inline bool file_start_write_trylock(struct file *file)
{
if (!S_ISREG(file_inode(file)->i_mode))
return true;
return __sb_start_write(file_inode(file)->i_sb, SB_FREEZE_WRITE, false);
}
static inline void file_end_write(struct file *file)
{
if (!S_ISREG(file_inode(file)->i_mode))
return;
__sb_end_write(file_inode(file)->i_sb, SB_FREEZE_WRITE);
}
static inline int do_clone_file_range(struct file *file_in, loff_t pos_in,
struct file *file_out, loff_t pos_out,
u64 len)
{
int ret;
file_start_write(file_out);
ret = vfs_clone_file_range(file_in, pos_in, file_out, pos_out, len);
file_end_write(file_out);
return ret;
}
/*
* get_write_access() gets write permission for a file.
* put_write_access() releases this write permission.
* This is used for regular files.
* We cannot support write (and maybe mmap read-write shared) accesses and
* MAP_DENYWRITE mmappings simultaneously. The i_writecount field of an inode
* can have the following values:
* 0: no writers, no VM_DENYWRITE mappings
* < 0: (-i_writecount) vm_area_structs with VM_DENYWRITE set exist
* > 0: (i_writecount) users are writing to the file.
*
* Normally we operate on that counter with atomic_{inc,dec} and it's safe
* except for the cases where we don't hold i_writecount yet. Then we need to
* use {get,deny}_write_access() - these functions check the sign and refuse
* to do the change if sign is wrong.
*/
static inline int get_write_access(struct inode *inode)
{
return atomic_inc_unless_negative(&inode->i_writecount) ? 0 : -ETXTBSY;
}
static inline int deny_write_access(struct file *file)
{
struct inode *inode = file_inode(file);
return atomic_dec_unless_positive(&inode->i_writecount) ? 0 : -ETXTBSY;
}
static inline void put_write_access(struct inode * inode)
{
atomic_dec(&inode->i_writecount);
}
static inline void allow_write_access(struct file *file)
{
if (file)
atomic_inc(&file_inode(file)->i_writecount);
}
NFS: Use i_writecount to control whether to get an fscache cookie in nfs_open() Use i_writecount to control whether to get an fscache cookie in nfs_open() as NFS does not do write caching yet. I *think* this is the cause of a problem encountered by Mark Moseley whereby __fscache_uncache_page() gets a NULL pointer dereference because cookie->def is NULL: BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000010 IP: [<ffffffff812a1903>] __fscache_uncache_page+0x23/0x160 PGD 0 Thread overran stack, or stack corrupted Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP Modules linked in: ... CPU: 7 PID: 18993 Comm: php Not tainted 3.11.1 #1 Hardware name: Dell Inc. PowerEdge R420/072XWF, BIOS 1.3.5 08/21/2012 task: ffff8804203460c0 ti: ffff880420346640 RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff812a1903>] __fscache_uncache_page+0x23/0x160 RSP: 0018:ffff8801053af878 EFLAGS: 00210286 RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: ffff8800be2f8780 RCX: ffff88022ffae5e8 RDX: 0000000000004c66 RSI: ffffea00055ff440 RDI: ffff8800be2f8780 RBP: ffff8801053af898 R08: 0000000000000001 R09: 0000000000000003 R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000000 R12: ffffea00055ff440 R13: 0000000000001000 R14: ffff8800c50be538 R15: 0000000000000000 FS: 0000000000000000(0000) GS:ffff88042fc60000(0063) knlGS:00000000e439c700 CS: 0010 DS: 002b ES: 002b CR0: 0000000080050033 CR2: 0000000000000010 CR3: 0000000001d8f000 CR4: 00000000000607f0 Stack: ... Call Trace: [<ffffffff81365a72>] __nfs_fscache_invalidate_page+0x42/0x70 [<ffffffff813553d5>] nfs_invalidate_page+0x75/0x90 [<ffffffff811b8f5e>] truncate_inode_page+0x8e/0x90 [<ffffffff811b90ad>] truncate_inode_pages_range.part.12+0x14d/0x620 [<ffffffff81d6387d>] ? __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x1fd/0x2e0 [<ffffffff811b95d3>] truncate_inode_pages_range+0x53/0x70 [<ffffffff811b969d>] truncate_inode_pages+0x2d/0x40 [<ffffffff811b96ff>] truncate_pagecache+0x4f/0x70 [<ffffffff81356840>] nfs_setattr_update_inode+0xa0/0x120 [<ffffffff81368de4>] nfs3_proc_setattr+0xc4/0xe0 [<ffffffff81357f78>] nfs_setattr+0xc8/0x150 [<ffffffff8122d95b>] notify_change+0x1cb/0x390 [<ffffffff8120a55b>] do_truncate+0x7b/0xc0 [<ffffffff8121f96c>] do_last+0xa4c/0xfd0 [<ffffffff8121ffbc>] path_openat+0xcc/0x670 [<ffffffff81220a0e>] do_filp_open+0x4e/0xb0 [<ffffffff8120ba1f>] do_sys_open+0x13f/0x2b0 [<ffffffff8126aaf6>] compat_SyS_open+0x36/0x50 [<ffffffff81d7204c>] sysenter_dispatch+0x7/0x24 The code at the instruction pointer was disassembled: > (gdb) disas __fscache_uncache_page > Dump of assembler code for function __fscache_uncache_page: > ... > 0xffffffff812a18ff <+31>: mov 0x48(%rbx),%rax > 0xffffffff812a1903 <+35>: cmpb $0x0,0x10(%rax) > 0xffffffff812a1907 <+39>: je 0xffffffff812a19cd <__fscache_uncache_page+237> These instructions make up: ASSERTCMP(cookie->def->type, !=, FSCACHE_COOKIE_TYPE_INDEX); That cmpb is the faulting instruction (%rax is 0). So cookie->def is NULL - which presumably means that the cookie has already been at least partway through __fscache_relinquish_cookie(). What I think may be happening is something like a three-way race on the same file: PROCESS 1 PROCESS 2 PROCESS 3 =============== =============== =============== open(O_TRUNC|O_WRONLY) open(O_RDONLY) open(O_WRONLY) -->nfs_open() -->nfs_fscache_set_inode_cookie() nfs_fscache_inode_lock() nfs_fscache_disable_inode_cookie() __fscache_relinquish_cookie() nfs_inode->fscache = NULL <--nfs_fscache_set_inode_cookie() -->nfs_open() -->nfs_fscache_set_inode_cookie() nfs_fscache_inode_lock() nfs_fscache_enable_inode_cookie() __fscache_acquire_cookie() nfs_inode->fscache = cookie <--nfs_fscache_set_inode_cookie() <--nfs_open() -->nfs_setattr() ... ... -->nfs_invalidate_page() -->__nfs_fscache_invalidate_page() cookie = nfsi->fscache -->nfs_open() -->nfs_fscache_set_inode_cookie() nfs_fscache_inode_lock() nfs_fscache_disable_inode_cookie() -->__fscache_relinquish_cookie() -->__fscache_uncache_page(cookie) <crash> <--__fscache_relinquish_cookie() nfs_inode->fscache = NULL <--nfs_fscache_set_inode_cookie() What is needed is something to prevent process #2 from reacquiring the cookie - and I think checking i_writecount should do the trick. It's also possible to have a two-way race on this if the file is opened O_TRUNC|O_RDONLY instead. Reported-by: Mark Moseley <moseleymark@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2013-09-27 17:20:03 +07:00
static inline bool inode_is_open_for_write(const struct inode *inode)
{
return atomic_read(&inode->i_writecount) > 0;
}
#ifdef CONFIG_IMA
static inline void i_readcount_dec(struct inode *inode)
{
BUG_ON(!atomic_read(&inode->i_readcount));
atomic_dec(&inode->i_readcount);
}
static inline void i_readcount_inc(struct inode *inode)
{
atomic_inc(&inode->i_readcount);
}
#else
static inline void i_readcount_dec(struct inode *inode)
{
return;
}
static inline void i_readcount_inc(struct inode *inode)
{
return;
}
#endif
flag parameters: pipe This patch introduces the new syscall pipe2 which is like pipe but it also takes an additional parameter which takes a flag value. This patch implements the handling of O_CLOEXEC for the flag. I did not add support for the new syscall for the architectures which have a special sys_pipe implementation. I think the maintainers of those archs have the chance to go with the unified implementation but that's up to them. The implementation introduces do_pipe_flags. I did that instead of changing all callers of do_pipe because some of the callers are written in assembler. I would probably screw up changing the assembly code. To avoid breaking code do_pipe is now a small wrapper around do_pipe_flags. Once all callers are changed over to do_pipe_flags the old do_pipe function can be removed. The following test must be adjusted for architectures other than x86 and x86-64 and in case the syscall numbers changed. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ #include <fcntl.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/syscall.h> #ifndef __NR_pipe2 # ifdef __x86_64__ # define __NR_pipe2 293 # elif defined __i386__ # define __NR_pipe2 331 # else # error "need __NR_pipe2" # endif #endif int main (void) { int fd[2]; if (syscall (__NR_pipe2, fd, 0) != 0) { puts ("pipe2(0) failed"); return 1; } for (int i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { int coe = fcntl (fd[i], F_GETFD); if (coe == -1) { puts ("fcntl failed"); return 1; } if (coe & FD_CLOEXEC) { printf ("pipe2(0) set close-on-exit for fd[%d]\n", i); return 1; } } close (fd[0]); close (fd[1]); if (syscall (__NR_pipe2, fd, O_CLOEXEC) != 0) { puts ("pipe2(O_CLOEXEC) failed"); return 1; } for (int i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { int coe = fcntl (fd[i], F_GETFD); if (coe == -1) { puts ("fcntl failed"); return 1; } if ((coe & FD_CLOEXEC) == 0) { printf ("pipe2(O_CLOEXEC) does not set close-on-exit for fd[%d]\n", i); return 1; } } close (fd[0]); close (fd[1]); puts ("OK"); return 0; } ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Acked-by: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@googlemail.com> Cc: <linux-arch@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-07-24 11:29:30 +07:00
extern int do_pipe_flags(int *, int);
#define __kernel_read_file_id(id) \
id(UNKNOWN, unknown) \
id(FIRMWARE, firmware) \
firmware: support loading into a pre-allocated buffer Some systems are memory constrained but they need to load very large firmwares. The firmware subsystem allows drivers to request this firmware be loaded from the filesystem, but this requires that the entire firmware be loaded into kernel memory first before it's provided to the driver. This can lead to a situation where we map the firmware twice, once to load the firmware into kernel memory and once to copy the firmware into the final resting place. This creates needless memory pressure and delays loading because we have to copy from kernel memory to somewhere else. Let's add a request_firmware_into_buf() API that allows drivers to request firmware be loaded directly into a pre-allocated buffer. This skips the intermediate step of allocating a buffer in kernel memory to hold the firmware image while it's read from the filesystem. It also requires that drivers know how much memory they'll require before requesting the firmware and negates any benefits of firmware caching because the firmware layer doesn't manage the buffer lifetime. For a 16MB buffer, about half the time is spent performing a memcpy from the buffer to the final resting place. I see loading times go from 0.081171 seconds to 0.047696 seconds after applying this patch. Plus the vmalloc pressure is reduced. This is based on a patch from Vikram Mulukutla on codeaurora.org: https://www.codeaurora.org/cgit/quic/la/kernel/msm-3.18/commit/drivers/base/firmware_class.c?h=rel/msm-3.18&id=0a328c5f6cd999f5c591f172216835636f39bcb5 Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20160607164741.31849-4-stephen.boyd@linaro.org Signed-off-by: Stephen Boyd <stephen.boyd@linaro.org> Cc: Mimi Zohar <zohar@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Cc: Vikram Mulukutla <markivx@codeaurora.org> Cc: Mark Brown <broonie@kernel.org> Cc: Ming Lei <ming.lei@canonical.com> Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-08-03 04:04:28 +07:00
id(FIRMWARE_PREALLOC_BUFFER, firmware) \
id(MODULE, kernel-module) \
id(KEXEC_IMAGE, kexec-image) \
id(KEXEC_INITRAMFS, kexec-initramfs) \
id(POLICY, security-policy) \
id(X509_CERTIFICATE, x509-certificate) \
id(MAX_ID, )
#define __fid_enumify(ENUM, dummy) READING_ ## ENUM,
#define __fid_stringify(dummy, str) #str,
enum kernel_read_file_id {
__kernel_read_file_id(__fid_enumify)
};
static const char * const kernel_read_file_str[] = {
__kernel_read_file_id(__fid_stringify)
};
static inline const char *kernel_read_file_id_str(enum kernel_read_file_id id)
{
if ((unsigned)id >= READING_MAX_ID)
return kernel_read_file_str[READING_UNKNOWN];
return kernel_read_file_str[id];
}
extern int kernel_read_file(struct file *, void **, loff_t *, loff_t,
enum kernel_read_file_id);
extern int kernel_read_file_from_path(const char *, void **, loff_t *, loff_t,
enum kernel_read_file_id);
extern int kernel_read_file_from_fd(int, void **, loff_t *, loff_t,
enum kernel_read_file_id);
extern ssize_t kernel_read(struct file *, void *, size_t, loff_t *);
extern ssize_t kernel_write(struct file *, const void *, size_t, loff_t *);
extern ssize_t __kernel_write(struct file *, const void *, size_t, loff_t *);
extern struct file * open_exec(const char *);
/* fs/dcache.c -- generic fs support functions */
extern bool is_subdir(struct dentry *, struct dentry *);
extern bool path_is_under(const struct path *, const struct path *);
extern char *file_path(struct file *, char *, int);
#include <linux/err.h>
/* needed for stackable file system support */
extern loff_t default_llseek(struct file *file, loff_t offset, int whence);
extern loff_t vfs_llseek(struct file *file, loff_t offset, int whence);
extern int inode_init_always(struct super_block *, struct inode *);
extern void inode_init_once(struct inode *);
mm: prevent concurrent unmap_mapping_range() on the same inode Michael Leun reported that running parallel opens on a fuse filesystem can trigger a "kernel BUG at mm/truncate.c:475" Gurudas Pai reported the same bug on NFS. The reason is, unmap_mapping_range() is not prepared for more than one concurrent invocation per inode. For example: thread1: going through a big range, stops in the middle of a vma and stores the restart address in vm_truncate_count. thread2: comes in with a small (e.g. single page) unmap request on the same vma, somewhere before restart_address, finds that the vma was already unmapped up to the restart address and happily returns without doing anything. Another scenario would be two big unmap requests, both having to restart the unmapping and each one setting vm_truncate_count to its own value. This could go on forever without any of them being able to finish. Truncate and hole punching already serialize with i_mutex. Other callers of unmap_mapping_range() do not, and it's difficult to get i_mutex protection for all callers. In particular ->d_revalidate(), which calls invalidate_inode_pages2_range() in fuse, may be called with or without i_mutex. This patch adds a new mutex to 'struct address_space' to prevent running multiple concurrent unmap_mapping_range() on the same mapping. [ We'll hopefully get rid of all this with the upcoming mm preemptibility series by Peter Zijlstra, the "mm: Remove i_mmap_mutex lockbreak" patch in particular. But that is for 2.6.39 ] Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz> Reported-by: Michael Leun <lkml20101129@newton.leun.net> Reported-by: Gurudas Pai <gurudas.pai@oracle.com> Tested-by: Gurudas Pai <gurudas.pai@oracle.com> Acked-by: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-02-23 19:49:47 +07:00
extern void address_space_init_once(struct address_space *mapping);
extern struct inode * igrab(struct inode *);
extern ino_t iunique(struct super_block *, ino_t);
extern int inode_needs_sync(struct inode *inode);
extern int generic_delete_inode(struct inode *inode);
static inline int generic_drop_inode(struct inode *inode)
{
return !inode->i_nlink || inode_unhashed(inode);
}
[PATCH] Fix soft lockup due to NTFS: VFS part and explanation Something has changed in the core kernel such that we now get concurrent inode write outs, one e.g via pdflush and one via sys_sync or whatever. This causes a nasty deadlock in ntfs. The only clean solution unfortunately requires a minor vfs api extension. First the deadlock analysis: Prerequisive knowledge: NTFS has a file $MFT (inode 0) loaded at mount time. The NTFS driver uses the page cache for storing the file contents as usual. More interestingly this file contains the table of on-disk inodes as a sequence of MFT_RECORDs. Thus NTFS driver accesses the on-disk inodes by accessing the MFT_RECORDs in the page cache pages of the loaded inode $MFT. The situation: VFS inode X on a mounted ntfs volume is dirty. For same inode X, the ntfs_inode is dirty and thus corresponding on-disk inode, which is as explained above in a dirty PAGE_CACHE_PAGE belonging to the table of inodes ($MFT, inode 0). What happens: Process 1: sys_sync()/umount()/whatever... calls __sync_single_inode() for $MFT -> do_writepages() -> write_page for the dirty page containing the on-disk inode X, the page is now locked -> ntfs_write_mst_block() which clears PageUptodate() on the page to prevent anyone else getting hold of it whilst it does the write out (this is necessary as the on-disk inode needs "fixups" applied before the write to disk which are removed again after the write and PageUptodate is then set again). It then analyses the page looking for dirty on-disk inodes and when it finds one it calls ntfs_may_write_mft_record() to see if it is safe to write this on-disk inode. This then calls ilookup5() to check if the corresponding VFS inode is in icache(). This in turn calls ifind() which waits on the inode lock via wait_on_inode whilst holding the global inode_lock. Process 2: pdflush results in a call to __sync_single_inode for the same VFS inode X on the ntfs volume. This locks the inode (I_LOCK) then calls write-inode -> ntfs_write_inode -> map_mft_record() -> read_cache_page() of the page (in page cache of table of inodes $MFT, inode 0) containing the on-disk inode. This page has PageUptodate() clear because of Process 1 (see above) so read_cache_page() blocks when tries to take the page lock for the page so it can call ntfs_read_page(). Thus Process 1 is holding the page lock on the page containing the on-disk inode X and it is waiting on the inode X to be unlocked in ifind() so it can write the page out and then unlock the page. And Process 2 is holding the inode lock on inode X and is waiting for the page to be unlocked so it can call ntfs_readpage() or discover that Process 1 set PageUptodate() again and use the page. Thus we have a deadlock due to ifind() waiting on the inode lock. The only sensible solution: NTFS does not care whether the VFS inode is locked or not when it calls ilookup5() (it doesn't use the VFS inode at all, it just uses it to find the corresponding ntfs_inode which is of course attached to the VFS inode (both are one single struct); and it uses the ntfs_inode which is subject to its own locking so I_LOCK is irrelevant) hence we want a modified ilookup5_nowait() which is the same as ilookup5() but it does not wait on the inode lock. Without such functionality I would have to keep my own ntfs_inode cache in the NTFS driver just so I can find ntfs_inodes independent of their VFS inodes which would be slow, memory and cpu cycle wasting, and incredibly stupid given the icache already exists in the VFS. Below is a patch that does the ilookup5_nowait() implementation in fs/inode.c and exports it. ilookup5_nowait.diff: Introduce ilookup5_nowait() which is basically the same as ilookup5() but it does not wait on the inode's lock (i.e. it omits the wait_on_inode() done in ifind()). This is needed to avoid a nasty deadlock in NTFS. Signed-off-by: Anton Altaparmakov <aia21@cantab.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2005-07-13 15:10:44 +07:00
extern struct inode *ilookup5_nowait(struct super_block *sb,
unsigned long hashval, int (*test)(struct inode *, void *),
void *data);
extern struct inode *ilookup5(struct super_block *sb, unsigned long hashval,
int (*test)(struct inode *, void *), void *data);
extern struct inode *ilookup(struct super_block *sb, unsigned long ino);
extern struct inode * iget5_locked(struct super_block *, unsigned long, int (*test)(struct inode *, void *), int (*set)(struct inode *, void *), void *);
extern struct inode * iget_locked(struct super_block *, unsigned long);
extern struct inode *find_inode_nowait(struct super_block *,
unsigned long,
int (*match)(struct inode *,
unsigned long, void *),
void *data);
extern int insert_inode_locked4(struct inode *, unsigned long, int (*test)(struct inode *, void *), void *);
extern int insert_inode_locked(struct inode *);
lockdep: Add helper function for dir vs file i_mutex annotation Purely in-memory filesystems do not use the inode hash as the dcache tells us if an entry already exists. As a result, they do not call unlock_new_inode, and thus directory inodes do not get put into a different lockdep class for i_sem. We need the different lockdep classes, because the locking order for i_mutex is different for directory inodes and regular inodes. Directory inodes can do "readdir()", which takes i_mutex *before* possibly taking mm->mmap_sem (due to a page fault while copying the directory entry to user space). In contrast, regular inodes can be mmap'ed, which takes mm->mmap_sem before accessing i_mutex. The two cases can never happen for the same inode, so no real deadlock can occur, but without the different lockdep classes, lockdep cannot understand that. As a result, if CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC is set, this can lead to false positives from lockdep like below: find/645 is trying to acquire lock: (&mm->mmap_sem){++++++}, at: [<ffffffff81109514>] might_fault+0x5c/0xac but task is already holding lock: (&sb->s_type->i_mutex_key#15){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81149f34>] vfs_readdir+0x5b/0xb4 which lock already depends on the new lock. the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is: -> #1 (&sb->s_type->i_mutex_key#15){+.+.+.}: [<ffffffff8108ac26>] lock_acquire+0xbf/0x103 [<ffffffff814db822>] __mutex_lock_common+0x4c/0x361 [<ffffffff814dbc46>] mutex_lock_nested+0x40/0x45 [<ffffffff811daa87>] hugetlbfs_file_mmap+0x82/0x110 [<ffffffff81111557>] mmap_region+0x258/0x432 [<ffffffff811119dd>] do_mmap_pgoff+0x2ac/0x306 [<ffffffff81111b4f>] sys_mmap_pgoff+0x118/0x16a [<ffffffff8100c858>] sys_mmap+0x22/0x24 [<ffffffff814e3ec2>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b -> #0 (&mm->mmap_sem){++++++}: [<ffffffff8108a4bc>] __lock_acquire+0xa1a/0xcf7 [<ffffffff8108ac26>] lock_acquire+0xbf/0x103 [<ffffffff81109541>] might_fault+0x89/0xac [<ffffffff81149cff>] filldir+0x6f/0xc7 [<ffffffff811586ea>] dcache_readdir+0x67/0x205 [<ffffffff81149f54>] vfs_readdir+0x7b/0xb4 [<ffffffff8114a073>] sys_getdents+0x7e/0xd1 [<ffffffff814e3ec2>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b This patch moves the directory vs file lockdep annotation into a helper function that can be called by in-memory filesystems and has hugetlbfs call it. Signed-off-by: Josh Boyer <jwboyer@redhat.com> Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-08-25 18:48:12 +07:00
#ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC
extern void lockdep_annotate_inode_mutex_key(struct inode *inode);
#else
static inline void lockdep_annotate_inode_mutex_key(struct inode *inode) { };
#endif
extern void unlock_new_inode(struct inode *);
extern unsigned int get_next_ino(void);
extern void evict_inodes(struct super_block *sb);
extern void __iget(struct inode * inode);
extern void iget_failed(struct inode *);
extern void clear_inode(struct inode *);
extern void __destroy_inode(struct inode *);
extern struct inode *new_inode_pseudo(struct super_block *sb);
extern struct inode *new_inode(struct super_block *sb);
extern void free_inode_nonrcu(struct inode *inode);
extern int should_remove_suid(struct dentry *);
extern int file_remove_privs(struct file *);
extern void __insert_inode_hash(struct inode *, unsigned long hashval);
static inline void insert_inode_hash(struct inode *inode)
{
__insert_inode_hash(inode, inode->i_ino);
}
extern void __remove_inode_hash(struct inode *);
static inline void remove_inode_hash(struct inode *inode)
{
if (!inode_unhashed(inode) && !hlist_fake(&inode->i_hash))
__remove_inode_hash(inode);
}
extern void inode_sb_list_add(struct inode *inode);
[PATCH] BLOCK: Make it possible to disable the block layer [try #6] Make it possible to disable the block layer. Not all embedded devices require it, some can make do with just JFFS2, NFS, ramfs, etc - none of which require the block layer to be present. This patch does the following: (*) Introduces CONFIG_BLOCK to disable the block layer, buffering and blockdev support. (*) Adds dependencies on CONFIG_BLOCK to any configuration item that controls an item that uses the block layer. This includes: (*) Block I/O tracing. (*) Disk partition code. (*) All filesystems that are block based, eg: Ext3, ReiserFS, ISOFS. (*) The SCSI layer. As far as I can tell, even SCSI chardevs use the block layer to do scheduling. Some drivers that use SCSI facilities - such as USB storage - end up disabled indirectly from this. (*) Various block-based device drivers, such as IDE and the old CDROM drivers. (*) MTD blockdev handling and FTL. (*) JFFS - which uses set_bdev_super(), something it could avoid doing by taking a leaf out of JFFS2's book. (*) Makes most of the contents of linux/blkdev.h, linux/buffer_head.h and linux/elevator.h contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK being set. sector_div() is, however, still used in places, and so is still available. (*) Also made contingent are the contents of linux/mpage.h, linux/genhd.h and parts of linux/fs.h. (*) Makes a number of files in fs/ contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes mm/bounce.c (bounce buffering) contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) set_page_dirty() doesn't call __set_page_dirty_buffers() if CONFIG_BLOCK is not enabled. (*) fs/no-block.c is created to hold out-of-line stubs and things that are required when CONFIG_BLOCK is not set: (*) Default blockdev file operations (to give error ENODEV on opening). (*) Makes some /proc changes: (*) /proc/devices does not list any blockdevs. (*) /proc/diskstats and /proc/partitions are contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes some compat ioctl handling contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) If CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined, makes sys_quotactl() return -ENODEV if given command other than Q_SYNC or if a special device is specified. (*) In init/do_mounts.c, no reference is made to the blockdev routines if CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined. This does not prohibit NFS roots or JFFS2. (*) The bdflush, ioprio_set and ioprio_get syscalls can now be absent (return error ENOSYS by way of cond_syscall if so). (*) The seclvl_bd_claim() and seclvl_bd_release() security calls do nothing if CONFIG_BLOCK is not set, since they can't then happen. Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2006-10-01 01:45:40 +07:00
#ifdef CONFIG_BLOCK
extern int bdev_read_only(struct block_device *);
[PATCH] BLOCK: Make it possible to disable the block layer [try #6] Make it possible to disable the block layer. Not all embedded devices require it, some can make do with just JFFS2, NFS, ramfs, etc - none of which require the block layer to be present. This patch does the following: (*) Introduces CONFIG_BLOCK to disable the block layer, buffering and blockdev support. (*) Adds dependencies on CONFIG_BLOCK to any configuration item that controls an item that uses the block layer. This includes: (*) Block I/O tracing. (*) Disk partition code. (*) All filesystems that are block based, eg: Ext3, ReiserFS, ISOFS. (*) The SCSI layer. As far as I can tell, even SCSI chardevs use the block layer to do scheduling. Some drivers that use SCSI facilities - such as USB storage - end up disabled indirectly from this. (*) Various block-based device drivers, such as IDE and the old CDROM drivers. (*) MTD blockdev handling and FTL. (*) JFFS - which uses set_bdev_super(), something it could avoid doing by taking a leaf out of JFFS2's book. (*) Makes most of the contents of linux/blkdev.h, linux/buffer_head.h and linux/elevator.h contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK being set. sector_div() is, however, still used in places, and so is still available. (*) Also made contingent are the contents of linux/mpage.h, linux/genhd.h and parts of linux/fs.h. (*) Makes a number of files in fs/ contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes mm/bounce.c (bounce buffering) contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) set_page_dirty() doesn't call __set_page_dirty_buffers() if CONFIG_BLOCK is not enabled. (*) fs/no-block.c is created to hold out-of-line stubs and things that are required when CONFIG_BLOCK is not set: (*) Default blockdev file operations (to give error ENODEV on opening). (*) Makes some /proc changes: (*) /proc/devices does not list any blockdevs. (*) /proc/diskstats and /proc/partitions are contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes some compat ioctl handling contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) If CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined, makes sys_quotactl() return -ENODEV if given command other than Q_SYNC or if a special device is specified. (*) In init/do_mounts.c, no reference is made to the blockdev routines if CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined. This does not prohibit NFS roots or JFFS2. (*) The bdflush, ioprio_set and ioprio_get syscalls can now be absent (return error ENOSYS by way of cond_syscall if so). (*) The seclvl_bd_claim() and seclvl_bd_release() security calls do nothing if CONFIG_BLOCK is not set, since they can't then happen. Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2006-10-01 01:45:40 +07:00
#endif
extern int set_blocksize(struct block_device *, int);
extern int sb_set_blocksize(struct super_block *, int);
extern int sb_min_blocksize(struct super_block *, int);
extern int generic_file_mmap(struct file *, struct vm_area_struct *);
extern int generic_file_readonly_mmap(struct file *, struct vm_area_struct *);
extern ssize_t generic_write_checks(struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *);
extern ssize_t generic_file_read_iter(struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *);
extern ssize_t __generic_file_write_iter(struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *);
extern ssize_t generic_file_write_iter(struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *);
extern ssize_t generic_file_direct_write(struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *);
extern ssize_t generic_perform_write(struct file *, struct iov_iter *, loff_t);
ssize_t vfs_iter_read(struct file *file, struct iov_iter *iter, loff_t *ppos,
rwf_t flags);
ssize_t vfs_iter_write(struct file *file, struct iov_iter *iter, loff_t *ppos,
rwf_t flags);
/* fs/block_dev.c */
extern ssize_t blkdev_read_iter(struct kiocb *iocb, struct iov_iter *to);
extern ssize_t blkdev_write_iter(struct kiocb *iocb, struct iov_iter *from);
extern int blkdev_fsync(struct file *filp, loff_t start, loff_t end,
int datasync);
extern void block_sync_page(struct page *page);
/* fs/splice.c */
extern ssize_t generic_file_splice_read(struct file *, loff_t *,
struct pipe_inode_info *, size_t, unsigned int);
extern ssize_t iter_file_splice_write(struct pipe_inode_info *,
struct file *, loff_t *, size_t, unsigned int);
extern ssize_t generic_splice_sendpage(struct pipe_inode_info *pipe,
struct file *out, loff_t *, size_t len, unsigned int flags);
extern long do_splice_direct(struct file *in, loff_t *ppos, struct file *out,
loff_t *opos, size_t len, unsigned int flags);
extern void
file_ra_state_init(struct file_ra_state *ra, struct address_space *mapping);
extern loff_t noop_llseek(struct file *file, loff_t offset, int whence);
extern loff_t no_llseek(struct file *file, loff_t offset, int whence);
extern loff_t vfs_setpos(struct file *file, loff_t offset, loff_t maxsize);
extern loff_t generic_file_llseek(struct file *file, loff_t offset, int whence);
extern loff_t generic_file_llseek_size(struct file *file, loff_t offset,
int whence, loff_t maxsize, loff_t eof);
extern loff_t fixed_size_llseek(struct file *file, loff_t offset,
int whence, loff_t size);
extern loff_t no_seek_end_llseek_size(struct file *, loff_t, int, loff_t);
extern loff_t no_seek_end_llseek(struct file *, loff_t, int);
extern int generic_file_open(struct inode * inode, struct file * filp);
extern int nonseekable_open(struct inode * inode, struct file * filp);
[PATCH] BLOCK: Make it possible to disable the block layer [try #6] Make it possible to disable the block layer. Not all embedded devices require it, some can make do with just JFFS2, NFS, ramfs, etc - none of which require the block layer to be present. This patch does the following: (*) Introduces CONFIG_BLOCK to disable the block layer, buffering and blockdev support. (*) Adds dependencies on CONFIG_BLOCK to any configuration item that controls an item that uses the block layer. This includes: (*) Block I/O tracing. (*) Disk partition code. (*) All filesystems that are block based, eg: Ext3, ReiserFS, ISOFS. (*) The SCSI layer. As far as I can tell, even SCSI chardevs use the block layer to do scheduling. Some drivers that use SCSI facilities - such as USB storage - end up disabled indirectly from this. (*) Various block-based device drivers, such as IDE and the old CDROM drivers. (*) MTD blockdev handling and FTL. (*) JFFS - which uses set_bdev_super(), something it could avoid doing by taking a leaf out of JFFS2's book. (*) Makes most of the contents of linux/blkdev.h, linux/buffer_head.h and linux/elevator.h contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK being set. sector_div() is, however, still used in places, and so is still available. (*) Also made contingent are the contents of linux/mpage.h, linux/genhd.h and parts of linux/fs.h. (*) Makes a number of files in fs/ contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes mm/bounce.c (bounce buffering) contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) set_page_dirty() doesn't call __set_page_dirty_buffers() if CONFIG_BLOCK is not enabled. (*) fs/no-block.c is created to hold out-of-line stubs and things that are required when CONFIG_BLOCK is not set: (*) Default blockdev file operations (to give error ENODEV on opening). (*) Makes some /proc changes: (*) /proc/devices does not list any blockdevs. (*) /proc/diskstats and /proc/partitions are contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes some compat ioctl handling contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) If CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined, makes sys_quotactl() return -ENODEV if given command other than Q_SYNC or if a special device is specified. (*) In init/do_mounts.c, no reference is made to the blockdev routines if CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined. This does not prohibit NFS roots or JFFS2. (*) The bdflush, ioprio_set and ioprio_get syscalls can now be absent (return error ENOSYS by way of cond_syscall if so). (*) The seclvl_bd_claim() and seclvl_bd_release() security calls do nothing if CONFIG_BLOCK is not set, since they can't then happen. Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2006-10-01 01:45:40 +07:00
#ifdef CONFIG_BLOCK
typedef void (dio_submit_t)(struct bio *bio, struct inode *inode,
loff_t file_offset);
enum {
/* need locking between buffered and direct access */
DIO_LOCKING = 0x01,
/* filesystem does not support filling holes */
DIO_SKIP_HOLES = 0x02,
/* filesystem can handle aio writes beyond i_size */
DIO_ASYNC_EXTEND = 0x04,
direct-io: only inc/dec inode->i_dio_count for file systems do_blockdev_direct_IO() increments and decrements the inode ->i_dio_count for each IO operation. It does this to protect against truncate of a file. Block devices don't need this sort of protection. For a capable multiqueue setup, this atomic int is the only shared state between applications accessing the device for O_DIRECT, and it presents a scaling wall for that. In my testing, as much as 30% of system time is spent incrementing and decrementing this value. A mixed read/write workload improved from ~2.5M IOPS to ~9.6M IOPS, with better latencies too. Before: clat percentiles (usec): | 1.00th=[ 33], 5.00th=[ 34], 10.00th=[ 34], 20.00th=[ 34], | 30.00th=[ 34], 40.00th=[ 34], 50.00th=[ 35], 60.00th=[ 35], | 70.00th=[ 35], 80.00th=[ 35], 90.00th=[ 37], 95.00th=[ 80], | 99.00th=[ 98], 99.50th=[ 151], 99.90th=[ 155], 99.95th=[ 155], | 99.99th=[ 165] After: clat percentiles (usec): | 1.00th=[ 95], 5.00th=[ 108], 10.00th=[ 129], 20.00th=[ 149], | 30.00th=[ 155], 40.00th=[ 161], 50.00th=[ 167], 60.00th=[ 171], | 70.00th=[ 177], 80.00th=[ 185], 90.00th=[ 201], 95.00th=[ 270], | 99.00th=[ 390], 99.50th=[ 398], 99.90th=[ 418], 99.95th=[ 422], | 99.99th=[ 438] In other setups, Robert Elliott reported seeing good performance improvements: https://lkml.org/lkml/2015/4/3/557 The more applications accessing the device, the worse it gets. Add a new direct-io flags, DIO_SKIP_DIO_COUNT, which tells do_blockdev_direct_IO() that it need not worry about incrementing or decrementing the inode i_dio_count for this caller. Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: Elliott, Robert (Server Storage) <elliott@hp.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2015-04-16 06:05:48 +07:00
/* inode/fs/bdev does not need truncate protection */
DIO_SKIP_DIO_COUNT = 0x08,
};
void dio_end_io(struct bio *bio);
ssize_t __blockdev_direct_IO(struct kiocb *iocb, struct inode *inode,
struct block_device *bdev, struct iov_iter *iter,
get_block_t get_block,
dio_iodone_t end_io, dio_submit_t submit_io,
int flags);
fs: introduce new truncate sequence Introduce a new truncate calling sequence into fs/mm subsystems. Rather than setattr > vmtruncate > truncate, have filesystems call their truncate sequence from ->setattr if filesystem specific operations are required. vmtruncate is deprecated, and truncate_pagecache and inode_newsize_ok helpers introduced previously should be used. simple_setattr is introduced for simple in-ram filesystems to implement the new truncate sequence. Eventually all filesystems should be converted to implement a setattr, and the default code in notify_change should go away. simple_setsize is also introduced to perform just the ATTR_SIZE portion of simple_setattr (ie. changing i_size and trimming pagecache). To implement the new truncate sequence: - filesystem specific manipulations (eg freeing blocks) must be done in the setattr method rather than ->truncate. - vmtruncate can not be used by core code to trim blocks past i_size in the event of write failure after allocation, so this must be performed in the fs code. - convert usage of helpers block_write_begin, nobh_write_begin, cont_write_begin, and *blockdev_direct_IO* to use _newtrunc postfixed variants. These avoid calling vmtruncate to trim blocks (see previous). - inode_setattr should not be used. generic_setattr is a new function to be used to copy simple attributes into the generic inode. - make use of the better opportunity to handle errors with the new sequence. Big problem with the previous calling sequence: the filesystem is not called until i_size has already changed. This means it is not allowed to fail the call, and also it does not know what the previous i_size was. Also, generic code calling vmtruncate to truncate allocated blocks in case of error had no good way to return a meaningful error (or, for example, atomically handle block deallocation). Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Acked-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2010-05-26 22:05:33 +07:00
static inline ssize_t blockdev_direct_IO(struct kiocb *iocb,
struct inode *inode,
struct iov_iter *iter,
get_block_t get_block)
{
return __blockdev_direct_IO(iocb, inode, inode->i_sb->s_bdev, iter,
get_block, NULL, NULL, DIO_LOCKING | DIO_SKIP_HOLES);
}
[PATCH] BLOCK: Make it possible to disable the block layer [try #6] Make it possible to disable the block layer. Not all embedded devices require it, some can make do with just JFFS2, NFS, ramfs, etc - none of which require the block layer to be present. This patch does the following: (*) Introduces CONFIG_BLOCK to disable the block layer, buffering and blockdev support. (*) Adds dependencies on CONFIG_BLOCK to any configuration item that controls an item that uses the block layer. This includes: (*) Block I/O tracing. (*) Disk partition code. (*) All filesystems that are block based, eg: Ext3, ReiserFS, ISOFS. (*) The SCSI layer. As far as I can tell, even SCSI chardevs use the block layer to do scheduling. Some drivers that use SCSI facilities - such as USB storage - end up disabled indirectly from this. (*) Various block-based device drivers, such as IDE and the old CDROM drivers. (*) MTD blockdev handling and FTL. (*) JFFS - which uses set_bdev_super(), something it could avoid doing by taking a leaf out of JFFS2's book. (*) Makes most of the contents of linux/blkdev.h, linux/buffer_head.h and linux/elevator.h contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK being set. sector_div() is, however, still used in places, and so is still available. (*) Also made contingent are the contents of linux/mpage.h, linux/genhd.h and parts of linux/fs.h. (*) Makes a number of files in fs/ contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes mm/bounce.c (bounce buffering) contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) set_page_dirty() doesn't call __set_page_dirty_buffers() if CONFIG_BLOCK is not enabled. (*) fs/no-block.c is created to hold out-of-line stubs and things that are required when CONFIG_BLOCK is not set: (*) Default blockdev file operations (to give error ENODEV on opening). (*) Makes some /proc changes: (*) /proc/devices does not list any blockdevs. (*) /proc/diskstats and /proc/partitions are contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) Makes some compat ioctl handling contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK. (*) If CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined, makes sys_quotactl() return -ENODEV if given command other than Q_SYNC or if a special device is specified. (*) In init/do_mounts.c, no reference is made to the blockdev routines if CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined. This does not prohibit NFS roots or JFFS2. (*) The bdflush, ioprio_set and ioprio_get syscalls can now be absent (return error ENOSYS by way of cond_syscall if so). (*) The seclvl_bd_claim() and seclvl_bd_release() security calls do nothing if CONFIG_BLOCK is not set, since they can't then happen. Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2006-10-01 01:45:40 +07:00
#endif
void inode_dio_wait(struct inode *inode);
direct-io: only inc/dec inode->i_dio_count for file systems do_blockdev_direct_IO() increments and decrements the inode ->i_dio_count for each IO operation. It does this to protect against truncate of a file. Block devices don't need this sort of protection. For a capable multiqueue setup, this atomic int is the only shared state between applications accessing the device for O_DIRECT, and it presents a scaling wall for that. In my testing, as much as 30% of system time is spent incrementing and decrementing this value. A mixed read/write workload improved from ~2.5M IOPS to ~9.6M IOPS, with better latencies too. Before: clat percentiles (usec): | 1.00th=[ 33], 5.00th=[ 34], 10.00th=[ 34], 20.00th=[ 34], | 30.00th=[ 34], 40.00th=[ 34], 50.00th=[ 35], 60.00th=[ 35], | 70.00th=[ 35], 80.00th=[ 35], 90.00th=[ 37], 95.00th=[ 80], | 99.00th=[ 98], 99.50th=[ 151], 99.90th=[ 155], 99.95th=[ 155], | 99.99th=[ 165] After: clat percentiles (usec): | 1.00th=[ 95], 5.00th=[ 108], 10.00th=[ 129], 20.00th=[ 149], | 30.00th=[ 155], 40.00th=[ 161], 50.00th=[ 167], 60.00th=[ 171], | 70.00th=[ 177], 80.00th=[ 185], 90.00th=[ 201], 95.00th=[ 270], | 99.00th=[ 390], 99.50th=[ 398], 99.90th=[ 418], 99.95th=[ 422], | 99.99th=[ 438] In other setups, Robert Elliott reported seeing good performance improvements: https://lkml.org/lkml/2015/4/3/557 The more applications accessing the device, the worse it gets. Add a new direct-io flags, DIO_SKIP_DIO_COUNT, which tells do_blockdev_direct_IO() that it need not worry about incrementing or decrementing the inode i_dio_count for this caller. Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: Elliott, Robert (Server Storage) <elliott@hp.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2015-04-16 06:05:48 +07:00
/*
* inode_dio_begin - signal start of a direct I/O requests
* @inode: inode the direct I/O happens on
*
* This is called once we've finished processing a direct I/O request,
* and is used to wake up callers waiting for direct I/O to be quiesced.
*/
static inline void inode_dio_begin(struct inode *inode)
{
atomic_inc(&inode->i_dio_count);
}
/*
* inode_dio_end - signal finish of a direct I/O requests
* @inode: inode the direct I/O happens on
*
* This is called once we've finished processing a direct I/O request,
* and is used to wake up callers waiting for direct I/O to be quiesced.
*/
static inline void inode_dio_end(struct inode *inode)
{
if (atomic_dec_and_test(&inode->i_dio_count))
wake_up_bit(&inode->i_state, __I_DIO_WAKEUP);
}
extern void inode_set_flags(struct inode *inode, unsigned int flags,
unsigned int mask);
extern const struct file_operations generic_ro_fops;
#define special_file(m) (S_ISCHR(m)||S_ISBLK(m)||S_ISFIFO(m)||S_ISSOCK(m))
extern int readlink_copy(char __user *, int, const char *);
extern int page_readlink(struct dentry *, char __user *, int);
extern const char *page_get_link(struct dentry *, struct inode *,
struct delayed_call *);
extern void page_put_link(void *);
extern int __page_symlink(struct inode *inode, const char *symname, int len,
fs: symlink write_begin allocation context fix With the write_begin/write_end aops, page_symlink was broken because it could no longer pass a GFP_NOFS type mask into the point where the allocations happened. They are done in write_begin, which would always assume that the filesystem can be entered from reclaim. This bug could cause filesystem deadlocks. The funny thing with having a gfp_t mask there is that it doesn't really allow the caller to arbitrarily tinker with the context in which it can be called. It couldn't ever be GFP_ATOMIC, for example, because it needs to take the page lock. The only thing any callers care about is __GFP_FS anyway, so turn that into a single flag. Add a new flag for write_begin, AOP_FLAG_NOFS. Filesystems can now act on this flag in their write_begin function. Change __grab_cache_page to accept a nofs argument as well, to honour that flag (while we're there, change the name to grab_cache_page_write_begin which is more instructive and does away with random leading underscores). This is really a more flexible way to go in the end anyway -- if a filesystem happens to want any extra allocations aside from the pagecache ones in ints write_begin function, it may now use GFP_KERNEL (rather than GFP_NOFS) for common case allocations (eg. ocfs2_alloc_write_ctxt, for a random example). [kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com: fix ubifs] [kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com: fix fuse] Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de> Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com> Cc: <stable@kernel.org> [2.6.28.x] Signed-off-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> [ Cleaned up the calling convention: just pass in the AOP flags untouched to the grab_cache_page_write_begin() function. That just simplifies everybody, and may even allow future expansion of the logic. - Linus ] Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2009-01-05 03:00:53 +07:00
int nofs);
extern int page_symlink(struct inode *inode, const char *symname, int len);
extern const struct inode_operations page_symlink_inode_operations;
extern void kfree_link(void *);
extern void generic_fillattr(struct inode *, struct kstat *);
statx: Add a system call to make enhanced file info available Add a system call to make extended file information available, including file creation and some attribute flags where available through the underlying filesystem. The getattr inode operation is altered to take two additional arguments: a u32 request_mask and an unsigned int flags that indicate the synchronisation mode. This change is propagated to the vfs_getattr*() function. Functions like vfs_stat() are now inline wrappers around new functions vfs_statx() and vfs_statx_fd() to reduce stack usage. ======== OVERVIEW ======== The idea was initially proposed as a set of xattrs that could be retrieved with getxattr(), but the general preference proved to be for a new syscall with an extended stat structure. A number of requests were gathered for features to be included. The following have been included: (1) Make the fields a consistent size on all arches and make them large. (2) Spare space, request flags and information flags are provided for future expansion. (3) Better support for the y2038 problem [Arnd Bergmann] (tv_sec is an __s64). (4) Creation time: The SMB protocol carries the creation time, which could be exported by Samba, which will in turn help CIFS make use of FS-Cache as that can be used for coherency data (stx_btime). This is also specified in NFSv4 as a recommended attribute and could be exported by NFSD [Steve French]. (5) Lightweight stat: Ask for just those details of interest, and allow a netfs (such as NFS) to approximate anything not of interest, possibly without going to the server [Trond Myklebust, Ulrich Drepper, Andreas Dilger] (AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC). (6) Heavyweight stat: Force a netfs to go to the server, even if it thinks its cached attributes are up to date [Trond Myklebust] (AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC). And the following have been left out for future extension: (7) Data version number: Could be used by userspace NFS servers [Aneesh Kumar]. Can also be used to modify fill_post_wcc() in NFSD which retrieves i_version directly, but has just called vfs_getattr(). It could get it from the kstat struct if it used vfs_xgetattr() instead. (There's disagreement on the exact semantics of a single field, since not all filesystems do this the same way). (8) BSD stat compatibility: Including more fields from the BSD stat such as creation time (st_btime) and inode generation number (st_gen) [Jeremy Allison, Bernd Schubert]. (9) Inode generation number: Useful for FUSE and userspace NFS servers [Bernd Schubert]. (This was asked for but later deemed unnecessary with the open-by-handle capability available and caused disagreement as to whether it's a security hole or not). (10) Extra coherency data may be useful in making backups [Andreas Dilger]. (No particular data were offered, but things like last backup timestamp, the data version number and the DOS archive bit would come into this category). (11) Allow the filesystem to indicate what it can/cannot provide: A filesystem can now say it doesn't support a standard stat feature if that isn't available, so if, for instance, inode numbers or UIDs don't exist or are fabricated locally... (This requires a separate system call - I have an fsinfo() call idea for this). (12) Store a 16-byte volume ID in the superblock that can be returned in struct xstat [Steve French]. (Deferred to fsinfo). (13) Include granularity fields in the time data to indicate the granularity of each of the times (NFSv4 time_delta) [Steve French]. (Deferred to fsinfo). (14) FS_IOC_GETFLAGS value. These could be translated to BSD's st_flags. Note that the Linux IOC flags are a mess and filesystems such as Ext4 define flags that aren't in linux/fs.h, so translation in the kernel may be a necessity (or, possibly, we provide the filesystem type too). (Some attributes are made available in stx_attributes, but the general feeling was that the IOC flags were to ext[234]-specific and shouldn't be exposed through statx this way). (15) Mask of features available on file (eg: ACLs, seclabel) [Brad Boyer, Michael Kerrisk]. (Deferred, probably to fsinfo. Finding out if there's an ACL or seclabal might require extra filesystem operations). (16) Femtosecond-resolution timestamps [Dave Chinner]. (A __reserved field has been left in the statx_timestamp struct for this - if there proves to be a need). (17) A set multiple attributes syscall to go with this. =============== NEW SYSTEM CALL =============== The new system call is: int ret = statx(int dfd, const char *filename, unsigned int flags, unsigned int mask, struct statx *buffer); The dfd, filename and flags parameters indicate the file to query, in a similar way to fstatat(). There is no equivalent of lstat() as that can be emulated with statx() by passing AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW in flags. There is also no equivalent of fstat() as that can be emulated by passing a NULL filename to statx() with the fd of interest in dfd. Whether or not statx() synchronises the attributes with the backing store can be controlled by OR'ing a value into the flags argument (this typically only affects network filesystems): (1) AT_STATX_SYNC_AS_STAT tells statx() to behave as stat() does in this respect. (2) AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC will require a network filesystem to synchronise its attributes with the server - which might require data writeback to occur to get the timestamps correct. (3) AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC will suppress synchronisation with the server in a network filesystem. The resulting values should be considered approximate. mask is a bitmask indicating the fields in struct statx that are of interest to the caller. The user should set this to STATX_BASIC_STATS to get the basic set returned by stat(). It should be noted that asking for more information may entail extra I/O operations. buffer points to the destination for the data. This must be 256 bytes in size. ====================== MAIN ATTRIBUTES RECORD ====================== The following structures are defined in which to return the main attribute set: struct statx_timestamp { __s64 tv_sec; __s32 tv_nsec; __s32 __reserved; }; struct statx { __u32 stx_mask; __u32 stx_blksize; __u64 stx_attributes; __u32 stx_nlink; __u32 stx_uid; __u32 stx_gid; __u16 stx_mode; __u16 __spare0[1]; __u64 stx_ino; __u64 stx_size; __u64 stx_blocks; __u64 __spare1[1]; struct statx_timestamp stx_atime; struct statx_timestamp stx_btime; struct statx_timestamp stx_ctime; struct statx_timestamp stx_mtime; __u32 stx_rdev_major; __u32 stx_rdev_minor; __u32 stx_dev_major; __u32 stx_dev_minor; __u64 __spare2[14]; }; The defined bits in request_mask and stx_mask are: STATX_TYPE Want/got stx_mode & S_IFMT STATX_MODE Want/got stx_mode & ~S_IFMT STATX_NLINK Want/got stx_nlink STATX_UID Want/got stx_uid STATX_GID Want/got stx_gid STATX_ATIME Want/got stx_atime{,_ns} STATX_MTIME Want/got stx_mtime{,_ns} STATX_CTIME Want/got stx_ctime{,_ns} STATX_INO Want/got stx_ino STATX_SIZE Want/got stx_size STATX_BLOCKS Want/got stx_blocks STATX_BASIC_STATS [The stuff in the normal stat struct] STATX_BTIME Want/got stx_btime{,_ns} STATX_ALL [All currently available stuff] stx_btime is the file creation time, stx_mask is a bitmask indicating the data provided and __spares*[] are where as-yet undefined fields can be placed. Time fields are structures with separate seconds and nanoseconds fields plus a reserved field in case we want to add even finer resolution. Note that times will be negative if before 1970; in such a case, the nanosecond fields will also be negative if not zero. The bits defined in the stx_attributes field convey information about a file, how it is accessed, where it is and what it does. The following attributes map to FS_*_FL flags and are the same numerical value: STATX_ATTR_COMPRESSED File is compressed by the fs STATX_ATTR_IMMUTABLE File is marked immutable STATX_ATTR_APPEND File is append-only STATX_ATTR_NODUMP File is not to be dumped STATX_ATTR_ENCRYPTED File requires key to decrypt in fs Within the kernel, the supported flags are listed by: KSTAT_ATTR_FS_IOC_FLAGS [Are any other IOC flags of sufficient general interest to be exposed through this interface?] New flags include: STATX_ATTR_AUTOMOUNT Object is an automount trigger These are for the use of GUI tools that might want to mark files specially, depending on what they are. Fields in struct statx come in a number of classes: (0) stx_dev_*, stx_blksize. These are local system information and are always available. (1) stx_mode, stx_nlinks, stx_uid, stx_gid, stx_[amc]time, stx_ino, stx_size, stx_blocks. These will be returned whether the caller asks for them or not. The corresponding bits in stx_mask will be set to indicate whether they actually have valid values. If the caller didn't ask for them, then they may be approximated. For example, NFS won't waste any time updating them from the server, unless as a byproduct of updating something requested. If the values don't actually exist for the underlying object (such as UID or GID on a DOS file), then the bit won't be set in the stx_mask, even if the caller asked for the value. In such a case, the returned value will be a fabrication. Note that there are instances where the type might not be valid, for instance Windows reparse points. (2) stx_rdev_*. This will be set only if stx_mode indicates we're looking at a blockdev or a chardev, otherwise will be 0. (3) stx_btime. Similar to (1), except this will be set to 0 if it doesn't exist. ======= TESTING ======= The following test program can be used to test the statx system call: samples/statx/test-statx.c Just compile and run, passing it paths to the files you want to examine. The file is built automatically if CONFIG_SAMPLES is enabled. Here's some example output. Firstly, an NFS directory that crosses to another FSID. Note that the AUTOMOUNT attribute is set because transiting this directory will cause d_automount to be invoked by the VFS. [root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx -A /warthog/data statx(/warthog/data) = 0 results=7ff Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory Device: 00:26 Inode: 1703937 Links: 125 Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041 Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000 Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Attributes: 0000000000001000 (-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---m---- --------) Secondly, the result of automounting on that directory. [root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx /warthog/data statx(/warthog/data) = 0 results=7ff Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory Device: 00:27 Inode: 2 Links: 125 Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041 Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000 Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2017-01-31 23:46:22 +07:00
extern int vfs_getattr_nosec(const struct path *, struct kstat *, u32, unsigned int);
extern int vfs_getattr(const struct path *, struct kstat *, u32, unsigned int);
void __inode_add_bytes(struct inode *inode, loff_t bytes);
void inode_add_bytes(struct inode *inode, loff_t bytes);
void __inode_sub_bytes(struct inode *inode, loff_t bytes);
void inode_sub_bytes(struct inode *inode, loff_t bytes);
static inline loff_t __inode_get_bytes(struct inode *inode)
{
return (((loff_t)inode->i_blocks) << 9) + inode->i_bytes;
}
loff_t inode_get_bytes(struct inode *inode);
void inode_set_bytes(struct inode *inode, loff_t bytes);
const char *simple_get_link(struct dentry *, struct inode *,
struct delayed_call *);
extern const struct inode_operations simple_symlink_inode_operations;
extern int iterate_dir(struct file *, struct dir_context *);
statx: Add a system call to make enhanced file info available Add a system call to make extended file information available, including file creation and some attribute flags where available through the underlying filesystem. The getattr inode operation is altered to take two additional arguments: a u32 request_mask and an unsigned int flags that indicate the synchronisation mode. This change is propagated to the vfs_getattr*() function. Functions like vfs_stat() are now inline wrappers around new functions vfs_statx() and vfs_statx_fd() to reduce stack usage. ======== OVERVIEW ======== The idea was initially proposed as a set of xattrs that could be retrieved with getxattr(), but the general preference proved to be for a new syscall with an extended stat structure. A number of requests were gathered for features to be included. The following have been included: (1) Make the fields a consistent size on all arches and make them large. (2) Spare space, request flags and information flags are provided for future expansion. (3) Better support for the y2038 problem [Arnd Bergmann] (tv_sec is an __s64). (4) Creation time: The SMB protocol carries the creation time, which could be exported by Samba, which will in turn help CIFS make use of FS-Cache as that can be used for coherency data (stx_btime). This is also specified in NFSv4 as a recommended attribute and could be exported by NFSD [Steve French]. (5) Lightweight stat: Ask for just those details of interest, and allow a netfs (such as NFS) to approximate anything not of interest, possibly without going to the server [Trond Myklebust, Ulrich Drepper, Andreas Dilger] (AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC). (6) Heavyweight stat: Force a netfs to go to the server, even if it thinks its cached attributes are up to date [Trond Myklebust] (AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC). And the following have been left out for future extension: (7) Data version number: Could be used by userspace NFS servers [Aneesh Kumar]. Can also be used to modify fill_post_wcc() in NFSD which retrieves i_version directly, but has just called vfs_getattr(). It could get it from the kstat struct if it used vfs_xgetattr() instead. (There's disagreement on the exact semantics of a single field, since not all filesystems do this the same way). (8) BSD stat compatibility: Including more fields from the BSD stat such as creation time (st_btime) and inode generation number (st_gen) [Jeremy Allison, Bernd Schubert]. (9) Inode generation number: Useful for FUSE and userspace NFS servers [Bernd Schubert]. (This was asked for but later deemed unnecessary with the open-by-handle capability available and caused disagreement as to whether it's a security hole or not). (10) Extra coherency data may be useful in making backups [Andreas Dilger]. (No particular data were offered, but things like last backup timestamp, the data version number and the DOS archive bit would come into this category). (11) Allow the filesystem to indicate what it can/cannot provide: A filesystem can now say it doesn't support a standard stat feature if that isn't available, so if, for instance, inode numbers or UIDs don't exist or are fabricated locally... (This requires a separate system call - I have an fsinfo() call idea for this). (12) Store a 16-byte volume ID in the superblock that can be returned in struct xstat [Steve French]. (Deferred to fsinfo). (13) Include granularity fields in the time data to indicate the granularity of each of the times (NFSv4 time_delta) [Steve French]. (Deferred to fsinfo). (14) FS_IOC_GETFLAGS value. These could be translated to BSD's st_flags. Note that the Linux IOC flags are a mess and filesystems such as Ext4 define flags that aren't in linux/fs.h, so translation in the kernel may be a necessity (or, possibly, we provide the filesystem type too). (Some attributes are made available in stx_attributes, but the general feeling was that the IOC flags were to ext[234]-specific and shouldn't be exposed through statx this way). (15) Mask of features available on file (eg: ACLs, seclabel) [Brad Boyer, Michael Kerrisk]. (Deferred, probably to fsinfo. Finding out if there's an ACL or seclabal might require extra filesystem operations). (16) Femtosecond-resolution timestamps [Dave Chinner]. (A __reserved field has been left in the statx_timestamp struct for this - if there proves to be a need). (17) A set multiple attributes syscall to go with this. =============== NEW SYSTEM CALL =============== The new system call is: int ret = statx(int dfd, const char *filename, unsigned int flags, unsigned int mask, struct statx *buffer); The dfd, filename and flags parameters indicate the file to query, in a similar way to fstatat(). There is no equivalent of lstat() as that can be emulated with statx() by passing AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW in flags. There is also no equivalent of fstat() as that can be emulated by passing a NULL filename to statx() with the fd of interest in dfd. Whether or not statx() synchronises the attributes with the backing store can be controlled by OR'ing a value into the flags argument (this typically only affects network filesystems): (1) AT_STATX_SYNC_AS_STAT tells statx() to behave as stat() does in this respect. (2) AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC will require a network filesystem to synchronise its attributes with the server - which might require data writeback to occur to get the timestamps correct. (3) AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC will suppress synchronisation with the server in a network filesystem. The resulting values should be considered approximate. mask is a bitmask indicating the fields in struct statx that are of interest to the caller. The user should set this to STATX_BASIC_STATS to get the basic set returned by stat(). It should be noted that asking for more information may entail extra I/O operations. buffer points to the destination for the data. This must be 256 bytes in size. ====================== MAIN ATTRIBUTES RECORD ====================== The following structures are defined in which to return the main attribute set: struct statx_timestamp { __s64 tv_sec; __s32 tv_nsec; __s32 __reserved; }; struct statx { __u32 stx_mask; __u32 stx_blksize; __u64 stx_attributes; __u32 stx_nlink; __u32 stx_uid; __u32 stx_gid; __u16 stx_mode; __u16 __spare0[1]; __u64 stx_ino; __u64 stx_size; __u64 stx_blocks; __u64 __spare1[1]; struct statx_timestamp stx_atime; struct statx_timestamp stx_btime; struct statx_timestamp stx_ctime; struct statx_timestamp stx_mtime; __u32 stx_rdev_major; __u32 stx_rdev_minor; __u32 stx_dev_major; __u32 stx_dev_minor; __u64 __spare2[14]; }; The defined bits in request_mask and stx_mask are: STATX_TYPE Want/got stx_mode & S_IFMT STATX_MODE Want/got stx_mode & ~S_IFMT STATX_NLINK Want/got stx_nlink STATX_UID Want/got stx_uid STATX_GID Want/got stx_gid STATX_ATIME Want/got stx_atime{,_ns} STATX_MTIME Want/got stx_mtime{,_ns} STATX_CTIME Want/got stx_ctime{,_ns} STATX_INO Want/got stx_ino STATX_SIZE Want/got stx_size STATX_BLOCKS Want/got stx_blocks STATX_BASIC_STATS [The stuff in the normal stat struct] STATX_BTIME Want/got stx_btime{,_ns} STATX_ALL [All currently available stuff] stx_btime is the file creation time, stx_mask is a bitmask indicating the data provided and __spares*[] are where as-yet undefined fields can be placed. Time fields are structures with separate seconds and nanoseconds fields plus a reserved field in case we want to add even finer resolution. Note that times will be negative if before 1970; in such a case, the nanosecond fields will also be negative if not zero. The bits defined in the stx_attributes field convey information about a file, how it is accessed, where it is and what it does. The following attributes map to FS_*_FL flags and are the same numerical value: STATX_ATTR_COMPRESSED File is compressed by the fs STATX_ATTR_IMMUTABLE File is marked immutable STATX_ATTR_APPEND File is append-only STATX_ATTR_NODUMP File is not to be dumped STATX_ATTR_ENCRYPTED File requires key to decrypt in fs Within the kernel, the supported flags are listed by: KSTAT_ATTR_FS_IOC_FLAGS [Are any other IOC flags of sufficient general interest to be exposed through this interface?] New flags include: STATX_ATTR_AUTOMOUNT Object is an automount trigger These are for the use of GUI tools that might want to mark files specially, depending on what they are. Fields in struct statx come in a number of classes: (0) stx_dev_*, stx_blksize. These are local system information and are always available. (1) stx_mode, stx_nlinks, stx_uid, stx_gid, stx_[amc]time, stx_ino, stx_size, stx_blocks. These will be returned whether the caller asks for them or not. The corresponding bits in stx_mask will be set to indicate whether they actually have valid values. If the caller didn't ask for them, then they may be approximated. For example, NFS won't waste any time updating them from the server, unless as a byproduct of updating something requested. If the values don't actually exist for the underlying object (such as UID or GID on a DOS file), then the bit won't be set in the stx_mask, even if the caller asked for the value. In such a case, the returned value will be a fabrication. Note that there are instances where the type might not be valid, for instance Windows reparse points. (2) stx_rdev_*. This will be set only if stx_mode indicates we're looking at a blockdev or a chardev, otherwise will be 0. (3) stx_btime. Similar to (1), except this will be set to 0 if it doesn't exist. ======= TESTING ======= The following test program can be used to test the statx system call: samples/statx/test-statx.c Just compile and run, passing it paths to the files you want to examine. The file is built automatically if CONFIG_SAMPLES is enabled. Here's some example output. Firstly, an NFS directory that crosses to another FSID. Note that the AUTOMOUNT attribute is set because transiting this directory will cause d_automount to be invoked by the VFS. [root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx -A /warthog/data statx(/warthog/data) = 0 results=7ff Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory Device: 00:26 Inode: 1703937 Links: 125 Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041 Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000 Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Attributes: 0000000000001000 (-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---m---- --------) Secondly, the result of automounting on that directory. [root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx /warthog/data statx(/warthog/data) = 0 results=7ff Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory Device: 00:27 Inode: 2 Links: 125 Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041 Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000 Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2017-01-31 23:46:22 +07:00
extern int vfs_statx(int, const char __user *, int, struct kstat *, u32);
extern int vfs_statx_fd(unsigned int, struct kstat *, u32, unsigned int);
static inline int vfs_stat(const char __user *filename, struct kstat *stat)
{
return vfs_statx(AT_FDCWD, filename, AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT,
stat, STATX_BASIC_STATS);
statx: Add a system call to make enhanced file info available Add a system call to make extended file information available, including file creation and some attribute flags where available through the underlying filesystem. The getattr inode operation is altered to take two additional arguments: a u32 request_mask and an unsigned int flags that indicate the synchronisation mode. This change is propagated to the vfs_getattr*() function. Functions like vfs_stat() are now inline wrappers around new functions vfs_statx() and vfs_statx_fd() to reduce stack usage. ======== OVERVIEW ======== The idea was initially proposed as a set of xattrs that could be retrieved with getxattr(), but the general preference proved to be for a new syscall with an extended stat structure. A number of requests were gathered for features to be included. The following have been included: (1) Make the fields a consistent size on all arches and make them large. (2) Spare space, request flags and information flags are provided for future expansion. (3) Better support for the y2038 problem [Arnd Bergmann] (tv_sec is an __s64). (4) Creation time: The SMB protocol carries the creation time, which could be exported by Samba, which will in turn help CIFS make use of FS-Cache as that can be used for coherency data (stx_btime). This is also specified in NFSv4 as a recommended attribute and could be exported by NFSD [Steve French]. (5) Lightweight stat: Ask for just those details of interest, and allow a netfs (such as NFS) to approximate anything not of interest, possibly without going to the server [Trond Myklebust, Ulrich Drepper, Andreas Dilger] (AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC). (6) Heavyweight stat: Force a netfs to go to the server, even if it thinks its cached attributes are up to date [Trond Myklebust] (AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC). And the following have been left out for future extension: (7) Data version number: Could be used by userspace NFS servers [Aneesh Kumar]. Can also be used to modify fill_post_wcc() in NFSD which retrieves i_version directly, but has just called vfs_getattr(). It could get it from the kstat struct if it used vfs_xgetattr() instead. (There's disagreement on the exact semantics of a single field, since not all filesystems do this the same way). (8) BSD stat compatibility: Including more fields from the BSD stat such as creation time (st_btime) and inode generation number (st_gen) [Jeremy Allison, Bernd Schubert]. (9) Inode generation number: Useful for FUSE and userspace NFS servers [Bernd Schubert]. (This was asked for but later deemed unnecessary with the open-by-handle capability available and caused disagreement as to whether it's a security hole or not). (10) Extra coherency data may be useful in making backups [Andreas Dilger]. (No particular data were offered, but things like last backup timestamp, the data version number and the DOS archive bit would come into this category). (11) Allow the filesystem to indicate what it can/cannot provide: A filesystem can now say it doesn't support a standard stat feature if that isn't available, so if, for instance, inode numbers or UIDs don't exist or are fabricated locally... (This requires a separate system call - I have an fsinfo() call idea for this). (12) Store a 16-byte volume ID in the superblock that can be returned in struct xstat [Steve French]. (Deferred to fsinfo). (13) Include granularity fields in the time data to indicate the granularity of each of the times (NFSv4 time_delta) [Steve French]. (Deferred to fsinfo). (14) FS_IOC_GETFLAGS value. These could be translated to BSD's st_flags. Note that the Linux IOC flags are a mess and filesystems such as Ext4 define flags that aren't in linux/fs.h, so translation in the kernel may be a necessity (or, possibly, we provide the filesystem type too). (Some attributes are made available in stx_attributes, but the general feeling was that the IOC flags were to ext[234]-specific and shouldn't be exposed through statx this way). (15) Mask of features available on file (eg: ACLs, seclabel) [Brad Boyer, Michael Kerrisk]. (Deferred, probably to fsinfo. Finding out if there's an ACL or seclabal might require extra filesystem operations). (16) Femtosecond-resolution timestamps [Dave Chinner]. (A __reserved field has been left in the statx_timestamp struct for this - if there proves to be a need). (17) A set multiple attributes syscall to go with this. =============== NEW SYSTEM CALL =============== The new system call is: int ret = statx(int dfd, const char *filename, unsigned int flags, unsigned int mask, struct statx *buffer); The dfd, filename and flags parameters indicate the file to query, in a similar way to fstatat(). There is no equivalent of lstat() as that can be emulated with statx() by passing AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW in flags. There is also no equivalent of fstat() as that can be emulated by passing a NULL filename to statx() with the fd of interest in dfd. Whether or not statx() synchronises the attributes with the backing store can be controlled by OR'ing a value into the flags argument (this typically only affects network filesystems): (1) AT_STATX_SYNC_AS_STAT tells statx() to behave as stat() does in this respect. (2) AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC will require a network filesystem to synchronise its attributes with the server - which might require data writeback to occur to get the timestamps correct. (3) AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC will suppress synchronisation with the server in a network filesystem. The resulting values should be considered approximate. mask is a bitmask indicating the fields in struct statx that are of interest to the caller. The user should set this to STATX_BASIC_STATS to get the basic set returned by stat(). It should be noted that asking for more information may entail extra I/O operations. buffer points to the destination for the data. This must be 256 bytes in size. ====================== MAIN ATTRIBUTES RECORD ====================== The following structures are defined in which to return the main attribute set: struct statx_timestamp { __s64 tv_sec; __s32 tv_nsec; __s32 __reserved; }; struct statx { __u32 stx_mask; __u32 stx_blksize; __u64 stx_attributes; __u32 stx_nlink; __u32 stx_uid; __u32 stx_gid; __u16 stx_mode; __u16 __spare0[1]; __u64 stx_ino; __u64 stx_size; __u64 stx_blocks; __u64 __spare1[1]; struct statx_timestamp stx_atime; struct statx_timestamp stx_btime; struct statx_timestamp stx_ctime; struct statx_timestamp stx_mtime; __u32 stx_rdev_major; __u32 stx_rdev_minor; __u32 stx_dev_major; __u32 stx_dev_minor; __u64 __spare2[14]; }; The defined bits in request_mask and stx_mask are: STATX_TYPE Want/got stx_mode & S_IFMT STATX_MODE Want/got stx_mode & ~S_IFMT STATX_NLINK Want/got stx_nlink STATX_UID Want/got stx_uid STATX_GID Want/got stx_gid STATX_ATIME Want/got stx_atime{,_ns} STATX_MTIME Want/got stx_mtime{,_ns} STATX_CTIME Want/got stx_ctime{,_ns} STATX_INO Want/got stx_ino STATX_SIZE Want/got stx_size STATX_BLOCKS Want/got stx_blocks STATX_BASIC_STATS [The stuff in the normal stat struct] STATX_BTIME Want/got stx_btime{,_ns} STATX_ALL [All currently available stuff] stx_btime is the file creation time, stx_mask is a bitmask indicating the data provided and __spares*[] are where as-yet undefined fields can be placed. Time fields are structures with separate seconds and nanoseconds fields plus a reserved field in case we want to add even finer resolution. Note that times will be negative if before 1970; in such a case, the nanosecond fields will also be negative if not zero. The bits defined in the stx_attributes field convey information about a file, how it is accessed, where it is and what it does. The following attributes map to FS_*_FL flags and are the same numerical value: STATX_ATTR_COMPRESSED File is compressed by the fs STATX_ATTR_IMMUTABLE File is marked immutable STATX_ATTR_APPEND File is append-only STATX_ATTR_NODUMP File is not to be dumped STATX_ATTR_ENCRYPTED File requires key to decrypt in fs Within the kernel, the supported flags are listed by: KSTAT_ATTR_FS_IOC_FLAGS [Are any other IOC flags of sufficient general interest to be exposed through this interface?] New flags include: STATX_ATTR_AUTOMOUNT Object is an automount trigger These are for the use of GUI tools that might want to mark files specially, depending on what they are. Fields in struct statx come in a number of classes: (0) stx_dev_*, stx_blksize. These are local system information and are always available. (1) stx_mode, stx_nlinks, stx_uid, stx_gid, stx_[amc]time, stx_ino, stx_size, stx_blocks. These will be returned whether the caller asks for them or not. The corresponding bits in stx_mask will be set to indicate whether they actually have valid values. If the caller didn't ask for them, then they may be approximated. For example, NFS won't waste any time updating them from the server, unless as a byproduct of updating something requested. If the values don't actually exist for the underlying object (such as UID or GID on a DOS file), then the bit won't be set in the stx_mask, even if the caller asked for the value. In such a case, the returned value will be a fabrication. Note that there are instances where the type might not be valid, for instance Windows reparse points. (2) stx_rdev_*. This will be set only if stx_mode indicates we're looking at a blockdev or a chardev, otherwise will be 0. (3) stx_btime. Similar to (1), except this will be set to 0 if it doesn't exist. ======= TESTING ======= The following test program can be used to test the statx system call: samples/statx/test-statx.c Just compile and run, passing it paths to the files you want to examine. The file is built automatically if CONFIG_SAMPLES is enabled. Here's some example output. Firstly, an NFS directory that crosses to another FSID. Note that the AUTOMOUNT attribute is set because transiting this directory will cause d_automount to be invoked by the VFS. [root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx -A /warthog/data statx(/warthog/data) = 0 results=7ff Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory Device: 00:26 Inode: 1703937 Links: 125 Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041 Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000 Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Attributes: 0000000000001000 (-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---m---- --------) Secondly, the result of automounting on that directory. [root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx /warthog/data statx(/warthog/data) = 0 results=7ff Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory Device: 00:27 Inode: 2 Links: 125 Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041 Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000 Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2017-01-31 23:46:22 +07:00
}
static inline int vfs_lstat(const char __user *name, struct kstat *stat)
{
return vfs_statx(AT_FDCWD, name, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW | AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT,
statx: Add a system call to make enhanced file info available Add a system call to make extended file information available, including file creation and some attribute flags where available through the underlying filesystem. The getattr inode operation is altered to take two additional arguments: a u32 request_mask and an unsigned int flags that indicate the synchronisation mode. This change is propagated to the vfs_getattr*() function. Functions like vfs_stat() are now inline wrappers around new functions vfs_statx() and vfs_statx_fd() to reduce stack usage. ======== OVERVIEW ======== The idea was initially proposed as a set of xattrs that could be retrieved with getxattr(), but the general preference proved to be for a new syscall with an extended stat structure. A number of requests were gathered for features to be included. The following have been included: (1) Make the fields a consistent size on all arches and make them large. (2) Spare space, request flags and information flags are provided for future expansion. (3) Better support for the y2038 problem [Arnd Bergmann] (tv_sec is an __s64). (4) Creation time: The SMB protocol carries the creation time, which could be exported by Samba, which will in turn help CIFS make use of FS-Cache as that can be used for coherency data (stx_btime). This is also specified in NFSv4 as a recommended attribute and could be exported by NFSD [Steve French]. (5) Lightweight stat: Ask for just those details of interest, and allow a netfs (such as NFS) to approximate anything not of interest, possibly without going to the server [Trond Myklebust, Ulrich Drepper, Andreas Dilger] (AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC). (6) Heavyweight stat: Force a netfs to go to the server, even if it thinks its cached attributes are up to date [Trond Myklebust] (AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC). And the following have been left out for future extension: (7) Data version number: Could be used by userspace NFS servers [Aneesh Kumar]. Can also be used to modify fill_post_wcc() in NFSD which retrieves i_version directly, but has just called vfs_getattr(). It could get it from the kstat struct if it used vfs_xgetattr() instead. (There's disagreement on the exact semantics of a single field, since not all filesystems do this the same way). (8) BSD stat compatibility: Including more fields from the BSD stat such as creation time (st_btime) and inode generation number (st_gen) [Jeremy Allison, Bernd Schubert]. (9) Inode generation number: Useful for FUSE and userspace NFS servers [Bernd Schubert]. (This was asked for but later deemed unnecessary with the open-by-handle capability available and caused disagreement as to whether it's a security hole or not). (10) Extra coherency data may be useful in making backups [Andreas Dilger]. (No particular data were offered, but things like last backup timestamp, the data version number and the DOS archive bit would come into this category). (11) Allow the filesystem to indicate what it can/cannot provide: A filesystem can now say it doesn't support a standard stat feature if that isn't available, so if, for instance, inode numbers or UIDs don't exist or are fabricated locally... (This requires a separate system call - I have an fsinfo() call idea for this). (12) Store a 16-byte volume ID in the superblock that can be returned in struct xstat [Steve French]. (Deferred to fsinfo). (13) Include granularity fields in the time data to indicate the granularity of each of the times (NFSv4 time_delta) [Steve French]. (Deferred to fsinfo). (14) FS_IOC_GETFLAGS value. These could be translated to BSD's st_flags. Note that the Linux IOC flags are a mess and filesystems such as Ext4 define flags that aren't in linux/fs.h, so translation in the kernel may be a necessity (or, possibly, we provide the filesystem type too). (Some attributes are made available in stx_attributes, but the general feeling was that the IOC flags were to ext[234]-specific and shouldn't be exposed through statx this way). (15) Mask of features available on file (eg: ACLs, seclabel) [Brad Boyer, Michael Kerrisk]. (Deferred, probably to fsinfo. Finding out if there's an ACL or seclabal might require extra filesystem operations). (16) Femtosecond-resolution timestamps [Dave Chinner]. (A __reserved field has been left in the statx_timestamp struct for this - if there proves to be a need). (17) A set multiple attributes syscall to go with this. =============== NEW SYSTEM CALL =============== The new system call is: int ret = statx(int dfd, const char *filename, unsigned int flags, unsigned int mask, struct statx *buffer); The dfd, filename and flags parameters indicate the file to query, in a similar way to fstatat(). There is no equivalent of lstat() as that can be emulated with statx() by passing AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW in flags. There is also no equivalent of fstat() as that can be emulated by passing a NULL filename to statx() with the fd of interest in dfd. Whether or not statx() synchronises the attributes with the backing store can be controlled by OR'ing a value into the flags argument (this typically only affects network filesystems): (1) AT_STATX_SYNC_AS_STAT tells statx() to behave as stat() does in this respect. (2) AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC will require a network filesystem to synchronise its attributes with the server - which might require data writeback to occur to get the timestamps correct. (3) AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC will suppress synchronisation with the server in a network filesystem. The resulting values should be considered approximate. mask is a bitmask indicating the fields in struct statx that are of interest to the caller. The user should set this to STATX_BASIC_STATS to get the basic set returned by stat(). It should be noted that asking for more information may entail extra I/O operations. buffer points to the destination for the data. This must be 256 bytes in size. ====================== MAIN ATTRIBUTES RECORD ====================== The following structures are defined in which to return the main attribute set: struct statx_timestamp { __s64 tv_sec; __s32 tv_nsec; __s32 __reserved; }; struct statx { __u32 stx_mask; __u32 stx_blksize; __u64 stx_attributes; __u32 stx_nlink; __u32 stx_uid; __u32 stx_gid; __u16 stx_mode; __u16 __spare0[1]; __u64 stx_ino; __u64 stx_size; __u64 stx_blocks; __u64 __spare1[1]; struct statx_timestamp stx_atime; struct statx_timestamp stx_btime; struct statx_timestamp stx_ctime; struct statx_timestamp stx_mtime; __u32 stx_rdev_major; __u32 stx_rdev_minor; __u32 stx_dev_major; __u32 stx_dev_minor; __u64 __spare2[14]; }; The defined bits in request_mask and stx_mask are: STATX_TYPE Want/got stx_mode & S_IFMT STATX_MODE Want/got stx_mode & ~S_IFMT STATX_NLINK Want/got stx_nlink STATX_UID Want/got stx_uid STATX_GID Want/got stx_gid STATX_ATIME Want/got stx_atime{,_ns} STATX_MTIME Want/got stx_mtime{,_ns} STATX_CTIME Want/got stx_ctime{,_ns} STATX_INO Want/got stx_ino STATX_SIZE Want/got stx_size STATX_BLOCKS Want/got stx_blocks STATX_BASIC_STATS [The stuff in the normal stat struct] STATX_BTIME Want/got stx_btime{,_ns} STATX_ALL [All currently available stuff] stx_btime is the file creation time, stx_mask is a bitmask indicating the data provided and __spares*[] are where as-yet undefined fields can be placed. Time fields are structures with separate seconds and nanoseconds fields plus a reserved field in case we want to add even finer resolution. Note that times will be negative if before 1970; in such a case, the nanosecond fields will also be negative if not zero. The bits defined in the stx_attributes field convey information about a file, how it is accessed, where it is and what it does. The following attributes map to FS_*_FL flags and are the same numerical value: STATX_ATTR_COMPRESSED File is compressed by the fs STATX_ATTR_IMMUTABLE File is marked immutable STATX_ATTR_APPEND File is append-only STATX_ATTR_NODUMP File is not to be dumped STATX_ATTR_ENCRYPTED File requires key to decrypt in fs Within the kernel, the supported flags are listed by: KSTAT_ATTR_FS_IOC_FLAGS [Are any other IOC flags of sufficient general interest to be exposed through this interface?] New flags include: STATX_ATTR_AUTOMOUNT Object is an automount trigger These are for the use of GUI tools that might want to mark files specially, depending on what they are. Fields in struct statx come in a number of classes: (0) stx_dev_*, stx_blksize. These are local system information and are always available. (1) stx_mode, stx_nlinks, stx_uid, stx_gid, stx_[amc]time, stx_ino, stx_size, stx_blocks. These will be returned whether the caller asks for them or not. The corresponding bits in stx_mask will be set to indicate whether they actually have valid values. If the caller didn't ask for them, then they may be approximated. For example, NFS won't waste any time updating them from the server, unless as a byproduct of updating something requested. If the values don't actually exist for the underlying object (such as UID or GID on a DOS file), then the bit won't be set in the stx_mask, even if the caller asked for the value. In such a case, the returned value will be a fabrication. Note that there are instances where the type might not be valid, for instance Windows reparse points. (2) stx_rdev_*. This will be set only if stx_mode indicates we're looking at a blockdev or a chardev, otherwise will be 0. (3) stx_btime. Similar to (1), except this will be set to 0 if it doesn't exist. ======= TESTING ======= The following test program can be used to test the statx system call: samples/statx/test-statx.c Just compile and run, passing it paths to the files you want to examine. The file is built automatically if CONFIG_SAMPLES is enabled. Here's some example output. Firstly, an NFS directory that crosses to another FSID. Note that the AUTOMOUNT attribute is set because transiting this directory will cause d_automount to be invoked by the VFS. [root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx -A /warthog/data statx(/warthog/data) = 0 results=7ff Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory Device: 00:26 Inode: 1703937 Links: 125 Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041 Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000 Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Attributes: 0000000000001000 (-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---m---- --------) Secondly, the result of automounting on that directory. [root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx /warthog/data statx(/warthog/data) = 0 results=7ff Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory Device: 00:27 Inode: 2 Links: 125 Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041 Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000 Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2017-01-31 23:46:22 +07:00
stat, STATX_BASIC_STATS);
}
static inline int vfs_fstatat(int dfd, const char __user *filename,
struct kstat *stat, int flags)
{
autofs: fix AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT not being honored The fstatat(2) and statx() calls can pass the flag AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT which is meant to clear the LOOKUP_AUTOMOUNT flag and prevent triggering of an automount by the call. But this flag is unconditionally cleared for all stat family system calls except statx(). stat family system calls have always triggered mount requests for the negative dentry case in follow_automount() which is intended but prevents the fstatat(2) and statx() AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT case from being handled. In order to handle the AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT for both system calls the negative dentry case in follow_automount() needs to be changed to return ENOENT when the LOOKUP_AUTOMOUNT flag is clear (and the other required flags are clear). AFAICT this change doesn't have any noticable side effects and may, in some use cases (although I didn't see it in testing) prevent unnecessary callbacks to the automount daemon. It's also possible that a stat family call has been made with a path that is in the process of being mounted by some other process. But stat family calls should return the automount state of the path as it is "now" so it shouldn't wait for mount completion. This is the same semantic as the positive dentry case already handled. Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/150216641255.11652.4204561328197919771.stgit@pluto.themaw.net Fixes: deccf497d804a4c5fca ("Make stat/lstat/fstatat pass AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT to vfs_statx()") Signed-off-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Colin Walters <walters@redhat.com> Cc: Ondrej Holy <oholy@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2017-09-09 06:16:24 +07:00
return vfs_statx(dfd, filename, flags, stat, STATX_BASIC_STATS);
statx: Add a system call to make enhanced file info available Add a system call to make extended file information available, including file creation and some attribute flags where available through the underlying filesystem. The getattr inode operation is altered to take two additional arguments: a u32 request_mask and an unsigned int flags that indicate the synchronisation mode. This change is propagated to the vfs_getattr*() function. Functions like vfs_stat() are now inline wrappers around new functions vfs_statx() and vfs_statx_fd() to reduce stack usage. ======== OVERVIEW ======== The idea was initially proposed as a set of xattrs that could be retrieved with getxattr(), but the general preference proved to be for a new syscall with an extended stat structure. A number of requests were gathered for features to be included. The following have been included: (1) Make the fields a consistent size on all arches and make them large. (2) Spare space, request flags and information flags are provided for future expansion. (3) Better support for the y2038 problem [Arnd Bergmann] (tv_sec is an __s64). (4) Creation time: The SMB protocol carries the creation time, which could be exported by Samba, which will in turn help CIFS make use of FS-Cache as that can be used for coherency data (stx_btime). This is also specified in NFSv4 as a recommended attribute and could be exported by NFSD [Steve French]. (5) Lightweight stat: Ask for just those details of interest, and allow a netfs (such as NFS) to approximate anything not of interest, possibly without going to the server [Trond Myklebust, Ulrich Drepper, Andreas Dilger] (AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC). (6) Heavyweight stat: Force a netfs to go to the server, even if it thinks its cached attributes are up to date [Trond Myklebust] (AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC). And the following have been left out for future extension: (7) Data version number: Could be used by userspace NFS servers [Aneesh Kumar]. Can also be used to modify fill_post_wcc() in NFSD which retrieves i_version directly, but has just called vfs_getattr(). It could get it from the kstat struct if it used vfs_xgetattr() instead. (There's disagreement on the exact semantics of a single field, since not all filesystems do this the same way). (8) BSD stat compatibility: Including more fields from the BSD stat such as creation time (st_btime) and inode generation number (st_gen) [Jeremy Allison, Bernd Schubert]. (9) Inode generation number: Useful for FUSE and userspace NFS servers [Bernd Schubert]. (This was asked for but later deemed unnecessary with the open-by-handle capability available and caused disagreement as to whether it's a security hole or not). (10) Extra coherency data may be useful in making backups [Andreas Dilger]. (No particular data were offered, but things like last backup timestamp, the data version number and the DOS archive bit would come into this category). (11) Allow the filesystem to indicate what it can/cannot provide: A filesystem can now say it doesn't support a standard stat feature if that isn't available, so if, for instance, inode numbers or UIDs don't exist or are fabricated locally... (This requires a separate system call - I have an fsinfo() call idea for this). (12) Store a 16-byte volume ID in the superblock that can be returned in struct xstat [Steve French]. (Deferred to fsinfo). (13) Include granularity fields in the time data to indicate the granularity of each of the times (NFSv4 time_delta) [Steve French]. (Deferred to fsinfo). (14) FS_IOC_GETFLAGS value. These could be translated to BSD's st_flags. Note that the Linux IOC flags are a mess and filesystems such as Ext4 define flags that aren't in linux/fs.h, so translation in the kernel may be a necessity (or, possibly, we provide the filesystem type too). (Some attributes are made available in stx_attributes, but the general feeling was that the IOC flags were to ext[234]-specific and shouldn't be exposed through statx this way). (15) Mask of features available on file (eg: ACLs, seclabel) [Brad Boyer, Michael Kerrisk]. (Deferred, probably to fsinfo. Finding out if there's an ACL or seclabal might require extra filesystem operations). (16) Femtosecond-resolution timestamps [Dave Chinner]. (A __reserved field has been left in the statx_timestamp struct for this - if there proves to be a need). (17) A set multiple attributes syscall to go with this. =============== NEW SYSTEM CALL =============== The new system call is: int ret = statx(int dfd, const char *filename, unsigned int flags, unsigned int mask, struct statx *buffer); The dfd, filename and flags parameters indicate the file to query, in a similar way to fstatat(). There is no equivalent of lstat() as that can be emulated with statx() by passing AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW in flags. There is also no equivalent of fstat() as that can be emulated by passing a NULL filename to statx() with the fd of interest in dfd. Whether or not statx() synchronises the attributes with the backing store can be controlled by OR'ing a value into the flags argument (this typically only affects network filesystems): (1) AT_STATX_SYNC_AS_STAT tells statx() to behave as stat() does in this respect. (2) AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC will require a network filesystem to synchronise its attributes with the server - which might require data writeback to occur to get the timestamps correct. (3) AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC will suppress synchronisation with the server in a network filesystem. The resulting values should be considered approximate. mask is a bitmask indicating the fields in struct statx that are of interest to the caller. The user should set this to STATX_BASIC_STATS to get the basic set returned by stat(). It should be noted that asking for more information may entail extra I/O operations. buffer points to the destination for the data. This must be 256 bytes in size. ====================== MAIN ATTRIBUTES RECORD ====================== The following structures are defined in which to return the main attribute set: struct statx_timestamp { __s64 tv_sec; __s32 tv_nsec; __s32 __reserved; }; struct statx { __u32 stx_mask; __u32 stx_blksize; __u64 stx_attributes; __u32 stx_nlink; __u32 stx_uid; __u32 stx_gid; __u16 stx_mode; __u16 __spare0[1]; __u64 stx_ino; __u64 stx_size; __u64 stx_blocks; __u64 __spare1[1]; struct statx_timestamp stx_atime; struct statx_timestamp stx_btime; struct statx_timestamp stx_ctime; struct statx_timestamp stx_mtime; __u32 stx_rdev_major; __u32 stx_rdev_minor; __u32 stx_dev_major; __u32 stx_dev_minor; __u64 __spare2[14]; }; The defined bits in request_mask and stx_mask are: STATX_TYPE Want/got stx_mode & S_IFMT STATX_MODE Want/got stx_mode & ~S_IFMT STATX_NLINK Want/got stx_nlink STATX_UID Want/got stx_uid STATX_GID Want/got stx_gid STATX_ATIME Want/got stx_atime{,_ns} STATX_MTIME Want/got stx_mtime{,_ns} STATX_CTIME Want/got stx_ctime{,_ns} STATX_INO Want/got stx_ino STATX_SIZE Want/got stx_size STATX_BLOCKS Want/got stx_blocks STATX_BASIC_STATS [The stuff in the normal stat struct] STATX_BTIME Want/got stx_btime{,_ns} STATX_ALL [All currently available stuff] stx_btime is the file creation time, stx_mask is a bitmask indicating the data provided and __spares*[] are where as-yet undefined fields can be placed. Time fields are structures with separate seconds and nanoseconds fields plus a reserved field in case we want to add even finer resolution. Note that times will be negative if before 1970; in such a case, the nanosecond fields will also be negative if not zero. The bits defined in the stx_attributes field convey information about a file, how it is accessed, where it is and what it does. The following attributes map to FS_*_FL flags and are the same numerical value: STATX_ATTR_COMPRESSED File is compressed by the fs STATX_ATTR_IMMUTABLE File is marked immutable STATX_ATTR_APPEND File is append-only STATX_ATTR_NODUMP File is not to be dumped STATX_ATTR_ENCRYPTED File requires key to decrypt in fs Within the kernel, the supported flags are listed by: KSTAT_ATTR_FS_IOC_FLAGS [Are any other IOC flags of sufficient general interest to be exposed through this interface?] New flags include: STATX_ATTR_AUTOMOUNT Object is an automount trigger These are for the use of GUI tools that might want to mark files specially, depending on what they are. Fields in struct statx come in a number of classes: (0) stx_dev_*, stx_blksize. These are local system information and are always available. (1) stx_mode, stx_nlinks, stx_uid, stx_gid, stx_[amc]time, stx_ino, stx_size, stx_blocks. These will be returned whether the caller asks for them or not. The corresponding bits in stx_mask will be set to indicate whether they actually have valid values. If the caller didn't ask for them, then they may be approximated. For example, NFS won't waste any time updating them from the server, unless as a byproduct of updating something requested. If the values don't actually exist for the underlying object (such as UID or GID on a DOS file), then the bit won't be set in the stx_mask, even if the caller asked for the value. In such a case, the returned value will be a fabrication. Note that there are instances where the type might not be valid, for instance Windows reparse points. (2) stx_rdev_*. This will be set only if stx_mode indicates we're looking at a blockdev or a chardev, otherwise will be 0. (3) stx_btime. Similar to (1), except this will be set to 0 if it doesn't exist. ======= TESTING ======= The following test program can be used to test the statx system call: samples/statx/test-statx.c Just compile and run, passing it paths to the files you want to examine. The file is built automatically if CONFIG_SAMPLES is enabled. Here's some example output. Firstly, an NFS directory that crosses to another FSID. Note that the AUTOMOUNT attribute is set because transiting this directory will cause d_automount to be invoked by the VFS. [root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx -A /warthog/data statx(/warthog/data) = 0 results=7ff Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory Device: 00:26 Inode: 1703937 Links: 125 Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041 Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000 Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Attributes: 0000000000001000 (-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---m---- --------) Secondly, the result of automounting on that directory. [root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx /warthog/data statx(/warthog/data) = 0 results=7ff Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory Device: 00:27 Inode: 2 Links: 125 Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041 Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000 Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2017-01-31 23:46:22 +07:00
}
static inline int vfs_fstat(int fd, struct kstat *stat)
{
return vfs_statx_fd(fd, stat, STATX_BASIC_STATS, 0);
}
extern const char *vfs_get_link(struct dentry *, struct delayed_call *);
extern int vfs_readlink(struct dentry *, char __user *, int);
extern int __generic_block_fiemap(struct inode *inode,
struct fiemap_extent_info *fieinfo,
loff_t start, loff_t len,
get_block_t *get_block);
extern int generic_block_fiemap(struct inode *inode,
struct fiemap_extent_info *fieinfo, u64 start,
u64 len, get_block_t *get_block);
extern struct file_system_type *get_filesystem(struct file_system_type *fs);
extern void put_filesystem(struct file_system_type *fs);
extern struct file_system_type *get_fs_type(const char *name);
extern struct super_block *get_super(struct block_device *);
extern struct super_block *get_super_thawed(struct block_device *);
extern struct super_block *get_super_exclusive_thawed(struct block_device *bdev);
extern struct super_block *get_active_super(struct block_device *bdev);
extern void drop_super(struct super_block *sb);
extern void drop_super_exclusive(struct super_block *sb);
extern void iterate_supers(void (*)(struct super_block *, void *), void *);
extern void iterate_supers_type(struct file_system_type *,
void (*)(struct super_block *, void *), void *);
extern int dcache_dir_open(struct inode *, struct file *);
extern int dcache_dir_close(struct inode *, struct file *);
extern loff_t dcache_dir_lseek(struct file *, loff_t, int);
extern int dcache_readdir(struct file *, struct dir_context *);
fs: introduce new truncate sequence Introduce a new truncate calling sequence into fs/mm subsystems. Rather than setattr > vmtruncate > truncate, have filesystems call their truncate sequence from ->setattr if filesystem specific operations are required. vmtruncate is deprecated, and truncate_pagecache and inode_newsize_ok helpers introduced previously should be used. simple_setattr is introduced for simple in-ram filesystems to implement the new truncate sequence. Eventually all filesystems should be converted to implement a setattr, and the default code in notify_change should go away. simple_setsize is also introduced to perform just the ATTR_SIZE portion of simple_setattr (ie. changing i_size and trimming pagecache). To implement the new truncate sequence: - filesystem specific manipulations (eg freeing blocks) must be done in the setattr method rather than ->truncate. - vmtruncate can not be used by core code to trim blocks past i_size in the event of write failure after allocation, so this must be performed in the fs code. - convert usage of helpers block_write_begin, nobh_write_begin, cont_write_begin, and *blockdev_direct_IO* to use _newtrunc postfixed variants. These avoid calling vmtruncate to trim blocks (see previous). - inode_setattr should not be used. generic_setattr is a new function to be used to copy simple attributes into the generic inode. - make use of the better opportunity to handle errors with the new sequence. Big problem with the previous calling sequence: the filesystem is not called until i_size has already changed. This means it is not allowed to fail the call, and also it does not know what the previous i_size was. Also, generic code calling vmtruncate to truncate allocated blocks in case of error had no good way to return a meaningful error (or, for example, atomically handle block deallocation). Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Acked-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2010-05-26 22:05:33 +07:00
extern int simple_setattr(struct dentry *, struct iattr *);
statx: Add a system call to make enhanced file info available Add a system call to make extended file information available, including file creation and some attribute flags where available through the underlying filesystem. The getattr inode operation is altered to take two additional arguments: a u32 request_mask and an unsigned int flags that indicate the synchronisation mode. This change is propagated to the vfs_getattr*() function. Functions like vfs_stat() are now inline wrappers around new functions vfs_statx() and vfs_statx_fd() to reduce stack usage. ======== OVERVIEW ======== The idea was initially proposed as a set of xattrs that could be retrieved with getxattr(), but the general preference proved to be for a new syscall with an extended stat structure. A number of requests were gathered for features to be included. The following have been included: (1) Make the fields a consistent size on all arches and make them large. (2) Spare space, request flags and information flags are provided for future expansion. (3) Better support for the y2038 problem [Arnd Bergmann] (tv_sec is an __s64). (4) Creation time: The SMB protocol carries the creation time, which could be exported by Samba, which will in turn help CIFS make use of FS-Cache as that can be used for coherency data (stx_btime). This is also specified in NFSv4 as a recommended attribute and could be exported by NFSD [Steve French]. (5) Lightweight stat: Ask for just those details of interest, and allow a netfs (such as NFS) to approximate anything not of interest, possibly without going to the server [Trond Myklebust, Ulrich Drepper, Andreas Dilger] (AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC). (6) Heavyweight stat: Force a netfs to go to the server, even if it thinks its cached attributes are up to date [Trond Myklebust] (AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC). And the following have been left out for future extension: (7) Data version number: Could be used by userspace NFS servers [Aneesh Kumar]. Can also be used to modify fill_post_wcc() in NFSD which retrieves i_version directly, but has just called vfs_getattr(). It could get it from the kstat struct if it used vfs_xgetattr() instead. (There's disagreement on the exact semantics of a single field, since not all filesystems do this the same way). (8) BSD stat compatibility: Including more fields from the BSD stat such as creation time (st_btime) and inode generation number (st_gen) [Jeremy Allison, Bernd Schubert]. (9) Inode generation number: Useful for FUSE and userspace NFS servers [Bernd Schubert]. (This was asked for but later deemed unnecessary with the open-by-handle capability available and caused disagreement as to whether it's a security hole or not). (10) Extra coherency data may be useful in making backups [Andreas Dilger]. (No particular data were offered, but things like last backup timestamp, the data version number and the DOS archive bit would come into this category). (11) Allow the filesystem to indicate what it can/cannot provide: A filesystem can now say it doesn't support a standard stat feature if that isn't available, so if, for instance, inode numbers or UIDs don't exist or are fabricated locally... (This requires a separate system call - I have an fsinfo() call idea for this). (12) Store a 16-byte volume ID in the superblock that can be returned in struct xstat [Steve French]. (Deferred to fsinfo). (13) Include granularity fields in the time data to indicate the granularity of each of the times (NFSv4 time_delta) [Steve French]. (Deferred to fsinfo). (14) FS_IOC_GETFLAGS value. These could be translated to BSD's st_flags. Note that the Linux IOC flags are a mess and filesystems such as Ext4 define flags that aren't in linux/fs.h, so translation in the kernel may be a necessity (or, possibly, we provide the filesystem type too). (Some attributes are made available in stx_attributes, but the general feeling was that the IOC flags were to ext[234]-specific and shouldn't be exposed through statx this way). (15) Mask of features available on file (eg: ACLs, seclabel) [Brad Boyer, Michael Kerrisk]. (Deferred, probably to fsinfo. Finding out if there's an ACL or seclabal might require extra filesystem operations). (16) Femtosecond-resolution timestamps [Dave Chinner]. (A __reserved field has been left in the statx_timestamp struct for this - if there proves to be a need). (17) A set multiple attributes syscall to go with this. =============== NEW SYSTEM CALL =============== The new system call is: int ret = statx(int dfd, const char *filename, unsigned int flags, unsigned int mask, struct statx *buffer); The dfd, filename and flags parameters indicate the file to query, in a similar way to fstatat(). There is no equivalent of lstat() as that can be emulated with statx() by passing AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW in flags. There is also no equivalent of fstat() as that can be emulated by passing a NULL filename to statx() with the fd of interest in dfd. Whether or not statx() synchronises the attributes with the backing store can be controlled by OR'ing a value into the flags argument (this typically only affects network filesystems): (1) AT_STATX_SYNC_AS_STAT tells statx() to behave as stat() does in this respect. (2) AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC will require a network filesystem to synchronise its attributes with the server - which might require data writeback to occur to get the timestamps correct. (3) AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC will suppress synchronisation with the server in a network filesystem. The resulting values should be considered approximate. mask is a bitmask indicating the fields in struct statx that are of interest to the caller. The user should set this to STATX_BASIC_STATS to get the basic set returned by stat(). It should be noted that asking for more information may entail extra I/O operations. buffer points to the destination for the data. This must be 256 bytes in size. ====================== MAIN ATTRIBUTES RECORD ====================== The following structures are defined in which to return the main attribute set: struct statx_timestamp { __s64 tv_sec; __s32 tv_nsec; __s32 __reserved; }; struct statx { __u32 stx_mask; __u32 stx_blksize; __u64 stx_attributes; __u32 stx_nlink; __u32 stx_uid; __u32 stx_gid; __u16 stx_mode; __u16 __spare0[1]; __u64 stx_ino; __u64 stx_size; __u64 stx_blocks; __u64 __spare1[1]; struct statx_timestamp stx_atime; struct statx_timestamp stx_btime; struct statx_timestamp stx_ctime; struct statx_timestamp stx_mtime; __u32 stx_rdev_major; __u32 stx_rdev_minor; __u32 stx_dev_major; __u32 stx_dev_minor; __u64 __spare2[14]; }; The defined bits in request_mask and stx_mask are: STATX_TYPE Want/got stx_mode & S_IFMT STATX_MODE Want/got stx_mode & ~S_IFMT STATX_NLINK Want/got stx_nlink STATX_UID Want/got stx_uid STATX_GID Want/got stx_gid STATX_ATIME Want/got stx_atime{,_ns} STATX_MTIME Want/got stx_mtime{,_ns} STATX_CTIME Want/got stx_ctime{,_ns} STATX_INO Want/got stx_ino STATX_SIZE Want/got stx_size STATX_BLOCKS Want/got stx_blocks STATX_BASIC_STATS [The stuff in the normal stat struct] STATX_BTIME Want/got stx_btime{,_ns} STATX_ALL [All currently available stuff] stx_btime is the file creation time, stx_mask is a bitmask indicating the data provided and __spares*[] are where as-yet undefined fields can be placed. Time fields are structures with separate seconds and nanoseconds fields plus a reserved field in case we want to add even finer resolution. Note that times will be negative if before 1970; in such a case, the nanosecond fields will also be negative if not zero. The bits defined in the stx_attributes field convey information about a file, how it is accessed, where it is and what it does. The following attributes map to FS_*_FL flags and are the same numerical value: STATX_ATTR_COMPRESSED File is compressed by the fs STATX_ATTR_IMMUTABLE File is marked immutable STATX_ATTR_APPEND File is append-only STATX_ATTR_NODUMP File is not to be dumped STATX_ATTR_ENCRYPTED File requires key to decrypt in fs Within the kernel, the supported flags are listed by: KSTAT_ATTR_FS_IOC_FLAGS [Are any other IOC flags of sufficient general interest to be exposed through this interface?] New flags include: STATX_ATTR_AUTOMOUNT Object is an automount trigger These are for the use of GUI tools that might want to mark files specially, depending on what they are. Fields in struct statx come in a number of classes: (0) stx_dev_*, stx_blksize. These are local system information and are always available. (1) stx_mode, stx_nlinks, stx_uid, stx_gid, stx_[amc]time, stx_ino, stx_size, stx_blocks. These will be returned whether the caller asks for them or not. The corresponding bits in stx_mask will be set to indicate whether they actually have valid values. If the caller didn't ask for them, then they may be approximated. For example, NFS won't waste any time updating them from the server, unless as a byproduct of updating something requested. If the values don't actually exist for the underlying object (such as UID or GID on a DOS file), then the bit won't be set in the stx_mask, even if the caller asked for the value. In such a case, the returned value will be a fabrication. Note that there are instances where the type might not be valid, for instance Windows reparse points. (2) stx_rdev_*. This will be set only if stx_mode indicates we're looking at a blockdev or a chardev, otherwise will be 0. (3) stx_btime. Similar to (1), except this will be set to 0 if it doesn't exist. ======= TESTING ======= The following test program can be used to test the statx system call: samples/statx/test-statx.c Just compile and run, passing it paths to the files you want to examine. The file is built automatically if CONFIG_SAMPLES is enabled. Here's some example output. Firstly, an NFS directory that crosses to another FSID. Note that the AUTOMOUNT attribute is set because transiting this directory will cause d_automount to be invoked by the VFS. [root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx -A /warthog/data statx(/warthog/data) = 0 results=7ff Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory Device: 00:26 Inode: 1703937 Links: 125 Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041 Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000 Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Attributes: 0000000000001000 (-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---m---- --------) Secondly, the result of automounting on that directory. [root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx /warthog/data statx(/warthog/data) = 0 results=7ff Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory Device: 00:27 Inode: 2 Links: 125 Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041 Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000 Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2017-01-31 23:46:22 +07:00
extern int simple_getattr(const struct path *, struct kstat *, u32, unsigned int);
extern int simple_statfs(struct dentry *, struct kstatfs *);
extern int simple_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file);
extern int simple_link(struct dentry *, struct inode *, struct dentry *);
extern int simple_unlink(struct inode *, struct dentry *);
extern int simple_rmdir(struct inode *, struct dentry *);
extern int simple_rename(struct inode *, struct dentry *,
struct inode *, struct dentry *, unsigned int);
extern int noop_fsync(struct file *, loff_t, loff_t, int);
extern int simple_empty(struct dentry *);
extern int simple_readpage(struct file *file, struct page *page);
extern int simple_write_begin(struct file *file, struct address_space *mapping,
loff_t pos, unsigned len, unsigned flags,
struct page **pagep, void **fsdata);
extern int simple_write_end(struct file *file, struct address_space *mapping,
loff_t pos, unsigned len, unsigned copied,
struct page *page, void *fsdata);
extern int always_delete_dentry(const struct dentry *);
extern struct inode *alloc_anon_inode(struct super_block *);
extern int simple_nosetlease(struct file *, long, struct file_lock **, void **);
extern const struct dentry_operations simple_dentry_operations;
extern struct dentry *simple_lookup(struct inode *, struct dentry *, unsigned int flags);
extern ssize_t generic_read_dir(struct file *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
extern const struct file_operations simple_dir_operations;
extern const struct inode_operations simple_dir_inode_operations;
extern void make_empty_dir_inode(struct inode *inode);
extern bool is_empty_dir_inode(struct inode *inode);
struct tree_descr { const char *name; const struct file_operations *ops; int mode; };
struct dentry *d_alloc_name(struct dentry *, const char *);
extern int simple_fill_super(struct super_block *, unsigned long,
const struct tree_descr *);
extern int simple_pin_fs(struct file_system_type *, struct vfsmount **mount, int *count);
extern void simple_release_fs(struct vfsmount **mount, int *count);
2008-06-06 12:46:21 +07:00
extern ssize_t simple_read_from_buffer(void __user *to, size_t count,
loff_t *ppos, const void *from, size_t available);
extern ssize_t simple_write_to_buffer(void *to, size_t available, loff_t *ppos,
const void __user *from, size_t count);
extern int __generic_file_fsync(struct file *, loff_t, loff_t, int);
extern int generic_file_fsync(struct file *, loff_t, loff_t, int);
extern int generic_check_addressable(unsigned, u64);
#ifdef CONFIG_MIGRATION
extern int buffer_migrate_page(struct address_space *,
struct page *, struct page *,
enum migrate_mode);
#else
#define buffer_migrate_page NULL
#endif
extern int setattr_prepare(struct dentry *, struct iattr *);
extern int inode_newsize_ok(const struct inode *, loff_t offset);
extern void setattr_copy(struct inode *inode, const struct iattr *attr);
extern int file_update_time(struct file *file);
static inline bool io_is_direct(struct file *filp)
{
fs, block: force direct-I/O for dax-enabled block devices Similar to the file I/O path, re-direct all I/O to the DAX path for I/O to a block-device special file. Both regular files and device special files can use the common filp->f_mapping->host lookup to determing is DAX is enabled. Otherwise, we confuse the DAX code that does not expect to find live data in the page cache: ------------[ cut here ]------------ WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 7676 at mm/filemap.c:217 __delete_from_page_cache+0x9f6/0xb60() Modules linked in: CPU: 0 PID: 7676 Comm: a.out Not tainted 4.4.0+ #276 Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011 00000000ffffffff ffff88006d3f7738 ffffffff82999e2d 0000000000000000 ffff8800620a0000 ffffffff86473d20 ffff88006d3f7778 ffffffff81352089 ffffffff81658d36 ffffffff86473d20 00000000000000d9 ffffea0000009d60 Call Trace: [< inline >] __dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:15 [<ffffffff82999e2d>] dump_stack+0x6f/0xa2 lib/dump_stack.c:50 [<ffffffff81352089>] warn_slowpath_common+0xd9/0x140 kernel/panic.c:482 [<ffffffff813522b9>] warn_slowpath_null+0x29/0x30 kernel/panic.c:515 [<ffffffff81658d36>] __delete_from_page_cache+0x9f6/0xb60 mm/filemap.c:217 [<ffffffff81658fb2>] delete_from_page_cache+0x112/0x200 mm/filemap.c:244 [<ffffffff818af369>] __dax_fault+0x859/0x1800 fs/dax.c:487 [<ffffffff8186f4f6>] blkdev_dax_fault+0x26/0x30 fs/block_dev.c:1730 [< inline >] wp_pfn_shared mm/memory.c:2208 [<ffffffff816e9145>] do_wp_page+0xc85/0x14f0 mm/memory.c:2307 [< inline >] handle_pte_fault mm/memory.c:3323 [< inline >] __handle_mm_fault mm/memory.c:3417 [<ffffffff816ecec3>] handle_mm_fault+0x2483/0x4640 mm/memory.c:3446 [<ffffffff8127eff6>] __do_page_fault+0x376/0x960 arch/x86/mm/fault.c:1238 [<ffffffff8127f738>] trace_do_page_fault+0xe8/0x420 arch/x86/mm/fault.c:1331 [<ffffffff812705c4>] do_async_page_fault+0x14/0xd0 arch/x86/kernel/kvm.c:264 [<ffffffff86338f78>] async_page_fault+0x28/0x30 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:986 [<ffffffff86336c36>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x16/0x7a arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:185 ---[ end trace dae21e0f85f1f98c ]--- Fixes: 5a023cdba50c ("block: enable dax for raw block devices") Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com> Reported-by: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill@shutemov.name> Suggested-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Suggested-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@linux.intel.com> Tested-by: Ross Zwisler <ross.zwisler@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2016-01-26 08:23:18 +07:00
return (filp->f_flags & O_DIRECT) || IS_DAX(filp->f_mapping->host);
}
static inline bool vma_is_dax(struct vm_area_struct *vma)
{
return vma->vm_file && IS_DAX(vma->vm_file->f_mapping->host);
}
static inline int iocb_flags(struct file *file)
{
int res = 0;
if (file->f_flags & O_APPEND)
res |= IOCB_APPEND;
if (io_is_direct(file))
res |= IOCB_DIRECT;
if ((file->f_flags & O_DSYNC) || IS_SYNC(file->f_mapping->host))
res |= IOCB_DSYNC;
if (file->f_flags & __O_SYNC)
res |= IOCB_SYNC;
return res;
}
static inline int kiocb_set_rw_flags(struct kiocb *ki, rwf_t flags)
{
if (unlikely(flags & ~RWF_SUPPORTED))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (flags & RWF_NOWAIT) {
if (!(ki->ki_filp->f_mode & FMODE_NOWAIT))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
ki->ki_flags |= IOCB_NOWAIT;
}
if (flags & RWF_HIPRI)
ki->ki_flags |= IOCB_HIPRI;
if (flags & RWF_DSYNC)
ki->ki_flags |= IOCB_DSYNC;
if (flags & RWF_SYNC)
ki->ki_flags |= (IOCB_DSYNC | IOCB_SYNC);
return 0;
}
static inline ino_t parent_ino(struct dentry *dentry)
{
ino_t res;
/*
* Don't strictly need d_lock here? If the parent ino could change
* then surely we'd have a deeper race in the caller?
*/
spin_lock(&dentry->d_lock);
res = dentry->d_parent->d_inode->i_ino;
spin_unlock(&dentry->d_lock);
return res;
}
/* Transaction based IO helpers */
/*
* An argresp is stored in an allocated page and holds the
* size of the argument or response, along with its content
*/
struct simple_transaction_argresp {
ssize_t size;
char data[0];
};
#define SIMPLE_TRANSACTION_LIMIT (PAGE_SIZE - sizeof(struct simple_transaction_argresp))
char *simple_transaction_get(struct file *file, const char __user *buf,
size_t size);
ssize_t simple_transaction_read(struct file *file, char __user *buf,
size_t size, loff_t *pos);
int simple_transaction_release(struct inode *inode, struct file *file);
void simple_transaction_set(struct file *file, size_t n);
/*
* simple attribute files
*
* These attributes behave similar to those in sysfs:
*
* Writing to an attribute immediately sets a value, an open file can be
* written to multiple times.
*
* Reading from an attribute creates a buffer from the value that might get
* read with multiple read calls. When the attribute has been read
* completely, no further read calls are possible until the file is opened
* again.
*
* All attributes contain a text representation of a numeric value
* that are accessed with the get() and set() functions.
*/
#define DEFINE_SIMPLE_ATTRIBUTE(__fops, __get, __set, __fmt) \
static int __fops ## _open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file) \
{ \
__simple_attr_check_format(__fmt, 0ull); \
return simple_attr_open(inode, file, __get, __set, __fmt); \
} \
static const struct file_operations __fops = { \
.owner = THIS_MODULE, \
.open = __fops ## _open, \
.release = simple_attr_release, \
.read = simple_attr_read, \
.write = simple_attr_write, \
.llseek = generic_file_llseek, \
}
static inline __printf(1, 2)
void __simple_attr_check_format(const char *fmt, ...)
{
/* don't do anything, just let the compiler check the arguments; */
}
int simple_attr_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file,
int (*get)(void *, u64 *), int (*set)(void *, u64),
const char *fmt);
int simple_attr_release(struct inode *inode, struct file *file);
ssize_t simple_attr_read(struct file *file, char __user *buf,
size_t len, loff_t *ppos);
ssize_t simple_attr_write(struct file *file, const char __user *buf,
size_t len, loff_t *ppos);
struct ctl_table;
int proc_nr_files(struct ctl_table *table, int write,
void __user *buffer, size_t *lenp, loff_t *ppos);
int proc_nr_dentry(struct ctl_table *table, int write,
void __user *buffer, size_t *lenp, loff_t *ppos);
int proc_nr_inodes(struct ctl_table *table, int write,
void __user *buffer, size_t *lenp, loff_t *ppos);
int __init get_filesystem_list(char *buf);
#define __FMODE_EXEC ((__force int) FMODE_EXEC)
#define __FMODE_NONOTIFY ((__force int) FMODE_NONOTIFY)
#define ACC_MODE(x) ("\004\002\006\006"[(x)&O_ACCMODE])
#define OPEN_FMODE(flag) ((__force fmode_t)(((flag + 1) & O_ACCMODE) | \
(flag & __FMODE_NONOTIFY)))
static inline bool is_sxid(umode_t mode)
Cache xattr security drop check for write v2 Some recent benchmarking on btrfs showed that a major scaling bottleneck on large systems on btrfs is currently the xattr lookup on every write. Why xattr lookup on every write I hear you ask? write wants to drop suid and security related xattrs that could set o capabilities for executables. To do that it currently looks up security.capability on EVERY write (even for non executables) to decide whether to drop it or not. In btrfs this causes an additional tree walk, hitting some per file system locks and quite bad scalability. In a simple read workload on a 8S system I saw over 90% CPU time in spinlocks related to that. Chris Mason tells me this is also a problem in ext4, where it hits the global mbcache lock. This patch adds a simple per inode to avoid this problem. We only do the lookup once per file and then if there is no xattr cache the decision. All xattr changes clear the flag. I also used the same flag to avoid the suid check, although that one is pretty cheap. A file system can also set this flag when it creates the inode, if it has a cheap way to do so. This is done for some common file systems in followon patches. With this patch a major part of the lock contention disappears for btrfs. Some testing on smaller systems didn't show significant performance changes, but at least it helps the larger systems and is generally more efficient. v2: Rename is_sgid. add file system helper. Cc: chris.mason@oracle.com Cc: josef@redhat.com Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk Cc: agruen@linbit.com Cc: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-05-28 22:25:51 +07:00
{
return (mode & S_ISUID) || ((mode & S_ISGID) && (mode & S_IXGRP));
}
static inline int check_sticky(struct inode *dir, struct inode *inode)
{
if (!(dir->i_mode & S_ISVTX))
return 0;
return __check_sticky(dir, inode);
}
Cache xattr security drop check for write v2 Some recent benchmarking on btrfs showed that a major scaling bottleneck on large systems on btrfs is currently the xattr lookup on every write. Why xattr lookup on every write I hear you ask? write wants to drop suid and security related xattrs that could set o capabilities for executables. To do that it currently looks up security.capability on EVERY write (even for non executables) to decide whether to drop it or not. In btrfs this causes an additional tree walk, hitting some per file system locks and quite bad scalability. In a simple read workload on a 8S system I saw over 90% CPU time in spinlocks related to that. Chris Mason tells me this is also a problem in ext4, where it hits the global mbcache lock. This patch adds a simple per inode to avoid this problem. We only do the lookup once per file and then if there is no xattr cache the decision. All xattr changes clear the flag. I also used the same flag to avoid the suid check, although that one is pretty cheap. A file system can also set this flag when it creates the inode, if it has a cheap way to do so. This is done for some common file systems in followon patches. With this patch a major part of the lock contention disappears for btrfs. Some testing on smaller systems didn't show significant performance changes, but at least it helps the larger systems and is generally more efficient. v2: Rename is_sgid. add file system helper. Cc: chris.mason@oracle.com Cc: josef@redhat.com Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk Cc: agruen@linbit.com Cc: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-05-28 22:25:51 +07:00
static inline void inode_has_no_xattr(struct inode *inode)
{
if (!is_sxid(inode->i_mode) && (inode->i_sb->s_flags & SB_NOSEC))
Cache xattr security drop check for write v2 Some recent benchmarking on btrfs showed that a major scaling bottleneck on large systems on btrfs is currently the xattr lookup on every write. Why xattr lookup on every write I hear you ask? write wants to drop suid and security related xattrs that could set o capabilities for executables. To do that it currently looks up security.capability on EVERY write (even for non executables) to decide whether to drop it or not. In btrfs this causes an additional tree walk, hitting some per file system locks and quite bad scalability. In a simple read workload on a 8S system I saw over 90% CPU time in spinlocks related to that. Chris Mason tells me this is also a problem in ext4, where it hits the global mbcache lock. This patch adds a simple per inode to avoid this problem. We only do the lookup once per file and then if there is no xattr cache the decision. All xattr changes clear the flag. I also used the same flag to avoid the suid check, although that one is pretty cheap. A file system can also set this flag when it creates the inode, if it has a cheap way to do so. This is done for some common file systems in followon patches. With this patch a major part of the lock contention disappears for btrfs. Some testing on smaller systems didn't show significant performance changes, but at least it helps the larger systems and is generally more efficient. v2: Rename is_sgid. add file system helper. Cc: chris.mason@oracle.com Cc: josef@redhat.com Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk Cc: agruen@linbit.com Cc: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-05-28 22:25:51 +07:00
inode->i_flags |= S_NOSEC;
}
static inline bool is_root_inode(struct inode *inode)
{
return inode == inode->i_sb->s_root->d_inode;
}
static inline bool dir_emit(struct dir_context *ctx,
const char *name, int namelen,
u64 ino, unsigned type)
{
return ctx->actor(ctx, name, namelen, ctx->pos, ino, type) == 0;
}
static inline bool dir_emit_dot(struct file *file, struct dir_context *ctx)
{
return ctx->actor(ctx, ".", 1, ctx->pos,
file->f_path.dentry->d_inode->i_ino, DT_DIR) == 0;
}
static inline bool dir_emit_dotdot(struct file *file, struct dir_context *ctx)
{
return ctx->actor(ctx, "..", 2, ctx->pos,
parent_ino(file->f_path.dentry), DT_DIR) == 0;
}
static inline bool dir_emit_dots(struct file *file, struct dir_context *ctx)
{
if (ctx->pos == 0) {
if (!dir_emit_dot(file, ctx))
return false;
ctx->pos = 1;
}
if (ctx->pos == 1) {
if (!dir_emit_dotdot(file, ctx))
return false;
ctx->pos = 2;
}
return true;
}
static inline bool dir_relax(struct inode *inode)
{
inode_unlock(inode);
inode_lock(inode);
return !IS_DEADDIR(inode);
}
static inline bool dir_relax_shared(struct inode *inode)
{
inode_unlock_shared(inode);
inode_lock_shared(inode);
return !IS_DEADDIR(inode);
}
vfs: Commit to never having exectuables on proc and sysfs. Today proc and sysfs do not contain any executable files. Several applications today mount proc or sysfs without noexec and nosuid and then depend on there being no exectuables files on proc or sysfs. Having any executable files show on proc or sysfs would cause a user space visible regression, and most likely security problems. Therefore commit to never allowing executables on proc and sysfs by adding a new flag to mark them as filesystems without executables and enforce that flag. Test the flag where MNT_NOEXEC is tested today, so that the only user visible effect will be that exectuables will be treated as if the execute bit is cleared. The filesystems proc and sysfs do not currently incoporate any executable files so this does not result in any user visible effects. This makes it unnecessary to vet changes to proc and sysfs tightly for adding exectuable files or changes to chattr that would modify existing files, as no matter what the individual file say they will not be treated as exectuable files by the vfs. Not having to vet changes to closely is important as without this we are only one proc_create call (or another goof up in the implementation of notify_change) from having problematic executables on proc. Those mistakes are all too easy to make and would create a situation where there are security issues or the assumptions of some program having to be broken (and cause userspace regressions). Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2015-06-30 02:42:03 +07:00
extern bool path_noexec(const struct path *path);
extern void inode_nohighmem(struct inode *inode);
vfs: Commit to never having exectuables on proc and sysfs. Today proc and sysfs do not contain any executable files. Several applications today mount proc or sysfs without noexec and nosuid and then depend on there being no exectuables files on proc or sysfs. Having any executable files show on proc or sysfs would cause a user space visible regression, and most likely security problems. Therefore commit to never allowing executables on proc and sysfs by adding a new flag to mark them as filesystems without executables and enforce that flag. Test the flag where MNT_NOEXEC is tested today, so that the only user visible effect will be that exectuables will be treated as if the execute bit is cleared. The filesystems proc and sysfs do not currently incoporate any executable files so this does not result in any user visible effects. This makes it unnecessary to vet changes to proc and sysfs tightly for adding exectuable files or changes to chattr that would modify existing files, as no matter what the individual file say they will not be treated as exectuable files by the vfs. Not having to vet changes to closely is important as without this we are only one proc_create call (or another goof up in the implementation of notify_change) from having problematic executables on proc. Those mistakes are all too easy to make and would create a situation where there are security issues or the assumptions of some program having to be broken (and cause userspace regressions). Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2015-06-30 02:42:03 +07:00
#endif /* _LINUX_FS_H */